Mukesh Ambani’s Mango Empire: How the Business Tycoon Became the World’s Top Mango Exporter

Mangoes, often called the “king of fruits,” are cherished across the world, not only for their delicious flavor but also for their significant role in international trade. Leading this massive global mango industry is an unexpected name—Mukesh Ambani. Famous for managing India’s largest corporation, Ambani also owns a sprawling mango orchard in Jamnagar, Gujarat. Spanning 600 acres, this orchard has helped Reliance Industries rise to become the world’s largest exporter of mangoes.

The beginnings of this unique venture date back to 1997. During that period, Reliance faced strict environmental regulations because of its oil refinery operations in Jamnagar. Instead of taking the traditional approach to meet compliance, the company decided on a more innovative and sustainable solution—transforming dry, barren land into a vibrant mango plantation. What originally started as an initiative to satisfy environmental requirements soon evolved into a flourishing agricultural success story.

Today, the orchard, named Dhirubhai Ambani Lakhibagh Amrai, boasts over 1.5 lakh (150,000) mango trees across its vast expanse. It cultivates more than 200 varieties of mangoes, covering both beloved Indian types and internationally popular ones. Indian favorites such as Alphonso, Kesar, and Ratna thrive alongside imported varieties like Tommy Atkins and Kent, which were introduced from Florida and Israel. This rich diversity makes the orchard not just impressive in size but also notable for its wide-ranging produce.

Beyond its sheer scale and variety, the farm is remarkable for its use of cutting-edge, eco-friendly technology. Drip irrigation, desalinated water, rainwater harvesting, and meticulously planned fertilization methods are employed throughout the orchard. These sustainable techniques enable the farm to yield close to 600 tons of mangoes every year, a substantial portion of which is exported globally. Through these efforts, Reliance has become Asia’s leading mango exporter, serving both Indian and overseas markets with its produce.

Reliance’s mango journey, however, goes far deeper than just growing and selling fruit. It plays a vital role in empowering local farmers and promoting sustainable agricultural practices. Each year, Reliance distributes nearly one lakh mango saplings to farmers living near the orchard. Along with these saplings, the company provides training in modern and efficient farming techniques. This initiative has enabled many farmers to adopt better cultivation methods, boosting their incomes and encouraging eco-friendly farming in the region.

The orchard’s management receives personal attention from Nita Ambani, who takes a keen interest in its operations. Over the years, it has become a favorite among mango enthusiasts worldwide. Non-resident Gujaratis, in particular, eagerly anticipate the arrival of these mangoes every season. For the Ambani family, this venture carries sentimental value. Mukesh Ambani inherited a deep appreciation for mangoes from his father, Dhirubhai Ambani, who had a profound love for the fruit.

The evolution of this project, from a regulatory compliance measure to a symbol of sustainable business, reflects a powerful story.  What began as a response to environmental rules has now become a shining example of how business and sustainability can go hand in hand. Mukesh Ambani’s mango enterprise demonstrates not just profitability but a broader vision of corporate responsibility, community upliftment, and environmental stewardship.

What sets this project apart is how it embodies innovation and community engagement while delivering a world-class product. By combining agricultural tradition with advanced techniques, Reliance has shown that large companies can lead in both commercial success and social contribution. The orchard’s use of sustainable farming technologies serves as a model for eco-conscious agriculture in India and beyond.

The impact of the project is felt not only in export markets but also among the local communities surrounding the orchard. The distribution of saplings and training in better farming practices have provided new opportunities for many small farmers. These farmers have been able to improve their yields and incomes, enhancing their quality of life while contributing to environmental conservation.

Reliance’s efforts highlight how businesses can extend their influence beyond profits to foster meaningful change in society. By investing in community development, the company has built a network of empowered farmers who are both financially stronger and environmentally aware. “Reliance’s mango journey goes far beyond just growing fruit, it’s also about uplifting local farmers and building a sustainable future.”

Furthermore, the orchard’s attention to quality ensures that its mangoes are sought after in international markets. Exporting mangoes worldwide has allowed Reliance to share the rich flavors of Indian mangoes with global consumers, enhancing India’s reputation for premium agricultural products.

The involvement of the Ambani family, especially Nita Ambani’s hands-on supervision, adds a personal touch to the venture. It is not merely a corporate project; it represents a family passion turned into a global success story. This connection is evident in how the orchard has captured the hearts of people, particularly among the Gujarati diaspora, who eagerly await the mangoes each season.

The story of Dhirubhai Ambani Lakhibagh Amrai is a testament to what can be achieved when business ambition aligns with environmental and social responsibility. It shows that with vision and commitment, even a corporate response to regulations can evolve into a project that generates economic, ecological, and emotional value.

Ultimately, Mukesh Ambani’s mango enterprise stands as an inspiring example of how corporations can make a positive difference. By turning barren land into a green oasis and building a thriving global business, Reliance has set a new benchmark for corporate sustainability.  “Mukesh Ambani’s mango venture isn’t just successful—it’s setting a new standard for how large companies can create value while caring for the planet and the people.”

Through this journey, mangoes have become more than just a summer delight; they have become a symbol of innovation, community support, and responsible business practices. With every harvest, Reliance Industries continues to show that the sweetest success comes from giving back to the land and the people who make it all possible.

Fresh Hurdles for H-1B Applicants as USCIS Demands Home Addresses and Biometrics

In a new complication for individuals seeking H-1B visas, federal immigration authorities are now requiring applicants to submit their home addresses and biometric data for H-1B and employment-based immigrant petitions. This move has raised concerns among immigration attorneys, who point out that requesting biometrics for these petitions is highly uncommon. The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has begun issuing Requests for Evidence (RFEs) asking for this additional information.

A Request for Evidence, or RFE, is an official notice issued by USCIS when it determines that more documents are needed to properly evaluate a petition. It should not be interpreted as a denial but rather as a normal step in the process when an application is incomplete or lacks sufficient documentation. According to the USCIS’s own policies, an RFE must clearly detail which eligibility requirements have not been satisfied, explain why the submitted materials are inadequate, and provide guidance on what further evidence could help fulfill the criteria.

These RFEs are a routine part of immigration procedures, particularly when there are missing documents, inconsistencies regarding project information, or a lack of adequate supporting evidence. However, the nature of the current RFEs has sparked unease among legal experts who feel that this particular type of request is out of the ordinary.

A critical question now being asked is whether this new development signals an effort to specifically target H-1B applicants as part of a broader crackdown on immigration.

Vic Goel of the immigration law firm Goel & Anderson shared his concerns with Forbes, highlighting how unusual the situation is. He noted, “The RFEs also fail to explain the nature of the adverse information, leaving employers and attorneys in the dark. It appears that DHS [Department of Homeland Security] may be using AI tools to flag individuals based on undisclosed data, possibly from social media or other government databases.” Goel emphasized that in typical H-1B and employment-based petition cases, biometric data collection has not been a standard requirement, making these RFEs highly atypical.

Further complicating the matter is the language used by USCIS adjudicators in the Requests for Evidence. As reported by Forbes, a USCIS adjudicator stated in one RFE, “We have encountered potentially adverse information related to the beneficiary. To continue processing your application or petition, we required an updated address for the beneficiary so that we may collect biometric data.” This phrasing has added to the confusion and concern among employers, attorneys, and applicants, as it hints at the presence of unspecified negative information without offering any concrete details.

The mention of “adverse information” ties into the wider context of increasing immigration enforcement actions under recent federal policies. It aligns with the broader trend of heightened scrutiny and vetting processes for immigrants, a shift that has been openly endorsed by political leaders.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio recently spoke about the importance of tightening immigration controls to ensure national security. In his remarks, Rubio emphasized the ongoing responsibility of the U.S. government to monitor visa holders even after a visa has been granted. He said, “US visa holders should know in no uncertain terms that the US government’s rigorous security vetting does not end once a visa is granted.” Rubio’s statement underlines the administration’s commitment to maintaining strict oversight over immigrants long after their initial entry into the country.

The practice of issuing RFEs for home addresses and biometrics without clearly identifying the adverse information has drawn strong reactions from the legal community. Many attorneys are questioning whether these measures are appropriate or legally justified given the traditional norms associated with employment-based petitions. Some believe that the government’s use of artificial intelligence tools and cross-referencing data from social media or other databases could raise concerns about privacy, transparency, and due process.

Legal experts are also concerned that this could be a precursor to a broader pattern of surveillance and enforcement that disproportionately impacts certain groups of immigrants. Without clear explanations from the government, employers are left uncertain about how to comply, and applicants are left wondering about the status and security of their cases.

Given the growing complexity and unpredictability surrounding immigration processes, many immigration attorneys are advising their clients to prepare meticulously and to respond promptly to any USCIS requests. They recommend ensuring that all personal information is accurate, all documents are up to date, and legal counsel is sought immediately upon receiving an RFE that involves biometric data collection.

Meanwhile, USCIS has not issued a formal explanation about the policy change or addressed concerns regarding the use of undisclosed data sources to evaluate immigrant petitions. Without such clarification, speculation continues about whether these RFEs are isolated incidents or part of a deliberate policy shift aimed at tightening control over employment-based immigration.

Overall, the combination of heightened scrutiny, vague allegations of “adverse information,” and new demands for biometrics is creating a chilling effect on potential immigrants and employers alike. Many fear that these changes could discourage talented professionals from seeking opportunities in the United States at a time when the country faces significant challenges in attracting global talent.

In sum, while Requests for Evidence are a normal part of the immigration process, the current wave of RFEs requesting home addresses and biometrics for H-1B applicants represents an unusual and potentially troubling development. As Vic Goel noted, “The RFEs also fail to explain the nature of the adverse information, leaving employers and attorneys in the dark.” Until USCIS offers greater transparency, uncertainty will continue to overshadow the immigration landscape, making it more challenging for individuals and businesses to navigate the system.

Melinda French Gates Embraces Change and Resilience in New Book “The Next Day”

When Melinda French Gates recounts a story, it feels like a trusted friend revealing a heartfelt secret. Her latest book, “The Next Day: Transitions, Changes and Moving Forward” (Flatiron, 176 pages, now available), does not come across as a traditional memoir or advice manual. Instead, it reads like a stroll with a wise companion who shares valuable life lessons without pretending to have all the answers or tying everything up neatly.

“I wrote this in the middle,” French Gates shared with USA TODAY during a call from her office near Seattle. “I’ve gone through some difficult times, and rather than writing safely from the other side, I wanted to write about when you are in those transitions.”

The book highlights moments from what she calls the most challenging decision of her life—the end of her 27-year marriage to Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates. It also delves into her experiences leaving home for college, grappling with motherhood and guilt, departing from the Gates Foundation last year, and finding inspiration from Alexis Carrington of “Dynasty” during her childhood.

While candid, the book avoids feeling like a confessional or a sensational tell-all. French Gates shares personal insights thoughtfully, always with the intent to assist others. It emerges as an ideal book for discussion groups and book clubs.

Known as a philanthropist, business leader, and champion for women and girls, French Gates committed $1 billion in 2019 toward enhancing women’s influence and leadership over a decade. In May of last year, she pledged another $1 billion through 2026 to further global progress for women. With three adult children and two grandchildren, French Gates finds herself at another exciting crossroads at age 60.

“Even on your darkest and hardest days, even when it’s scary or it feels horrible, there will be a better time. There will be a time when I will look back at this, and there must be something in here that will be beautiful,” she says. “Maybe I’m learning something. I try to say to myself now in the uncomfortable transitions, ‘It’s good to be uncomfortable.’ I have been through this before. I’ve been through change, not this kind of change. But I was better last time when I came out the other side.”

Throughout life, some women adopt the attitude, “I had to go through it, so you should too,” while others, like French Gates, believe, “I had to go through it, so I’ll work to make sure you don’t.” Her new book makes it clear that she belongs to the latter group, aiming to offer guidance to others navigating change.

One of the things she finds most rewarding is learning about the impact her work has beyond its initial release. Her 2019 book, “The Moment of Lift: How Empowering Women Changes the World,” inspired a wave of stories about inspiring women.

She genuinely brightened when told that her previous book had inspired a nonprofit in Guatemala to incorporate family planning and contraception education for girls completing high school. “I love this,” she says. “You never know how you inspire something when you put a book in the world.”

Initially, “The Next Day” was intended to be part of her 2024 Stanford University commencement address. “Life comes along, it happens to you and things change,” she explains. “There is a lot of beauty and lessons we can learn when the change comes and when transitions happen. I thought, ‘I’ve been through a fair number of transitions now. I’ll take the speech and be much more specific.'”

Though it may seem geared toward women in midlife transitions, the book resonates equally with new graduates and anyone contemplating a career change. French Gates is eager to hear how readers connect with it, saying, “I hope you’ll let me know in a year what comes from this.”

French Gates also reminisces about her childhood in Dallas, where characters like Alexis Carrington influenced her view of women’s roles in business and life. Watching “Dynasty” and “Dallas” back-to-back, she found inspiration in Carrington’s boldness.

“Alexis Carrington was a flawed character. She had sharp elbows. She was ruthless. But I liked that she was a business woman in a man’s world. There weren’t that many female characters who were business women on TV,” she says. “She was also a mom, but what I liked about her was the other women would get dressed up for dinner, and their clothes were beautiful, but she was out in the real world every day. She was competing. I thought it was the coolest thing ever. And I thought, ‘I want to be a working woman like her.'”

Today, her greatest inspirations come from her close circle of longtime friends. “Every Monday morning, whoever is in town, we walk. They have been like truth counsel over time. If I was afraid to take something to them Monday morning, I had to ask myself what is it about my values or what I did that made me uncomfortable with doing that,” she shares.

She includes deeply personal anecdotes, such as the loss of her friend John Neilson, whose wife, Emmy, remains one of her closest friends. Proceeds from the book will fund computer science education in honor of her parents and cancer research in Neilson’s memory.

“I think I helped carry her to the other side of her grief. … (Emmy) is one of the people who helped me cross the chasm of my grief when I made the very difficult decision that I needed to leave my marriage,” French Gates reflects. “There is a vulnerability in deep, deep friends of being known. The fact that you can be known by them and still be loved and still be OK even in some of your worst moments.”

Although Bill Gates has publicly spoken about their divorce, describing it as his “biggest regret,” French Gates approaches the topic more introspectively. She recognized the need to address it in her book because of its public nature and its profound impact on her personal growth.

“I put it from my perspective of what was helpful to me, in hopes to be helpful to others going through it,” she says. She focuses more on the decision to separate than on the divorce proceedings themselves.

“There was a whisper that kept coming. I knew things weren’t right… When more things and more came up or came to light later, in my case, I would have liked to have turned away from them. It would have been easier, it would have been convenient,” she explains. “But there was just this whisper there. This is not OK. I knew at some point in the deep place that I would be betraying myself if I didn’t at least pay attention to that whisper. What the whisper was saying to me was you need separation to make sense.”

She recounts the anxiety of informing her parents, married for 63 years, and the panic she felt considering her ex-husband’s reputation as “one of the toughest negotiators in the world.” She also shares a tender memory of lying in bed with her youngest daughter Phoebe when news of the divorce broke, laughing at memes while feeling far from celebratory.

She recounts sharing her story with journalist Gayle King to encourage others to listen to their inner voice.

Today, French Gates feels invigorated by the work ahead. “I never thought that when I got to 60 that I’d be so vibrant and wanting to work so much and wanting to take on new things,” she says. “It’s actually really, really exciting.”

Above all, she emphasizes the importance of embracing periods of uncertainty without rushing through them. “Make yourself pause and see the clearing. What is it I really want to do next?” she advises. “We have to be purposeful enough to let the pause come and not be afraid of it to rush to the other side.”

Stocks Rebound as Tech Giants Lead Rally Amid Tariff Talk Optimism

After opening the week with a steep drop, the stock market staged a strong recovery on Tuesday. The S&P 500 surged by 2.5%, led by solid gains in major technology companies including Apple, Amazon, and Meta. This turnaround helped recoup most of the earlier losses and renewed investor confidence following a turbulent start to the week.

One of the key factors driving Tuesday’s rally was a behind-closed-doors investor summit hosted by J.P. Morgan in Washington, D.C., where Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed attendees. According to a Bloomberg report that broke midday, Bessent indicated optimism about the U.S.-China tariff conflict. He reportedly suggested that he anticipated a de-escalation in the situation, describing the ongoing standoff as “unsustainable.” His remarks struck a hopeful chord with investors who have been rattled by market volatility in recent weeks.

Following the Bloomberg release, investors reacted quickly. Stock prices, which had been gradually rising throughout the morning, spiked after the news, driven by hope that tensions with China might ease and bring stability to global trade.

Meanwhile, the U.S. dollar, which usually sees increased demand during times of uncertainty as investors flee to safer assets, has not performed as expected. Amid President Trump’s ongoing tariff battles, the dollar has actually weakened against other currencies. The shifting and unpredictable nature of U.S. trade policy has caused concern in the markets. While the dollar managed to find some footing on Tuesday thanks to the broader stock market rebound, sentiment remains fragile. According to Bank of America’s most recent Global Fund Manager Survey, 61% of respondents believe the dollar is likely to decline in value over the coming year.

At the same time, alternative assets continued to see strong momentum. Bitcoin, often touted as a hedge against traditional, government-backed financial systems, crossed $90,000 on Tuesday for the first time in more than a month. This marked a significant milestone for the cryptocurrency, and some analysts believe it may be breaking away from traditional equity market patterns. Gold also saw a spike, reflecting continued investor concern about market instability. The precious metal, historically considered a safe haven in times of economic turbulence, briefly climbed above $3,500 an ounce on Tuesday for the first time.

Despite Tuesday’s market rebound, several troubling signals remain. One ongoing concern is President Trump’s continuing threats to remove Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell. This has cast a shadow over investor confidence, as any abrupt change in Fed leadership could have far-reaching consequences for monetary policy.

In addition, Bank of America Securities issued a report on Monday revising its global economic growth forecast downward. The firm trimmed its projection by 0.3%, pointing directly to the Trump administration’s erratic tariff policy as a contributing factor. “We expect a significant slowdown but not a recession,” the report stated, estimating the chances of a recession at 35%.

The Trump administration, however, is still promoting a narrative of nearing success in international trade negotiations. Officials have highlighted ongoing discussions with countries like Japan and India as evidence that deals are in the pipeline. Yet, new reporting by Politico casts doubt on the scale of these potential agreements. Rather than comprehensive trade deals, Politico revealed that the resulting documents might be limited to “memorandums of understanding,” with full negotiations stretching out for months to come.

As companies continue to report first-quarter earnings, further volatility in the markets is expected. Tesla, the electric vehicle company headed by Elon Musk, released its quarterly financial results on Tuesday evening. This came after a rough month for the company’s stock, which has fallen by nearly 15%. The results revealed a steep drop in net income, which fell by 71% in the first quarter. Analysts cited increasing competition from foreign automakers and ongoing questions about Musk’s leadership role as contributing factors to the poor financial performance.

Investors remain on edge, grappling with the implications of Trump’s unpredictable economic maneuvers, a potentially weakening dollar, and signs of slowing global growth. Although Tuesday’s market surge provided a welcome break from a stretch of losses, the broader outlook remains clouded by uncertainty and caution.

The response to Treasury Secretary Bessent’s remarks suggests that markets are still highly reactive to any signal of relief from geopolitical and trade-related pressures. His statement, in which he called the trade standoff with China “unsustainable” and said he expected it to ease, was enough to inject optimism and spark a rapid rally. Yet, this optimism rests on fragile ground, as fundamental challenges in global trade and economic policy remain unresolved.

Moreover, while alternative assets such as Bitcoin and gold are gaining traction as hedges, they also highlight a deep unease among investors. The surge in these assets indicates a search for security outside traditional markets, reflecting a growing lack of faith in conventional economic indicators.

The broader implications of Tuesday’s market rebound remain to be seen. It served as a momentary breather from the relentless downward pressure of recent weeks, but most analysts agree that the underlying conditions—geopolitical instability, policy uncertainty, and volatile corporate earnings—are far from resolved.

Adding to the unease is the continued tension surrounding the Federal Reserve. Trump’s persistent criticism of Chair Jerome Powell and suggestions that he may seek his removal have raised alarms in both political and financial circles. Such an action would be unprecedented and could disrupt the Fed’s independence, a cornerstone of its credibility and effectiveness.

Overall, while Tuesday’s events offered a momentary surge in investor sentiment, the market still faces a challenging road ahead. The sharp rise in stock prices, driven by a few encouraging comments and gains in tech stocks, stands in contrast to the broader landscape of economic instability and uncertain policymaking.

With trade talks dragging on and concrete agreements still out of reach, optimism may continue to fluctuate. Meanwhile, companies like Tesla underscore the real-world effects of this uncertainty, with earnings being squeezed by competition and the unpredictability of leadership.

Tuesday’s gains may be a sign that investors are eager for hope—but the fundamentals that sparked the recent selloff are still in play. Until there is more clarity on trade, the economy, and monetary policy, volatility is likely to persist.

Apple Ramps Up Plans to Manufacture Most U.S.-Sold iPhones in India by 2026 Amid Tariff Concerns

Apple is accelerating its strategy to produce the majority of iPhones sold in the United States at facilities in India by the end of 2026. This move comes as the company anticipates the possibility of increased tariffs on imports from China, which remains its primary manufacturing base, according to a source who spoke to Reuters on condition of anonymity due to the confidentiality of the planning process.

To realize this ambitious objective, Apple is engaged in urgent discussions with its major contract manufacturers Foxconn and Tata. These talks are part of a broader effort to shift a significant portion of its supply chain out of China and into India. “The U.S. tech giant is holding urgent talks with contract manufacturers Foxconn and Tata to achieve that goal,” the source told Reuters.

Requests for comments from Apple and Foxconn went unanswered, while Tata declined to provide any statement on the matter.

Apple currently sells over 60 million iPhones in the U.S. each year, with approximately 80 percent of those devices still being manufactured in China. The company’s latest plans suggest a substantial shift in global production lines, with India poised to play a pivotal role in Apple’s long-term strategy.

India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi has actively promoted the country as a global hub for smartphone manufacturing in recent years. However, higher import duties on mobile phone components compared to many other nations continue to make local production a costly affair for manufacturers.

The Reuters source highlighted the financial challenge Apple faces, noting that “for iPhones, manufacturing costs in India are 5-8% higher than in China, with the difference rising to as much as 10% in some cases.” These increased costs are largely due to India’s tariff structure, which imposes heavier duties on imported parts used in smartphone production.

Despite these economic hurdles, Apple has significantly boosted its manufacturing footprint in India in response to tariffs that were introduced under U.S. President Donald Trump’s administration. In March, the company shipped about 600 tons of iPhones worth $2 billion from India to the United States. This shipment represented a new record for both Tata and Foxconn, Apple’s major contractors operating in India. Foxconn alone accounted for smartphone shipments valued at $1.3 billion, according to a previous report by Reuters.

These moves are part of a larger strategy by Apple to insulate itself from the risks associated with geopolitical tensions and trade disputes between the U.S. and China. In April, the United States imposed 26 percent tariffs on imports from India, which were significantly lower than the over 100 percent duties levied on imports from China at the same time. While Washington has paused most import duties for a three-month period, the exception remains in place for Chinese goods.

The trade policies that emerged during Trump’s presidency, including high tariffs on Chinese products, prompted Apple and other global corporations to explore alternative manufacturing locations. While Trump’s administration has since indicated a willingness to de-escalate the trade tensions between the world’s two largest economies, the ongoing uncertainty has made supply chain diversification a critical priority for major technology companies like Apple.

The Financial Times was the first outlet to report Apple’s plans to increase iPhone production in India on Friday.

As part of its broader shift away from dependence on China, Apple has established India as a central pillar of its new manufacturing strategy. Foxconn and Tata, its two primary suppliers in the country, currently operate three production facilities, with two additional factories under construction. These developments suggest a long-term commitment by Apple to strengthen its presence in India and reduce its vulnerability to external trade shocks.

While the challenges of cost and infrastructure remain, India offers several strategic advantages for Apple. These include a growing skilled labor force, a government eager to attract foreign investment in manufacturing, and a large domestic market with increasing demand for smartphones and digital technology.

Apple’s plans also align with India’s broader economic and industrial ambitions. Under Prime Minister Modi’s “Make in India” initiative, the government has been encouraging international tech companies to establish and expand their manufacturing operations within the country. This push is part of an effort to transform India into a global manufacturing hub, create employment opportunities, and reduce the nation’s dependence on imports for electronics and other goods.

Nevertheless, despite the political and economic incentives, the shift to India has not been without its complications. The Reuters source pointed out that while India is being positioned for a critical role in Apple’s global manufacturing, “higher duties on importing mobile phone parts compared to many other countries means it is still expensive for companies to produce in India.” This tariff policy could undermine the cost-effectiveness of local production unless reformed or offset by other incentives.

Still, the momentum behind Apple’s India strategy appears strong. The fact that shipments from India reached $2 billion in a single month underscores the rapid pace of expansion. Moreover, the involvement of key partners like Foxconn and Tata—two of the most prominent manufacturing firms in the world—indicates that Apple is investing not just capital but also deep strategic resources into making its India plan a success.

The ongoing construction of two more factories further cements Apple’s commitment to India as a manufacturing base. With five facilities either operational or in the pipeline, Apple and its partners are laying down the infrastructure needed to eventually produce the majority of U.S.-sold iPhones in India by the targeted 2026 deadline.

Although the company has not publicly confirmed the timeline or offered specifics about its long-term plans, the behind-the-scenes negotiations with Foxconn and Tata, as well as record-setting exports, offer a strong indication of where things are headed.

In summary, Apple’s efforts to move more of its production to India reflect a larger global trend driven by trade disputes, rising labor costs, and the need for diversified supply chains. As Apple looks beyond China, India is emerging as a key partner despite its higher production costs. With five factories planned or in operation, and billions of dollars in shipments already flowing, Apple is well on its way to achieving its goal of manufacturing most iPhones sold in the U.S. within India by 2026.

The Fine Line of Fanboy Films in Malayalam Cinema: A High-Stakes Balancing Act

Malayalam cinema has long been known for its rich and diverse storytelling, but it also carries a dynamic tradition of “fanboy films”—mass entertainers centered around beloved stars like Mohanlal and Mammootty. These movies are engineered to thrill their fanbases, offering bombastic action sequences, striking visuals, punchy dialogues, and characters that tower over the screen. Their core aim is to evoke whistles, applause, and cheers from die-hard followers. However, this genre treads a very thin line between success and failure, as the emphasis on spectacle often overshadows substance.

The fanboy genre often sacrifices deep, intricate storytelling in favor of visual dazzle and larger-than-life depictions of its lead actors. While this formula can electrify theaters when executed well, it doesn’t always hit the mark. Films like ‘L2: Empuraan’ (2025) showcase how to successfully blend style and scope, achieving a polished and ambitious cinematic result. On the flip side, others like ‘Aaraattu’ (2022) serve as cautionary tales—projects that falter due to poorly executed narratives or misaligned viewer expectations.

The high stakes involved in such films lie in their dependence on star power. When a movie leans too heavily on its lead actor’s persona and neglects the broader cinematic experience, it risks alienating the general audience. While devoted fans may be thrilled, a wider demographic might find the film lacking in emotional depth or storytelling coherence. The director and scriptwriter are thus tasked with a difficult balancing act: incorporating fan service while still delivering compelling content that resonates with all viewers.

Adding too many elements to pander exclusively to fans or overloading the film with celebratory moments can actually backfire. When fan service overwhelms the narrative structure, it disrupts the balance necessary for the film to succeed on a larger scale. “Fanboy films,” therefore, represent a cinematic gamble, often falling somewhere between soaring success and major disappointment.

A perfect example of this tightrope walk is the multi-starrer film ‘Twenty-Twenty.’ Though it primarily catered to fans by assembling some of the biggest names in the industry, it managed to strike a balance with its moderately engaging story. While the content may not have been extraordinary, it had enough merit to keep general audiences entertained. The film exemplifies how even a fan-centric project can do well if it pays some attention to story and structure.

On the other hand, some movies aim for both fan delight and narrative quality but still manage to stand apart. Films like ‘Harikrishnans’ achieved this dual goal by providing both the pleasure of seeing two leading men—Mohanlal and Mammootty—together and delivering a story that appealed to wider sensibilities. When done right, such fan-driven films can truly captivate a broad spectrum of viewers.

Among underwhelming efforts in this category, ‘Aaraattu’ remains one of the most frequently cited examples. Starring Mohanlal, the film generated significant buzz before release but ended up disappointing many. Director B. Unnikrishnan has been open about the film’s failure and does not shy away from taking responsibility. Speaking to Vishal Menon, Unnikrishnan said, “I take full responsibility for the movie’s failure.”

In a separate interview, Unnikrishnan elaborated that the film was actually intended as a spoof, a satirical nod to Mohanlal’s past roles and legendary dialogues. Unfortunately, audiences didn’t perceive it in that light, and the intended humor failed to translate. He admitted, “Mistakes are part of the journey—we grow through them. I’m not affected by criticism or social media chatter. However, I do believe that criticism should be expressed with a sense of democracy and basic courtesy. Just because I respond to criticism doesn’t make me some kind of hero.”

This kind of honest reflection is rare, especially in an industry where public image often overshadows introspection. Unnikrishnan’s remarks also highlight another essential aspect of the fanboy genre: how vital it is for the creators to understand the pulse of the audience. Misjudging audience sentiment or tone can have serious consequences, as seen in ‘Aaraattu.’

Despite occasional missteps, there are stellar examples that prove a fanboy film can be both a commercial and critical success. One such example is Prithviraj Sukumaran’s directorial debut, ‘Lucifer.’ Unlike most fan-centric films, ‘Lucifer’ chose not to oversaturate the screen with its leading man, Mohanlal. Instead, it offered a well-crafted story written by Murali Gopy, filled with suspense, layered characters, and sharp dialogue. Mohanlal’s limited screen time became an asset, allowing for a slow build-up of his character’s mythos rather than relying on constant presence.

Prithviraj’s approach in ‘Lucifer’ was widely appreciated because it didn’t treat fan service as a crutch but rather as a tool to elevate the narrative. By blending style with substance, the film created a blueprint for how to approach fanboy cinema in a more mature and sophisticated manner. The movie wasn’t just a visual treat; it was a complete package that resonated across audiences. As Prithviraj himself has stated, “Nobody becomes a star. You can only aspire to be a good actor.”

His remark underscores the idea that true stardom isn’t simply about playing to fanfare, but about embracing quality, craftsmanship, and storytelling. It’s a lesson worth remembering for filmmakers aiming to make fan-oriented cinema. Striking a chord with fans doesn’t require abandoning artistic sensibilities; rather, it calls for integrating them meaningfully into the narrative framework.

Malayalam cinema’s flirtation with fanboy films is likely to continue, especially given the passionate following that stars like Mohanlal and Mammootty enjoy. These movies offer a unique blend of nostalgia, heroism, and excitement that few other genres can match. But as audiences evolve and become more discerning, the demand for thoughtful storytelling alongside star-driven moments is only going to grow.

In the end, the most successful fanboy films are those that not only respect the aura of the star but also honor the intelligence of the audience. When done right, they become memorable celebrations of cinema. When done wrong, they serve as reminders that even the brightest stars can’t carry a film without a solid foundation.

Daily Bed-Making: The Quiet Habit That Builds Strength, Resilience, and Self-Belief

I’ve always been intrigued by the simple rituals that quietly shape our daily lives—those often-overlooked routines that have the power to influence our mood and mindset. For some, it might be writing in a journal as soon as they wake up. For others, it’s enjoying the serenity of their first coffee. And then there’s the act of making the bed—a seemingly mundane habit that can actually carry deep psychological meaning.

Truthfully, I didn’t always pay attention to making my bed. In my twenties, I’d rush out of the house, leaving my bedding in a tangled heap. But over the years, especially through my work as a relationship counselor, I started noticing how the smallest routines can reflect larger emotional and behavioral traits.

I gave bed-making a shot, and to my surprise, I felt an immediate difference—not just in how my room looked, but in how I felt about myself.

At DM News, we love exploring how ordinary habits can have extraordinary impacts. And this particular habit—making your bed every morning—definitely qualifies. Here are seven quiet strengths I’ve found are often present in those who embrace this daily practice.

First, they demonstrate self-discipline. Discipline isn’t about forcing yourself into unpleasant routines. It’s more about creating structure in your life that helps you grow. Making your bed might seem trivial, but it signals to your brain that you’re in control. Stephen Covey once said, “Our character is basically a composite of our habits.” When you commit to even a small action like bed-making, you reinforce the idea that you can direct your day. That mindset tends to carry over into bigger decisions and challenges. It tells you, “I’m someone who follows through.”

Second, they practice mindful awareness. If you’ve ever taken the time to carefully tuck in your sheets, fluff your pillows, and smooth the comforter, you’ve probably noticed how grounding it feels. This isn’t just mindless housekeeping—it can be a small moment of mindfulness. Early in my counseling work, I encouraged anxious clients to adopt a calming daily task they could do slowly and with intention. Bed-making turned out to be a great fit. It gives people a reason to pause before diving into the day. As Susan Cain, author of Quiet, observed, small reflective rituals can be powerful, especially for introverts. But extroverts benefit too. Instead of jumping straight to emails or texts, you begin with presence—and that grounded feeling can carry through the day.

Third, they start the day with accomplishment. It’s easy to believe that big wins—like completing a major project—are the only way to feel successful. But even small victories can offer a psychological boost. Seeing your bed neatly made just five minutes after waking up gives you a sense of order and completion. Admiral William H. McRaven once said, “If you make your bed every morning, you will have accomplished the first task of the day.” That small success can create a ripple effect, preparing your mind to tackle what comes next.

Fourth, they value order and calm. Chaos in your environment often reflects internal stress. Coming home to a messy, unmade bed can amplify feelings of disorder, while walking into a room with a neatly made bed can create instant calm. I’ve recommended this habit to clients dealing with overwhelm, and they almost always tell me it makes a difference. Brené Brown has spoken about how physical or emotional clutter weighs us down. Tidying your space—starting with your bed—can create room for peace in your thoughts as well. It’s not about perfection but about giving yourself a space that feels stable.

Fifth, they’re consistent with the little things. We often associate consistency with major life goals—like fitness routines or career plans. But consistency is also in the small daily actions. I’ve seen that people who make their beds regularly are usually the same ones who meet deadlines, arrive on time, and follow through on promises. Tony Robbins put it best: “It’s not what we do once in a while that shapes our lives. It’s what we do consistently.” By being dependable in tiny details, you build a character of trust and reliability—even when no one’s watching.

Sixth, they develop a quiet confidence. A friend of mine—let’s call her Amanda—once shared how she’d struggled with self-esteem. Unsure of her strengths, she made a decision to start making her bed every morning. It seemed small, but it helped her build confidence. Over time, that daily act reminded her she could stick to commitments, even if they were just to herself. Eventually, she felt ready to ask for a raise and speak up at work. Warren Buffett once said, “The best investment you can make is in yourself.” Following through on simple promises, like arranging your bed, is an investment in self-trust. That trust translates into subtle yet impactful confidence—in posture, tone, and actions.

Seventh, they become more resilient to life’s bigger challenges. This final point may be the most important. Resilience isn’t innate—it’s built. Though bed-making might not seem related to emotional strength, it exercises the mental muscle of persistence. I recall a psychology study that showed a connection between consistent daily routines and better stress resilience. Those who stick with positive habits are often better equipped to manage difficulties. As Michelle Obama once said, “You may not always have a comfortable life. And you will not always be able to solve all of the world’s problems at once. But don’t ever underestimate the importance you can have.” Resilience is about doing what you can, day by day—even in the smallest ways.

In closing, I’ve come to see that making your bed is about far more than aesthetics. It symbolizes self-discipline, mindfulness, calm, confidence, and inner strength. It’s one of those powerful but humble actions that doesn’t shout for attention—but changes your attitude all the same.

If you’ve read my work before on building meaningful daily habits, you might already recognize how essential small routines can be. Bed-making stands out because it’s simple, quick, and repeatable—and it can set the stage for profound changes.

In my counseling practice and in my book Breaking The Attachment: How To Overcome Codependency in Your Relationship, I explore how awareness and change go hand in hand. Bed-making might seem worlds away from healing relational patterns, but there’s a common thread: it’s about choosing habits that empower rather than drain us. Whether it’s setting boundaries in your relationships or sticking to a morning ritual, it’s about lifting yourself up.

Of course, making your bed won’t magically solve all of life’s problems. But it’s a grounding practice—a small, steady anchor in a sometimes chaotic world. Like many forms of quiet strength, it doesn’t need applause. It just needs consistency.

So tomorrow morning, try it. Straighten your sheets, arrange your pillows, and give yourself that moment of calm. That one little act might be all it takes to start your day stronger, more centered, and more resilient.

Papal Election Drama ‘Conclave’ Sees Massive Surge in Popularity Following Pope Francis’ Death

As the Vatican readies itself for the election of a new pope, people worldwide are turning their attention to a cinematic portrayal of the process—by streaming the film Conclave. The movie, directed by Edward Berger and winner of this year’s Oscar for Best Adapted Screenplay, offers an intimate look into the Vatican’s secretive papal election rituals. Following the death of Pope Francis on Monday, the film witnessed a significant spike in viewership, according to entertainment data analytics firm Luminate.

Set against the backdrop of the Vatican, Conclave dives into the intricacies of the pope selection process, a ritual steeped in centuries-old tradition. Berger’s film takes creative liberties while staying largely faithful to the actual procedures, and features a power struggle among cardinals portrayed by renowned actors Ralph Fiennes, Stanley Tucci, and John Lithgow. The movie is distributed by Focus Features, which is owned by NBC News’ parent company, Comcast.

Since its initial release in October, the movie has amassed a devoted fan following online. Social media platforms have been flooded with viral memes and creative fan edits comparing the film to mainstream pop culture icons like The Real Housewives and Mean Girls. As tributes to Pope Francis continued to pour in from around the world, a growing number of both longtime fans and new viewers turned to Conclave to gain insights into what happens behind Vatican walls during such pivotal moments.

From Sunday to Monday, Luminate reported that viewership of Conclave surged by a staggering 283 percent. On Sunday, the film logged an average of 1.8 million minutes viewed. That figure leaped to 6.9 million minutes by Monday. Luminate compiles data from major streaming platforms including Netflix, Peacock, Paramount+, Disney+, and Max.

Despite the film’s dramatic rise in popularity, Focus Features did not respond to a request for comment on the recent streaming numbers.

On social media, many pointed out the uncanny parallels between the film’s storyline and the actual events surrounding the papal succession. The timing of Pope Francis’ death and the content of Conclave seemed to resonate with global audiences, sparking renewed discussion about the themes explored in the movie.

Among the voices chiming in was the administrator behind “Pope Crave,” a fan account on X dedicated entirely to Conclave. The person behind the account spoke with NBC News via email and requested anonymity, asking to be referred to only by their username due to the need for “separation” between their professional career and their “fandom extracurriculars.” Pope Crave, who commands a following of 16,000 on X, offered insight into the film’s relevance during a time of collective mourning and transition.

“I think there’s a lot of grief and pain attached to current events, and being able to use Conclave memes as a common/shared language of community offers some brevity and humor to a clandestine process and historical event that will significantly alter the trajectory of many peoples’ lives,” Pope Crave said.

When asked about the religious demographics of the film’s fan base, Pope Crave noted, “I cannot speak for the religious breakdown of Conclave fans, but it doesn’t shock me that Catholic fans of the film would be engaged in the actual papal conclave outcomes. And for the non-Catholic Conclave fans, I would hypothesize there’s something to be said about the abrupt relevance and sudden application of their film knowledge and fandom enthusiasm to a seismically important current global event that holds importance to over 1.25 billion practitioners (and even more non-believers).”

Michael Moreland, a professor specializing in law and religion at Villanova University, said the movie’s popularity highlights the enduring fascination with the Catholic Church’s ancient customs, even in a largely secular world. The papal conclave process involves cardinals from around the world, all under the age of 80, who are sworn to secrecy. They gather in the Sistine Chapel and cast paper ballots until one among them secures a two-thirds majority to become the next pope.

“All the charisma and the mystery around Catholicism and the ways in which these men in the College of Cardinals go about assembling and deliberating and voting in the secret process that no one except one of them has seen,” Moreland explained. “All of that is very fascinating.”

Moreland also noted that Conclave provides a fairly accurate portrayal of how potential papal candidates gain and lose traction during the voting rounds. However, he was critical of the film’s emphasis on political ideology, stating that the movie sometimes reduces the election process to a simplistic binary of left versus right.

“The significance of the theological and spiritual aspects of Catholicism and this process of electing a pope was kind of reduced into partisan politics,” Moreland remarked.

Coincidentally, Amazon Prime made Conclave available to stream on Tuesday, though Amazon clarified that the release was pre-scheduled and not timed with the pope’s passing. The availability of the film on Amazon added to its soaring popularity. By the end of the day Tuesday, the film had shattered its previous viewership records, with a reported 18.3 million views across all streaming services. This marked a massive 3,200 percent increase in week-over-week viewership, according to Luminate’s updated data.

Although many cast members from Conclave have yet to issue public statements regarding the death of Pope Francis, they previously spoke about the film’s topical relevance. At the Screen Actors Guild Awards in February, during a period when Pope Francis was critically ill, the cast commented on how current events had increased the film’s impact.

“The film has ended up extremely timely … and it’s about the social organism electing a leader,” said John Lithgow, who plays Cardinal Tremblay, one of the leading contenders for the papacy in the film.

“You cannot help seeing Conclave and not thinking what happens when different tribes quarrel with each other trying to decide on who is their leader,” he added. “That’s one big reason why people are paying attention to Conclave, beyond the fact that it’s simply a beautiful film that you just don’t see storytelling on film like that much anymore.”

The Vatican announced that Pope Francis’ funeral will be held at 10 a.m. local time (4 a.m. Eastern Time) on Saturday in St. Peter’s Square, in front of the iconic St. Peter’s Basilica. The conclave to elect his successor will follow the funeral service.

India Cracks Down on Pakistan Following Deadly Kashmir Attack That Killed 26

India has unveiled a series of punitive measures against Pakistan, just a day after 26 people were gunned down at a tourist destination in the Indian-administered Kashmir town of Pahalgam. The wide-reaching actions include the closure of the main border crossing, suspension of a historic water treaty, expulsion of Pakistani diplomats, and a directive ordering some Pakistani visa holders to exit the country within 48 hours.

The response follows one of the most devastating attacks in the troubled region in recent years, raising fears of a further deterioration in the already tense relationship between the nuclear-armed neighbors. Though Pakistan has denied involvement, the Indian government’s swift retaliation signals that it holds Islamabad, at the very least, indirectly accountable.

India and Pakistan have long been locked in a bitter dispute over the Kashmir region, which both nations claim in its entirety but govern in parts. Since their separation in 1947, the two countries have fought multiple wars over the territory, and clashes continue to erupt with alarming frequency. This latest incident threatens to deepen the rift further.

Indian authorities have been vocal in their anger and suspicion. Although there is no official confirmation, Indian intelligence agencies believe that a militant group known as the Kashmir Resistance orchestrated the attack. BBC News has not independently confirmed this allegation, and a manhunt for the perpetrators remained ongoing as of Wednesday evening.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi condemned the massacre and issued a strong message. “Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice,” Modi posted on X. “Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable and it will get even stronger.”

As part of its response, India declared it would suspend the Indus Water Treaty, a landmark agreement that has withstood decades of conflict and diplomatic hostility since its signing in 1960. The treaty delineates control of the Indus River and its tributaries between the two countries—granting India authority over the eastern rivers and Pakistan the western ones. Crucially, the treaty mandates that India must allow waters from the western rivers to flow into Pakistan, barring limited exceptions.

This move marks a significant departure from India’s usual diplomatic restraint concerning the water agreement and represents a sharp escalation in bilateral tensions. It also puts at risk a long-standing framework that has helped prevent even more friction between the two countries during past crises.

India’s retaliatory measures also include diplomatic expulsions. Pakistani military advisers stationed at the Pakistani embassy in Delhi were ordered to leave immediately, and additional expulsions are scheduled for the coming week, according to a government statement.

While India continues its investigation and hunt for the attackers, Pakistan’s leadership has convened its top security officials. Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar said that Pakistan’s National Security Council, the highest body handling the country’s military and security affairs, would meet on Thursday to formulate a response.

In the aftermath of the bloodshed, Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued a statement expressing sympathy for the victims. “We are concerned at the loss of tourists’ lives,” the ministry said, adding that Pakistan conveyed its condolences.

Yet, Indian Defense Minister Rajnath Singh made clear that India’s reaction would not be limited to catching the gunmen alone. He implied that those orchestrating such attacks from behind the scenes would also be targeted. “We will not only reach those who have perpetrated this incident but also those who, sitting behind the scenes, have conspired to commit such acts on the soil of India,” Singh said.

The deadly assault in Pahalgam has not only shocked India but also prompted global condemnation. Leaders from across the world have denounced the killings and expressed solidarity with the victims and their families. Within India, outrage has mixed with grief as the country comes to terms with the latest tragedy in a region too often marked by violence.

Eyewitness accounts painted a horrific picture of the event. Tourists, many with children, scrambled to escape as the gunmen opened fire. Chaos erupted at what had been a peaceful vacation spot nestled in the Himalayas.

Some bystanders reported that the attackers may have been targeting non-Muslims, although other witnesses described the shootings as indiscriminate. The majority of those killed were Hindu men, but the death toll also included a local Muslim resident.

The broader implications of the massacre are already beginning to show. The attack has shaken the confidence of the local tourism industry, which has seen a recent revival after years of unrest. “We cannot get over the fact that such an incident has occurred, and that too in the place we call heaven on earth,” said Akib Chaya, a hotel owner and member of the Kashmir Chamber of Commerce, during an interview with BBC’s Newshour.

“Tourists have been coming to Kashmir since the last three or four decades and they have never been touched,” Chaya added, underlining the sense of disbelief that has gripped the region’s residents.

Despite the various accounts from witnesses, the Indian government has not officially confirmed whether the attackers specifically targeted victims based on religion. This ambiguity adds to the complexity of the narrative and raises further questions about the motives behind the attack.

As the fallout continues to unfold, all eyes remain on how Pakistan will respond to India’s sweeping countermeasures. The decisions taken at Thursday’s National Security Council meeting may either dial down or further inflame the conflict.

This tragedy has once again brought Kashmir to the center of a geopolitical storm. With strong rhetoric from Indian leaders, stern diplomatic actions, and deep-seated mistrust between the two countries, the path forward remains fraught with uncertainty. As India seeks to pursue justice and security, the consequences of these developments may resonate far beyond the borders of Kashmir.

Deadliest Kashmir Attack Since 2019 Triggers Political and Military Ripples Across India and Pakistan

The militant assault that left at least 26 tourists dead in Pahalgam on Tuesday has emerged as the bloodiest attack in Indian-administered Kashmir since 2019. Unlike previous attacks primarily aimed at security forces, this one targeted innocent civilians vacationing in one of India’s most scenic regions. The brutality and symbolism of this strike go beyond the death toll—it marks a direct hit on the fragile image of peace and normalcy that India has worked to promote in the disputed territory.

The attack’s timing and location are significant. Pahalgam, known for its tranquil beauty and appeal to tourists, became the scene of a violent ambush that not only killed civilians but also shattered public confidence. For many analysts, the event highlights how volatile the situation remains in Kashmir, a region claimed in full by both India and Pakistan, yet governed in parts by each.

India’s reaction was swift. In a show of political and diplomatic muscle, Delhi responded by shutting down the main border crossing, suspending a crucial water-sharing agreement, and expelling Pakistani diplomats. More importantly, Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh assured the nation of a strong response, pledging action against not only the perpetrators but also those orchestrating such “nefarious acts” from behind the scenes.

Analysts largely agree that some form of military retaliation is all but certain. What remains uncertain is the scale, method, and consequences of such a response. “We are likely to see a strong response – one that signals resolve to both domestic audiences and actors in Pakistan. Since 2016 and especially after 2019, the threshold for retaliation has been set at cross-border or air strikes,” said military historian Srinath Raghavan to the BBC. “It’ll be hard for the government to act below that now. Pakistan will likely respond, as it did before. The risk, as always, is miscalculation – on both sides.”

Raghavan was referencing India’s significant retaliatory actions in 2016 and 2019. After 19 Indian soldiers were killed in the 2016 Uri attack, India conducted what it termed “surgical strikes” across the Line of Control (LoC), targeting militant bases in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. In 2019, the deadly Pulwama attack, which killed more than 40 paramilitary personnel, prompted Indian airstrikes on an alleged terrorist training camp in Balakot, marking India’s first air incursion deep into Pakistan since 1971. Pakistan retaliated with air raids, and the two nations briefly engaged in an aerial dogfight, resulting in the capture of an Indian pilot. While both sides demonstrated their military strength, they ultimately avoided a full-scale war.

Following these high-tension moments, a ceasefire agreement along the LoC was reached in 2021, which has largely held despite sporadic militant violence in Indian-administered Kashmir. But the recent attack, given its high casualty count and targeting of civilians, could test that uneasy truce.

Michael Kugelman, a foreign policy expert, stated that this incident could provoke a military response from India, especially if any degree of Pakistani involvement—real or perceived—is found. “The chief advantage of such a reaction for India would be political, as there will be strong public pressure for India to respond forcefully,” Kugelman told the BBC. “Another advantage, if a retaliation successfully takes out terrorist targets, would be restoring deterrence and degrading an anti-India threat. The disadvantage is that a retaliation would risk a serious crisis and even conflict.”

When it comes to India’s options, covert operations provide plausible deniability but may not satisfy the domestic political need to assertively reestablish deterrence, says Christopher Clary of the University at Albany. Clary identifies two primary avenues India could pursue. One is a resumption of cross-border firing, signaling the possible breakdown of the 2021 ceasefire. The other is more dramatic: airstrikes or even cruise missile attacks akin to the 2019 Balakot action.

“No path is without risks. The US is also distracted and may not be willing or be able to assist with crisis management,” Clary told the BBC, pointing to the broader geopolitical implications.

The nuclear dimension of India-Pakistan relations cannot be ignored. Both countries possess nuclear weapons, a factor that exerts a restraining influence on escalation but simultaneously increases the stakes of any miscalculation. “Nuclear weapons are both a danger and a restraint—they force decision-makers on both sides to act with caution. Any response is likely to be presented as precise and targeted. Pakistan may retaliate in kind, then look for an off-ramp,” Raghavan observed.

He drew parallels with recent conflicts such as those between Israel and Iran, where limited strikes were followed by attempts at de-escalation. However, he cautioned that such scenarios are inherently risky. “The risk is always that things won’t go according to script.”

Kugelman, reflecting on the 2019 Pulwama episode, noted, “Each country is comfortable using limited counter retaliation.” But he warned that India must carefully balance the political and strategic gains of a retaliatory move with the possibility of a deeper and more destructive conflict.

Hussain Haqqani, a former Pakistani ambassador to the US, echoed similar thoughts. He suggested that India may consider another round of limited “surgical strikes” similar to those in 2016. “The advantage of such strikes from India’s point of view is they are limited in scope, so Pakistan does not have to respond, and yet they demonstrate to the Indian public that India has acted,” Haqqani said in an interview with the BBC.

However, he also pointed out the risks of such a strategy. “Such strikes can also invite retaliation from Pakistan, which argues that it is being blamed in a knee-jerk reaction, without any investigation or evidence.”

Whatever course India chooses in response to this tragedy, the path forward remains treacherous. Any action may spiral into further violence, pushing the already tenuous peace in the region even farther out of reach. At the same time, India must grapple with internal questions about how such an attack could occur in what is considered one of the most secure and monitored areas.

“That such an attack occurred at the peak of tourist season,” Raghavan noted, “points to a serious lapse—especially in a Union Territory where the federal government directly controls law and order.”

As tension rises and decisions loom, both nations are left navigating a perilous landscape where every move could have profound consequences—not only for regional stability but also for the lives of millions caught in the crossfire.

Who Will Be the Next Pope? A Global Crossroads for the Catholic Church

The choice of the next pope holds significant implications for the Catholic Church and its 1.4 billion baptized followers worldwide. Yet, the process to determine Pope Francis’s successor is expected to be unusually open and difficult to predict for several reasons.

The College of Cardinals, consisting of senior church officials, will gather in the Sistine Chapel for a conclave, where they will engage in discussions and then vote repeatedly until one candidate secures a majority. Although 80% of the cardinals were appointed by Pope Francis, their selections reflect diverse ideologies and backgrounds, rather than a singular “progressive” or “traditionalist” identity.

For the first time ever, less than half of the voting cardinals will be European, opening the door for non-European leadership. This diversity makes predicting the outcome more complicated than in past conclaves. Many are speculating whether the cardinals might choose an African or Asian pope, or possibly an experienced figure from the Vatican bureaucracy.

Among the potential frontrunners is Cardinal Pietro Parolin of Italy, age 70. A quiet yet influential figure, Parolin served as the Vatican’s Secretary of State and acted as Pope Francis’s top aide. He has managed the Church’s central administration and is known for emphasizing diplomacy over strict doctrinal adherence. While some see this as a weakness, others consider it a strength. Still, Parolin has taken conservative positions, notably calling Ireland’s legalization of same-sex marriage in 2015 “a defeat for humanity.” Despite his prominence, he is aware of the saying, “He who enters a conclave as a pope, leaves it as a cardinal,” underscoring the unpredictability of the process. While Italians have historically dominated the papacy, recent shifts suggest this may not be the case this time.

From Asia, Cardinal Luis Antonio Gokim Tagle of the Philippines, 67, is another key contender. With extensive experience as a pastoral leader, he is often referred to as the “Asian Francis” for his social advocacy and compassion for migrants. Cardinal Tagle opposes abortion and euthanasia, labeling abortion “a form of murder.” However, in 2015, he called on the Church to soften its stance on gay people, divorced individuals, and single mothers, arguing that rigid attitudes had caused lasting harm. He emphasized that “each individual deserved compassion and respect.” A potential candidate in the 2013 conclave, Tagle previously said of such speculation, “I treat it like a joke! It’s funny.”

From Africa, Cardinal Fridolin Ambongo Besungu of the Democratic Republic of Congo, 65, emerges as a prominent figure. Serving as Archbishop of Kinshasa, he was appointed by Francis and is a strong conservative voice. He has rejected blessings for same-sex marriages, declaring that such unions “are considered contradictory to cultural norms and intrinsically evil.” Despite religious violence in his country, he has advocated for religious plurality: “Let Protestants be Protestants and Muslims be Muslims. We are going to work with them. But everyone has to keep their own identity.” This inclusive view may be seen as conflicting with some cardinals’ missionary outlook.

Another African candidate is Cardinal Peter Kodwo Appiah Turkson of Ghana, aged 76. Considered for the papacy in 2013, he was once the bookmakers’ favorite. In 2013, he said, “I’m not sure whether anyone does aspire to become a pope.” Although conservative, he has publicly opposed laws criminalizing homosexuality in African countries, stating during a 2023 BBC interview that “homosexuality should not be treated as an offence.” In 2012, he was criticized for alarmist remarks about Islam in Europe but later apologized. A former funk band guitarist, Turkson brings charisma and energy to the role.

From Europe, Cardinal Peter Erdo of Hungary, 72, is respected in the continent and beyond. He led the Council of European Bishops’ Conferences for a decade and maintains connections with African clerics and Orthodox leaders. Known for his conservative values, Erdo also has experience navigating Hungary’s political landscape under Prime Minister Viktor Orban. During the 2015 migrant crisis, he controversially argued that welcoming refugees could constitute human trafficking.

Veteran Italian cardinal Angelo Scola, now 83, was a leading candidate in 2013 but ultimately wasn’t elected. Although over the age to vote, he remains eligible for selection. Recently, he published a book on old age with a preface written by Pope Francis, who remarked that “death is not the end of everything, but the beginning of something,” signaling his esteem for Scola. However, the focus on age may not appeal to cardinals seeking a dynamic new leader.

From Germany, Cardinal Reinhard Marx, 71, is a seasoned Vatican figure and former top adviser to Pope Francis. But in 2021 he offered to resign over serious mistakes in tackling child sexual abuse in Germany’s Catholic Church. In 2021, he offered to resign, acknowledging failures, but Francis declined. Two years ago, Marx stepped down from the Pope’s Council of Cardinals, which many interpreted as a career setback.

Another veteran is Cardinal Marc Ouellet of Canada, who turned 80 and is therefore excluded from voting. Twice considered papal material in previous conclaves, he formerly oversaw the selection of bishops worldwide. A conservative, he has endorsed clerical celibacy and opposed women priests, though he has advocated more leadership roles for women, stating, “Christ is male, the Church is feminine.”

There’s also Cardinal Robert Prevost of the U.S., aged 69. Born in Chicago, he previously served as a missionary and archbishop in Peru. Two years ago, Pope Francis appointed him head of the Vatican office that selects bishops. He is viewed as a reformer, but his relative youth and past allegations of covering up abuse in Peru—denied by his diocese—could complicate his candidacy.

Among traditionalists, Cardinal Robert Sarah of Guinea, 79, has deep conservative support. Once the Church’s youngest archbishop at age 34, he later led the Vatican’s liturgical office. Though retired, he remains influential among those wary of Francis’s reforms. Raised by a fruit-picker father, Sarah is respected for his doctrinal commitment.

From Jerusalem, Cardinal Pierbattista Pizzaballa, 60, brings unique geopolitical insight. Ordained in Italy but a longtime resident of Jerusalem, he has been Latin Patriarch for five years. His understanding of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is unmatched, and he described the city as “the heart of the life of this world.” Yet his youth and close alignment with Francis may reduce his appeal to cardinals desiring change.

Lastly, Cardinal Michael Czerny, 78, born in former Czechoslovakia and raised in Canada, shares Francis’s Jesuit background. Active in Africa and Latin America, Czerny is known for his progressive work, such as founding the African Jesuit AIDS Network. He currently leads the Vatican’s social justice office. Although admired, the idea of back-to-back Jesuit popes may be a stretch.

As speculation continues, what remains clear is that the next pope could come from any corner of the globe, and the decision will shape the direction of the Church for decades to come.

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day

In a landmark event at New York City Hall on April 22, 2025, Mayor Eric Adams officially declared April 24, 2025, as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day. The declaration was made in recognition of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s enduring legacy of universal love, peace, and altruistic service to humanity, marking a historic tribute to the global spiritual leader on his 100th birth anniversary.

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 1The proclamation ceremony took place in a formal setting and was presented by Deputy Commissioner Mr Dilip Chauhan. He was joined by officials from the Mayor’s Office and representatives of the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council, who gathered to witness this significant occasion. The proclamation celebrates Bhagawan’s life and philosophy, reflecting the city’s appreciation for his spiritual teachings and humanitarian work.

During the event, a written message from Sri RJ Rathnakar, the Managing Trustee of the Sri Sathya Sai Central Trust, was read and submitted. This was accompanied by thoughtful remarks from various members of the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council. Attendees also viewed a special documentary created by the Sri Sathya Sai Media Centre in Prasanthi Nilayam. The film highlighted the widespread humanitarian efforts inspired by Bhagawan, portraying the global reach of his mission and the transformative impact of his followers around the world.

The Mayor’s proclamation acknowledged the selfless contributions of Sri Sathya Sai volunteers across the UnitedNew York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 2 States. These include food distribution, hygiene kit supply, and youth education initiatives based on human values. Their tireless dedication was recognized as a continuation of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s teachings, emphasizing love, service, and compassion.

Additionally, Mayor Adams commended the leadership of both the Sri Sathya Sai Central Trust and the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council. He specifically recognized several key figures for their guidance and commitment to the mission: Mr RJ Rathnakar, Mr Nimish Pandya, Mr Sundar Swaminathan, Mr Kalyan Ray, Dr Axay Kalathia, Dr Balu Karanam, Dr Geetha J Kamath, Mrs Geetha Mohan Ram, Prof Koteswara Rao, and Mr Sundar Venugopalan. The Mayor’s office paid tribute not only to these leaders but to all volunteers who continue to embody Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s timeless message: “Love All, Serve All – Help Ever, Hurt Never.”

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 3One of the central figures present at the event, Sundar Venugopalan of the Sri Sathya Sai Global Council in Flushing, New York, accepted the proclamation on behalf of the community. Reflecting on the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba, he emphasized that the core principle of all religions is fundamentally the same. “Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s main teaching was that the essence of all religions is one, urging us to see the divine spark within each and every creation,” Venugopalan stated. He added that Sai Centers around the world, including those in New York, promote spiritual growth and encourage service-oriented community engagement. “This centennial year, we are committed to expanding our service to those in need right here in New York City,” he affirmed.

The moment carried deep spiritual and emotional significance for the devotees and volunteers who have long workedNew York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 4 in the spirit of Bhagawan’s teachings. The proclamation from a city as diverse and globally influential as New York carries symbolic weight, reinforcing the universality of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s message and mission. In the words of the organizers, “We offer our deepest gratitude to Bhagawan for this divine blessing. This recognition from New York City—one of the world’s most vibrant and diverse cities—beautifully echoes Bhagawan’s vision of global unity, service, and spiritual harmony.”

As New York officially joins the global celebration of the centennial of Sri Sathya Sai Baba, the proclamation serves as a testament to the enduring relevance of his teachings. It also reinforces the vital role that spiritual values and selfless service continue to play in shaping communities across the globe. With this recognition, the city affirms its solidarity with the countless devotees and volunteers who strive every day to live by the ideals laid down by the revered spiritual teacher.

New York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 5The ceremony, enriched by heartfelt expressions and multimedia tributes, concluded with renewed enthusiasm among the community to continue their work. The video documentary presented during the event provided a compelling overview of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s global outreach efforts—ranging from free medical care and educational services to disaster relief and interfaith dialogue initiatives. These efforts were shown to be coordinated and implemented by volunteers and organizations inspired by his guidance and values.

The Mayor’s proclamation itself is a formal expression of appreciation for a legacy that has transcended religious, cultural, and national boundaries. It draws attention to how spiritual teachings can inspire tangible acts of compassion and upliftment, even in major metropolitan hubs like New York. By setting aside a day to honor Sri Sathya Sai Baba, the city also honors the philosophy that service to humanity is service to the divine.

The observance of Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day on April 24, 2025, stands as a meaningful gestureNew York City Proclaims April 24 as Sri Sathya Sai Baba Centennial Celebrations Day 6 not only for his devotees but also for anyone committed to the ideals of love, unity, and humanitarian service. As emphasized by the proclamation, the legacy of Bhagawan continues to be felt through the actions of his followers who “Love All, Serve All” and live by the principle to “Help Ever, Hurt Never.”

For many of the attendees and for the broader spiritual community, this recognition represents a sacred milestone. It is a celebration not only of Sri Sathya Sai Baba’s life and works but also of the timeless values he promoted. The proclamation from New York City ensures that his centennial will be remembered as a moment that brought together people of diverse backgrounds in the shared pursuit of harmony and compassionate service.

With the celebrations continuing worldwide, the proclamation from New York adds a powerful chapter to the centennial commemorations. It reinforces the idea that spiritual legacies can indeed shape public discourse and policy, even in modern urban centers. As the city honors Sri Sathya Sai Baba with this special day, his followers find renewed inspiration to continue his mission of service, love, and unity in every corner of the world.

Terror Attack in Pahalgam Leaves 28 Dead, Mostly Tourists, as India Grapples with Aftermath

Srinagar: In what is being described as one of the most lethal terrorist assaults in Kashmir in recent years, at least 28 civilians, many of whom were tourists, lost their lives and several others were injured when gunmen opened fire indiscriminately in Baisaran Valley near Pahalgam, located in the southern district of Anantnag.

Among those killed in the attack were two foreign nationals and two local residents, according to police sources. However, the identities of the victims have not been officially disclosed as authorities work to confirm the details.

Eyewitnesses at the scene recounted harrowing moments of sudden violence and confusion. According to one witness, “We heard sudden gunshots, and people started screaming and running for cover. It all happened very quickly.” The attackers, reportedly dressed in military-style uniforms, emerged unexpectedly and unleashed automatic gunfire on a group of visiting tourists, creating widespread panic and chaos.

Jammu and Kashmir’s Chief Minister Omar Abdullah characterized the incident as a “gruesome and calculated massacre.” He acknowledged the sheer scale of the assault, stating that it was “much larger than anything we’ve seen directed at civilians in recent years.” While the exact number of casualties is still being verified, the state government has committed to releasing the official figures soon.

The Resistance Front (TRF), an outfit believed to be affiliated with the Pakistan-based terrorist organization Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), has reportedly claimed responsibility for the attack. Intelligence officials believe the militants may have crossed over from the Kishtwar region in Jammu and traveled through Kokernag in South Kashmir before reaching Baisaran. The route they took suggests a high level of planning and coordination.

Immediately after the shooting, security forces initiated an extensive search operation in the dense forests surrounding the Baisaran Valley. High-ranking officers from both the police and the army’s counter-terrorism units arrived at the location to lead rescue efforts and oversee the evacuation of survivors.

The attack has struck a particularly sensitive nerve as it occurred just ten weeks ahead of the annual Amarnath Yatra, a major Hindu pilgrimage that attracts thousands of devotees each year. Pahalgam, where the deadly assault took place, functions as one of the key base camps for the pilgrimage. Authorities believe the choice of location and timing—during the spring tourist season—was a strategic move aimed at destabilizing the Kashmir Valley and frightening potential visitors.

In the immediate aftermath, numerous travel agencies reported a spike in cancellations, reflecting the nationwide shock and fear that the attack has generated. The violent incident has sent tremors across the country and renewed concerns over the security situation in Jammu and Kashmir.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who is currently on an official visit to Saudi Arabia, condemned the incident in the strongest terms. He promised that the perpetrators would face justice and reaffirmed India’s determination to continue fighting terrorism. “I strongly condemn the terror attack in Pahalgam, Jammu and Kashmir. Condolences to those who have lost their loved ones. I pray that the injured recover at the earliest. All possible assistance is being provided to those affected. Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice… they will not be spared! Their evil agenda will never succeed. Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable, and it will get even stronger,” he posted on X.

Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha also expressed outrage over the attack and offered assurances that those responsible would be held accountable. In a message posted on X, he stated, “Spoke to the DGP & Security officials. Army and J&K Police teams have rushed to the area and launched search operations.” His post aimed to reassure the public that swift action was being taken.

People’s Democratic Party (PDP) president and former chief minister Mehbooba Mufti also voiced strong condemnation of the violence. She described the attack as cowardly and unacceptable. “I strongly condemn the cowardly attack on tourists in Pahalgam, which tragically killed one and injured several. Such violence is unacceptable and must be denounced,” she wrote on X.

The broader implications of this attack are likely to resonate for some time. With Kashmir’s tourism industry still recovering from years of conflict and uncertainty, this latest act of violence threatens to undermine those fragile gains. The region, known for its breathtaking landscapes and cultural richness, had recently begun to see a revival in tourism, which many hoped would lead to long-term economic and social stability.

Security analysts note that targeting civilians, especially tourists, is a tactic aimed at achieving maximum psychological impact. By instilling fear and disrupting the normal rhythm of life, terrorist groups attempt to create an environment of instability and insecurity. This assault, they argue, fits within that broader strategy and must be countered with both tactical operations and a strategic overhaul of security planning in sensitive regions.

As the search for the attackers continues, security forces remain on high alert across the Valley, particularly in areas connected to the upcoming Amarnath pilgrimage. Enhanced surveillance, stricter checkpoints, and intelligence coordination are being prioritized to prevent any follow-up attacks.

Meanwhile, grieving families and a shocked nation are left to mourn the loss of innocent lives. The hope among many is that the response to this tragedy will be both swift and effective—not only in apprehending the culprits but in addressing the broader security gaps that allowed such an attack to take place.

Authorities have urged citizens and tourists to remain vigilant but not to succumb to fear. Efforts are underway to restore confidence through visible security presence and ongoing communication from local officials. However, the wounds of this tragedy will take time to heal, and its shadow may linger over the region’s fragile peace for months to come.

IMF Warns of Sharp Global Slowdown Amid Trump Tariffs and Economic Uncertainty

The global economy is expected to experience a significant deceleration largely due to the impact of President Donald Trump’s tariffs and the lingering uncertainty surrounding them, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) announced on Tuesday.

According to the IMF’s latest World Economic Outlook, worldwide economic growth is now projected to be only 2.8 percent for the current year. This marks a noticeable downgrade from the 3.3 percent growth forecast the Fund had issued in January. The outlook doesn’t improve much in the near future either. By 2026, global growth is anticipated to reach just 3 percent—again, a downgrade from the earlier estimate of 3.3 percent.

Both the United States and China, the two largest economies in the world, are facing notable slowdowns, the report stated. The United States is expected to grow by only 1.8 percent this year. That’s a significant drop from the IMF’s previous forecast of 2.7 percent and is also a full percentage point lower than the U.S. growth rate recorded in 2024. While the IMF does not foresee a recession for the United States, it has raised the probability of one occurring this year from 25 percent to approximately 40 percent.

Meanwhile, China’s economic prospects are also dimming. The IMF now expects China’s economy to grow by 4 percent in both 2025 and 2026. This figure represents a reduction of about half a percentage point from the IMF’s earlier predictions for the country.

Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas, the IMF’s chief economist, commented on the broader implications of these shifts in global economic momentum. “We are entering a new era,” he said. “This global economic system that has operated for the last eighty years is being reset.”

In essence, the IMF’s updated projections paint a picture of a world grappling with the consequences of rising trade barriers and policy uncertainty. These changes are not isolated to one country or region, but rather reflect a broader transformation in the underlying dynamics of the global economy.

The IMF’s warning adds weight to growing concerns among economists and policymakers who have been wary of the long-term consequences of the protectionist measures enacted during Trump’s presidency. Those policies included sweeping tariffs on imports from key trade partners, including China, and led to prolonged trade tensions that shook investor confidence and disrupted global supply chains.

The Fund emphasized that the lasting effects of those tariffs continue to reverberate across the global economic landscape. They have added friction to international trade, discouraged investment, and increased costs for businesses and consumers alike. While the tariffs were initially introduced with the intention of protecting American industries and narrowing the trade deficit, the IMF’s findings suggest they have had broader negative repercussions.

According to the report, the combination of policy uncertainty and tariff-related disruptions has played a central role in weakening global output. While some of the economic deceleration may be attributed to cyclical factors, such as the natural slowing of economies after periods of rapid growth, the IMF points out that structural shifts are also underway.

The reset of the global economic system, as referenced by Gourinchas, likely points to the ongoing fragmentation of the world economy into competing blocs. With geopolitical tensions rising and countries increasingly focusing on domestic resilience, the decades-long era of globalization appears to be giving way to a more fragmented and uncertain world order.

This transformation has made it more difficult for multinational businesses to operate seamlessly across borders, slowed innovation that relies on cross-border collaboration, and increased the complexity of managing supply chains. These developments, in turn, have made it more difficult for economies to bounce back quickly after shocks.

The IMF’s data indicates that the slowdown is not just limited to the United States and China. Other economies are also experiencing reduced momentum, although the Fund did not provide specifics for every region in this particular update. The report, however, implies that the ripple effects of the U.S.-China trade tensions are being felt far and wide.

Despite these sobering projections, the IMF stopped short of predicting a global recession. While growth is slowing, it remains positive across most major economies, and there are still pockets of resilience that could help sustain moderate expansion in the near term.

Still, the IMF’s increased estimate of a 40 percent chance of a U.S. recession indicates a significant degree of caution. This revision reflects growing concern over tight monetary policies, softening consumer spending, and weakening investment trends. The economic uncertainty tied to geopolitical factors and future trade policies only adds to that caution.

The shift in the IMF’s forecast underscores the fragile nature of the current recovery phase. Many economies are still contending with the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, supply chain disruptions, and inflationary pressures. These ongoing challenges have complicated the policy choices facing central banks and governments around the world.

Gourinchas’ remark about a reset of the global economic system highlights the broader sense of transformation that is underway. With traditional assumptions about trade, investment, and cooperation now being questioned, economic institutions and policymakers are being forced to reevaluate their approaches.

The IMF’s report is likely to intensify debates about how best to adapt to this new landscape. Questions around whether to maintain open markets or lean further into economic nationalism are becoming increasingly urgent, especially as global growth cools and inequality widens.

In conclusion, the IMF’s revised outlook signals a critical turning point for the global economy. The effects of Trump-era trade policies continue to be felt, and the uncertainty they introduced has made the path forward more complicated. As the world navigates this period of transition, the focus will be on how well countries can adapt to the new realities of a slower, more fragmented global economy.

With the global growth forecast now set at 2.8 percent for this year and 3 percent for 2026, the IMF has sent a clear message: the era of stable, predictable globalization is fading. The new chapter will likely involve more economic headwinds, tighter coordination challenges, and evolving strategies to maintain growth in a changing world.

“We are entering a new era,” Gourinchas reiterated, “This global economic system that has operated for the last eighty years is being reset.”

Harvard Sues Trump Administration Over Federal Funding Freeze and Alleged First Amendment Violations

Harvard University has launched a legal battle against the Trump administration after the federal government froze billions of dollars in funding allocated to the Ivy League institution. The lawsuit, filed on Monday, is a major development in an ongoing standoff between Harvard and  President Donald Trump’s administration, rooted in disputes over university policies on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI), admissions, and faculty hiring.

The decision to sue the government comes after Harvard refused to comply with directives to dismantle its DEI programs and make substantial changes to its academic and administrative policies. The university contends that the Trump administration retaliated by cutting off funding, threatening its tax-exempt status, and targeting its ability to enroll international students.

“Moments ago, we filed a lawsuit to halt the funding freeze because it is unlawful and beyond the government’s authority,” Harvard President Alan Garber announced Monday. The lawsuit, filed in a Massachusetts district court, asserts that the government’s actions violate the First Amendment and asks the court to block further punitive measures, rule the administration’s demands unconstitutional, and restore the university’s funding.

According to the legal complaint, “The Government wielded the threat of withholding federal funds in an attempt to coerce Harvard to conform with the Government’s preferred mix of viewpoints and ideologies.” Harvard argues that the funding freeze constitutes an abuse of federal power and is an unlawful attempt to force ideological conformity within academic institutions.

The filing also references similar funding freezes at other elite universities, stating that such actions have occurred without sufficient justification or explanation. “To date, the Government has — with little warning and even less explanation — slashed billions of dollars in federal funding to universities across America, including Brown, Columbia, Cornell, Princeton, the University of Pennsylvania, and Northwestern,” the lawsuit reads. These sudden financial penalties have left affected institutions in the dark about the specific reasons behind the government’s decisions.

While the Trump administration has defended its actions by citing a lack of progress on fighting antisemitism on campus, Harvard argues that the issue is being used as a pretext to impose sweeping and unrelated changes to university governance and policy. The university maintains that it is actively working to combat antisemitism, but it says the demands imposed by the administration go well beyond that concern.

“All told, the tradeoff put to Harvard and other universities is clear: Allow the Government to micromanage your academic institution or jeopardize the institution’s ability to pursue medical breakthroughs, scientific discoveries, and innovative solutions,” the lawsuit states. Harvard warns that acquiescing to the administration’s demands would undermine the independence and mission of academic research institutions nationwide.

The Hill has contacted the White House for a statement in response to the lawsuit but has not yet received a reply.

President Trump, however, has been vocal on social media, launching personal attacks on the university and its leadership. “Harvard is a JOKE, teaches Hate and Stupidity, and should not longer receive Federal Funds,” he posted last week. In his comments, Trump criticized the university’s senior officials, claiming they have “ridiculously high salaries” and labeling them as some of the “WORST and MOST INCOMPETENT” administrators in higher education.

“Leftist dopes,” Trump added, “are teaching at Harvard, and because of that, Harvard can no longer be considered even a decent place of learning, and should not be considered on any list of the World’s Great Universities or Colleges.”

In a message to the Harvard community, President Garber highlighted the far-reaching consequences of the funding freeze. He emphasized that critical research projects with significant public health implications are at risk due to the government’s actions. “Research that the government has put in jeopardy includes efforts to improve the prospects of children who survive cancer, to understand at the molecular level how cancer spreads throughout the body, to predict the spread of infectious disease outbreaks, and to ease the pain of soldiers wounded on the battlefield,” Garber explained.

He continued by warning that emerging breakthroughs in treating chronic illnesses could also be stifled. “As opportunities to reduce the risk of multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer’s disease, and Parkinson’s disease are on the horizon, the government is slamming on the brakes,” he said. According to Garber, the real victims of the government’s decision will be “future patients and their loved ones who will suffer the heartbreak of illnesses that might have been prevented or treated more effectively.”

The case is expected to draw the attention and possibly the support of other academic institutions, many of which have faced similar federal scrutiny under the Trump administration. Harvard’s willingness to confront the government in court may be viewed as a potential turning point for universities feeling pressure to conform to political demands in exchange for federal funding.

As the legal challenge unfolds, the outcome could have significant implications not only for Harvard’s autonomy but for academic freedom and the financial stability of higher education institutions across the country. The lawsuit seeks not only to restore Harvard’s funding but to establish legal boundaries on how far a federal administration can go in influencing university policy and practices through financial leverage.

By taking a firm legal stance, Harvard is signaling that it intends to defend its principles and research mission against what it sees as unconstitutional overreach. The university’s leadership believes that upholding academic freedom and resisting political coercion is essential to the pursuit of knowledge and the integrity of higher education.

With the lawsuit now moving forward in the courts, all eyes will be on how the judicial system responds to a high-profile conflict between one of the nation’s most prestigious universities and a president who continues to wield significant influence. The final ruling could shape the future of the relationship between universities and the federal government, particularly in terms of funding, free speech, and institutional independence.

Google Faces Mounting Legal Pressure as Courts Rule Against Its Online Search and Ad Tech Monopolies

Google’s stronghold on the tech industry appears increasingly unstable after two significant antitrust defeats within the past year. On Thursday, a federal judge ruled that the tech giant has maintained an unlawful monopoly in advertising technology. This decision follows an earlier ruling, just eight months prior, in which a separate judge found Google guilty of violating antitrust laws through its monopoly over online search.

As the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) continues to push for structural remedies, both sides are preparing for another court battle next week focused on the appropriate penalties in the search monopoly case.

“It’s a massive blow to Google,” said Jeffrey Shinder, founding partner of the antitrust law firm Shinder Cantor Lerner. “There’s no avoiding that conclusion.”

Shinder emphasized the magnitude of the ruling, adding, “Two of the pillars of its power over the internet and the adjacent ecosystems that surround the internet … have been declared unlawful and have a serious cloud over their future.”

In the latest case, U.S. District Judge Leonie Brinkema concluded that Google holds monopolistic control over two distinct areas in the advertising technology sector. Ad tech serves as the digital infrastructure connecting publishers and advertisers to sell and purchase ad space.

Judge Brinkema found that Google dominated both the market for publisher tools and the ad exchange system that links publishers with advertisers. While simply dominating a market is not inherently illegal, Brinkema determined that Google crossed the legal line by tying its ad tech products together and enacting policies that stifled competition. These actions, the judge ruled, allowed Google to gain and maintain its monopoly in violation of antitrust law.

According to Dan Ives, an analyst at Wedbush Securities, “Google will fight this, but it was clearly a gut punch, and they’re going to have to go back to the drawing board to look at business model tweaks, depending on what the appeal process looks like.” He also noted, “I don’t believe it structurally changes their business model, but it clearly is a sign that they’re going to have to adjust their advertising strategy.”

Despite the defeat, Google cited parts of the ruling as a partial win. Brinkema did not find that Google had created a monopoly in a separate market for advertisers, nor did she conclude that Google’s past acquisitions in the ad tech space were anticompetitive. These findings could potentially limit the severity of the remedies the court may impose.

Former Federal Trade Commission Chair William Kovacic explained, “It will tend to moderate remedy rather than to lay a foundation for a bolder remedy.” He added, “At the same time, this is the second time in a short while that a court, indeed a thoughtful judge in both cases, has decided that they did have monopoly power and that they used it improperly.”

Google’s vice president of regulatory affairs, Lee-Anne Mulholland, announced the company’s plans to appeal the unfavorable portions of the ruling. “We disagree with the Court’s decision regarding our publisher tools,” she said in a statement. “Publishers have many options, and they choose Google because our ad tech tools are simple, affordable and effective.”

The company also intends to challenge the previous ruling related to its search engine. In that case, U.S. District Judge Amit Mehta determined that Google maintained its dominance in online search through exclusive contracts with device manufacturers and web browsers.

Before Google can proceed with appeals, it must first confront the DOJ in court once again. This time, the dispute will focus on the appropriate remedies for Google’s search engine monopoly. That hearing is expected to last three weeks, with Judge Mehta aiming to deliver a verdict by August.

As part of the DOJ’s proposed remedies, the government has asked the court to require Google to divest from Chrome, arguing that its control of the web browser blocks fair market access. If that fails to sufficiently limit Google’s dominance, the DOJ has also floated the idea of separating Android from Google’s other operations.

Initially, there was uncertainty about whether the Trump administration would continue pushing for such drastic measures. Last fall, President Trump expressed skepticism about breaking up Google, voicing concerns that it could inadvertently strengthen China.

Nonetheless, last month the Trump-era DOJ confirmed it is still actively seeking to dismantle Google’s control over Chrome.

Google has strongly opposed these proposals, arguing that they extend beyond the legal scope of the case and could harm both consumers and innovation. In a pretrial brief filed Monday, the company asserted that Chrome and Android are closely integrated into Google’s core systems.

“Their result-oriented purpose is to force consumers, browser developers, and sellers of Android mobile devices to use rival search engines—even though rivals are demonstrably inferior to Google and consumers overwhelmingly prefer Google,” the brief stated.

While the ad tech and search cases are legally distinct, their overlapping nature may influence the court’s thinking on remedies. Kovacic remarked, “I’m wondering if there will be some effort in the search case, and later in this one, to think about what solution should the court be looking for in light of what’s happened in the ad tech case.”

Jariel Rendell, a partner at Jenner & Block who formerly worked in the DOJ’s antitrust division, highlighted the broader implications of the twin decisions against Google. “For the first time, the Antitrust Division sued the same company in two different cases, in two different courts, over two distinct sets of alleged antitrust violations — and litigated both cases simultaneously,” he said in a statement. “And the Division won both.”

Rendell added, “Despite resource constraints, they’re now better positioned — and more emboldened — to take on even bigger antitrust challenges.”

These rulings against Google reflect a wider trend of legal action targeting major tech companies. Over the past few years, the DOJ and the FTC have launched multiple high-profile cases against firms such as Amazon, Apple, and Meta.

Just this week, Meta found itself in the courtroom as CEO Mark Zuckerberg spent three days testifying about the company’s acquisitions of Instagram and WhatsApp. Analysts suggest the recent ruling against Google further intensifies the scrutiny facing all of Big Tech.

“It adds to the overhang that Google, Meta, Apple, Amazon are facing in the Beltway,” Ives said. “The walls are caving in. The strong have gotten stronger in Big Tech, but the regulatory headwinds are there.”

He concluded, “It’s not just going to be about paying fines. They’re going to have to tweak some of their business models, open up to third parties, and there clearly could be an impact there.”

Signs Your Marriage Is Still Worth Saving: Key Indicators of Hope and Healing

When you’re asking yourself whether your marriage is worth saving, you’re probably standing at a difficult juncture. You may feel caught in the same painful routines, disconnected from your partner, and uncertain if things can genuinely improve. The growing emotional distance and a shaky connection can leave you wondering if there’s anything still holding the relationship together.

Even the strongest relationships encounter moments of frustration or doubt, raising questions about whether the love you once shared still exists. While not every marriage is meant to last, sometimes walking away is indeed the healthiest decision. Still, other relationships may hold the potential for healing—if both partners are genuinely willing to invest in growth and reconnection.

The goal isn’t to force a fairy tale ending. It’s about assessing whether something meaningful still lies beneath the surface and if both individuals are prepared to make the necessary effort to move forward. Here are four clear signs that your marriage may still be worth saving.

One of the most overlooked truths in troubled marriages is that the path to healing doesn’t always begin with fixing the relationship as a whole. More often, it starts with each person taking personal responsibility and doing their inner emotional work. When one or both partners begin to reflect, regulate emotions, and evolve personally, it creates positive ripple effects in how they communicate and connect.

Building happiness independently and still choosing to invest in your relationship each day lays a powerful foundation for lasting transformation. Research indicates that individuals with higher levels of well-being tend to experience greater marital happiness over time, whereas those with lower emotional health are more likely to remain in unhappy marriages. Additionally, individual distress often spills over into the marriage, causing added strain.

Supporting this, a 2024 study focusing on distressed women in individual therapy found that “two out of three participants showed notable improvement in marital satisfaction and commitment.” This suggests that individual therapeutic approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can positively impact the relationship—even when only one partner undergoes treatment.

If both you and your spouse are open to acknowledging your emotional challenges and committed to working through them—whether that means managing stress, healing past wounds, or forming better habits—there’s a real possibility for your marriage to evolve. Growth may begin alone, but it opens the door for transformation together.

Another hopeful sign is a shared willingness to improve communication. Communication is essential in any relationship, yet as stress builds, even everyday conversations can turn into recurring conflicts. A major indicator that a marriage can be saved is when both people want to learn new, healthier ways of relating to each other.

A 2021 study published in BMC Women’s Health found that married women who learned effective communication skills experienced fewer marital conflicts, lower emotional burnout, and an improved overall quality of life. Although the study focused on women, the principle that good communication supports emotional health and reduces relationship strain is universal.

Clear, compassionate communication can make navigating conflict easier and increase emotional intimacy. The way you express yourself—and your willingness to listen—matters just as much as the content of what’s being said. If both partners recognize existing communication issues and are willing to take active steps to change, it’s often a sign that the relationship isn’t broken beyond repair, but rather in need of renovation.

Every relationship goes through its share of emotional wounds—instances of disappointment, pain, or disconnection. While such moments are difficult, they can also present opportunities for healing if both individuals are open to confronting the past and working through it. True healing happens when both people choose to move forward without sweeping things under the rug.

Forgiveness plays a vital role in this process. It isn’t merely about letting go of resentment—it also helps eliminate harmful behaviors and encourages couples to adopt healthier approaches. As researchers note, “forgiveness reduces harmful conflict behaviors and increases constructive efforts toward relationship building.”

Couples who choose forgiveness are more likely to communicate with empathy, break free from negative cycles, and show greater commitment to rebuilding their bond. But forgiveness only works when both people are fully engaged in healing and willing to hold themselves accountable. It should never be used to excuse ongoing harm or avoid difficult conversations.

When partners are prepared to revisit painful topics with honesty and empathy, and choose to show up differently—extending grace and learning from the past—it’s often a clear indicator that there’s still a strong foundation to build upon.

Making mistakes is inevitable in any relationship, but what sets healthy partnerships apart is how people respond when they mess up. A marriage can often be saved when both partners consistently own up to their behavior, apologize sincerely, and refrain from blaming the other.

Studies show that the timing and manner of an apology significantly influence how it’s received. Experts explain that apologies are most effective when they come after the hurt person has expressed their emotions and felt understood. Apologizing too quickly may feel dismissive, whereas waiting and truly listening allows for what researchers term “ripeness”—a point when the individual is more open to forgiveness.

As the research suggests, “when a partner is allowed to voice what hurt them and the other person shows real understanding,” it builds trust and makes the apology more credible. The wounded partner is also more likely to believe that the same mistake won’t happen again.

If both you and your spouse are willing to admit your faults and learn from them, it reflects the kind of emotional maturity and mutual respect that often means your marriage has a future.

Sometimes, being unsure about your marriage isn’t a sign of failure but an invitation to pause and reflect. When the path ahead feels uncertain—not a definitive yes or no—it might mean it’s time to reframe the question. Instead of asking “Should we stay together?” it may be more revealing to ask, “Are we both willing to put in the effort to build something better?”

Relationships are dynamic. As people grow and change, so do their needs and expectations. Rather than aiming to return to how things once were, couples may need to courageously envision what the relationship could become—with greater awareness and intention.

If you’re questioning whether to stay in your marriage, remember that uncertainty is not a final judgment. It can be a powerful opportunity to assess if growth—both personal and mutual—is still possible. Healing is rarely straightforward, but when both partners are committed to evolving, it might mark the start of something even more meaningful than what existed before.

Pope Francis’ Legacy Looms Large Over Upcoming Conclave as Cardinals Prepare to Elect New Pontiff

With the passing of Pope Francis on April 21 at the age of 88, over a billion Catholics around the world are grieving the loss of a leader who deeply influenced the Church for over a decade. As mourning continues, cardinals from every corner of the globe are preparing to journey to Rome for the traditional process of selecting a new leader of the Roman Catholic Church.

This upcoming election, which will take place within the sacred halls of the Vatican in the coming weeks, will be significantly shaped by the influence of Pope Francis himself. Despite his passing, Francis is poised to have an unusually strong impact on the conclave’s outcome due to the high number of cardinals he personally appointed during his 12-year tenure.

Unlike some of his predecessors, Francis took care to populate the College of Cardinals with clergy who aligned with his vision for the Church. Specifically, he ensured that the vast majority of cardinals eligible to vote in the conclave — those under the age of 80 — were of his choosing. This became particularly decisive in September 2023, when he officially crossed a key threshold. By that time, Francis had appointed over two-thirds of the conclave’s voting members, the minimum proportion needed to elect a new pope under current ecclesiastical law.

According to data compiled by Religion News Service, as of April 21, there are 135 cardinals who are under 80 and therefore eligible to vote in the papal election. Of those, a staggering 108 — or 80% — were selected by Pope Francis himself. In contrast, 16.3% were appointed by Pope Benedict, while only 3.7% were selected by Pope John Paul II. This overwhelming majority places Francis in a historically powerful position posthumously, with his appointments likely to steer the direction of the next papacy.

To put this in perspective, when Francis was elected to the papacy in 2013, the makeup of the electorate looked quite different. At that time, 57.9% of voting cardinals had been appointed by Pope Benedict, who had just stepped down from the papacy. Meanwhile, 42.1% of the cardinals in that conclave had been appointed by Pope John Paul II. These numbers underscore the extent to which Francis has reshaped the College of Cardinals during his time as pope.

Beyond just the numerical dominance, Francis’ influence is also evident in the evolving demographic and geographic composition of the College of Cardinals. The group set to elect the next pope is more globally representative than ever before. In 2013, Italian cardinals made up almost 25% of the conclave. That share has now dropped to just 12.6%, marking a significant shift away from longstanding Italian dominance in papal elections.

Meanwhile, the representation from Asia has grown significantly. Back in 2013, Asian cardinals accounted for just 8.8% of the conclave. Today, that number has nearly doubled, reaching 17%. The presence of African cardinals has also expanded from 8.8% to 13.3%, reflecting a broader trend of greater inclusion from traditionally underrepresented regions.

Europe’s overall share in the conclave has seen only a slight dip. In 2013, European cardinals made up about 28% of the voting body, and today they comprise roughly 26.7%. North America, on the other hand, has seen its influence wane slightly, with its share falling from 17.5% to 14.1%. South America, the continent from which Pope Francis hailed, has seen a modest increase in its representation, growing from 11.4% to 13.3% over the course of his papacy.

The implications of these demographic changes for the upcoming vote remain uncertain. Pope Francis’ time in office was defined by his commitment to issues such as poverty, the rights of immigrants, and environmental sustainability. He often chose cardinals who shared his pastoral priorities and global outlook. However, predicting how these cardinals will vote is not always straightforward. Cardinals aren’t the same as members of Congress with specific party loyalties, and voting outcomes can sometimes be difficult to predict.

The conclave itself is a deeply spiritual process, carried out in secrecy and guided by centuries of tradition. While Pope Francis’ appointments may lean toward a particular vision of Church leadership, individual cardinals often approach the election with a personal sense of discernment rather than ideological alignment. Furthermore, conclaves have historically been subject to unexpected developments and last-minute shifts, which could still alter the makeup of the electorate slightly before voting begins.

Nevertheless, barring any unforeseen changes, the next pope will be elected by a group of men largely hand-picked by Francis himself. This means that whoever succeeds him is likely to reflect, at least in part, the values and global perspective that he championed during his time as the spiritual leader of the Catholic Church.

Francis’ long-term legacy, therefore, will not only be defined by the reforms and teachings he delivered during his papacy, but also by the mark he has left on the very process of papal succession. His ability to shape the next generation of Church leadership ensures that his influence will endure well beyond his lifetime. As the Church prepares to elect a new Bishop of Rome, it will do so under the watchful shadow of a pope who transformed its leadership landscape.

As the cardinals gather to elect a new leader, one thing is clear: Francis’ imprint is everywhere — in the faces, experiences, and worldviews of those who will cast their votes. Whoever becomes the next pope will be chosen by a group largely hand-selected by Pope Francis himself.

White House Reportedly Exploring Replacement for Hegseth Amid New Leak Controversy

The White House has initiated a quiet search for a potential replacement for Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, according to a U.S. official familiar with the matter who was not authorized to speak publicly. This development comes in the wake of another controversy involving Hegseth, who is once again under scrutiny for allegedly leaking sensitive military information in a group chat.

According to the source, Hegseth disclosed classified details in a private group conversation using the Signal messaging app on his personal phone. The recipients of this information reportedly included his wife, brother, and legal counsel. The content of the chat allegedly included minute-by-minute updates on U.S. airstrikes targeting Houthi positions in Yemen. This incident is said to have occurred in March, around the same time that Hegseth relayed similar classified information to senior officials at the White House through another Signal group. That group inadvertently included a journalist.

The premature disclosure of strike information could have placed American pilots in harm’s way had it been intercepted by enemy forces. Already, Houthi militants have successfully downed two U.S. Predator drones, raising concerns about potential lapses in operational security.

Despite the allegations, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt denied any effort to replace Hegseth. In a statement posted on X, she declared, “President Trump stands strongly behind him.” President Trump echoed this sentiment during a press interaction at the White House, dismissing the controversy as overblown. “He’s doing a great job — ask the Houthis how he’s doing,” the president remarked.

Hegseth also pushed back against the allegations during a White House Easter event held earlier in the day. “This is what the media does, they take anonymous sources from disgruntled former employees, and then they try to slash and burn people, ruin their reputation. It’s not going to work with me,” Hegseth said in his defense.

The defense secretary’s comments appear to reference the abrupt exits of four high-ranking Pentagon advisers last week. One of them, former Defense Department spokesperson John Ullyot, resigned and subsequently published a strongly-worded opinion article describing recent events at the Pentagon as a “full-blown meltdown” marked by internal disputes that, according to him, are undermining President Trump’s administration.

Three other Pentagon officials—Dan Caldwell, Colin Carroll, and Darin Selnick—were also removed from their positions and escorted out of the building. These individuals were accused of leaking information to the media, although they have denied any wrongdoing. The trio issued a joint statement on X labeling their removal as “unconscionable” and emphasizing that they had not been informed about the specific nature of the alleged leaks.

“All three of us served our country honorably in uniform — for two of us, this included deployments to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. And, based on our collective service, we understand the importance of information security and worked every day to protect it,” they wrote in their statement.

Caldwell and Selnick, in particular, have long-standing professional ties with Hegseth, having collaborated with him at Concerned Veterans for America, a conservative advocacy group that has influenced veterans’ policy in recent years.

The unfolding drama has not gone unnoticed by lawmakers. Senator Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire, a Democrat and a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, criticized Hegseth’s actions and pointed to the larger issue of his qualifications for the job. “But we must not forget that ultimate responsibility here lies with President Trump for selecting a former weekend TV host, without any experience successfully leading a large and complex organization, to run our government’s biggest department and make life and death decisions for our military and country,” she stated.

While the White House maintains public support for Hegseth, the internal deliberations about his future suggest a growing concern over the implications of his actions. The fact that the leak could have compromised national security has escalated the urgency of the situation, particularly as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East and the U.S. military maintains a delicate operational presence in the region.

The controversy has also shed light on the potential security vulnerabilities that arise from using personal devices and encrypted messaging apps for sensitive communications. The Signal app, while popular for its end-to-end encryption, is not authorized for the transmission of classified material by U.S. government officials. The revelation that Hegseth may have used it to share top-secret operational data with non-government individuals raises serious questions about protocol adherence and information governance at the highest levels of national defense.

The March leak incident is particularly alarming because of its proximity to real-time operations. Intelligence and defense analysts worry that such breaches, if exploited by foreign actors, could jeopardize not only the safety of military personnel but also the success of U.S. missions abroad. Given that adversaries such as the Houthis have already demonstrated their ability to down advanced American drones, any additional vulnerabilities could be catastrophic.

Although the administration has made no official announcements regarding a search for a new defense secretary, the internal discussions suggest that the controversy surrounding Hegseth has reached a critical point. The situation could develop further depending on whether more details emerge about the extent and impact of the leaks, and whether Congress or the intelligence community demands a formal investigation.

As the Pentagon reels from internal discord and high-level departures, questions remain about morale within the department and the future direction of U.S. military leadership. If more officials continue to speak out, or if further security lapses come to light, the administration could be forced to re-evaluate its stance on Hegseth despite the president’s current support.

In the meantime, the defense secretary remains defiant, attributing the backlash to politically motivated leaks and disgruntled former colleagues. Whether that narrative will hold up under increasing scrutiny is yet to be seen. The situation underscores the complex and high-stakes nature of leadership at the Pentagon, especially during a time of global instability and growing threats.

For now, Hegseth remains in his position, bolstered by public endorsements from President Trump and the White House. However, the growing controversy surrounding his handling of classified information has sparked concerns that may ultimately determine his political and professional future.

Trump’s Renewed Attacks on Fed Chair Shake Markets and Fuel Global Economic Jitters

U.S. financial markets were rocked once again as President Donald Trump escalated his public criticism of Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, branding him “a major loser” over the central bank’s decision not to cut interest rates. The president demanded that Powell take immediate action to lower borrowing costs in a bid to stimulate the American economy.

Using social media as his platform, Trump urged Powell to slash interest rates “pre-emptively,” accusing the Fed chair of being too slow to react to the evolving economic landscape. “There can be a SLOWING of the economy unless Mr. Too Late, a major loser, lowers interest rates, NOW,” the president declared in his online post.

Trump’s latest remarks come amid growing concern that his own economic policies—particularly aggressive tariffs—have contributed to market instability and increased the risk of a recession. His ongoing feud with Powell, whom he appointed during his first term in office, has only deepened the market unease.

As a result of the heightened tensions and economic anxiety, U.S. stock indexes suffered steep losses. The S&P 500, a barometer of 500 of America’s most significant companies, dropped by approximately 2.4% on Monday. Since the beginning of the year, the index has declined by around 12%. The Dow Jones Industrial Average mirrored that performance, also falling 2.4% and registering a year-to-date loss of roughly 10%. Meanwhile, the tech-heavy Nasdaq fared even worse, shedding more than 2.5% and posting a staggering 18% decline since January.

The market jitters weren’t confined to the U.S. On Tuesday, trading remained subdued in most Asia-Pacific markets. Japan’s Nikkei 225 closed slightly lower by about 0.1%, and Australia’s ASX 200 declined by roughly 0.3%. In contrast, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng Index managed a modest gain of about 0.3%.

European markets also reflected the global unease. In early trading, the UK’s FTSE 100 edged down by about 0.05%, while Germany’s DAX index fell by 0.5%. France’s CAC 40 registered a more pronounced drop of 0.6%.

Ordinarily, the U.S. dollar and government bonds are viewed as safe havens during market turmoil. However, even these assets have come under pressure. The dollar index, which gauges the greenback’s strength against a basket of currencies including the euro, fell on Monday to its lowest point since 2022.

In another sign of market unrest, yields on U.S. government bonds climbed on Tuesday, indicating that investors are demanding higher returns to hold onto Treasuries. This trend reflects a lack of confidence in the near-term stability of the U.S. economy.

At the same time, gold prices soared to a record high, breaching the $3,500 per ounce threshold. The surge in the precious metal’s value signals investors’ preference for assets deemed more secure amid uncertain times. Gold is traditionally seen as a safe haven when economic conditions become volatile.

Susannah Streeter, head of money and markets at Hargreaves Lansdown, pointed to multiple global factors boosting gold’s appeal. “No long-term resolution [is] in sight for conflicts around the world, particularly in Ukraine and Gaza,” she noted. “There are also concerns about the risk that geo-political tensions escalate as opportunities in the Arctic are eyed by the US and Russia,” she added.

Meanwhile, tensions are not just limited to economic policies and markets. On the global diplomatic front, China has issued a warning to other nations, urging them not to “appease” the U.S. in trade negotiations. The comments come amid increasing skepticism of American leadership in global economic matters.

Despite the heightened uncertainty, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently stated that a global recession remains unlikely, even with the pressures stemming from U.S. tariffs. However, the IMF also warned that its upcoming country-by-country growth forecasts would include “notable markdowns.”

President Trump’s criticisms of Powell are not new. Throughout his first term, he repeatedly expressed dissatisfaction with Powell’s approach to interest rates and even reportedly considered firing him. Following his return to office, Trump has continued to pressure Powell to cut borrowing costs.

This latest attack followed Powell’s remarks cautioning that Trump’s tariff policies could contribute to inflation and impede economic growth. Trump ramped up his criticism last Thursday by publicly calling for Powell’s removal. “Powell’s termination cannot come fast enough,” he wrote on social media.

The idea of dismissing the Fed chair is controversial and could face significant legal hurdles. The Federal Reserve has traditionally operated with a high degree of independence to insulate it from short-term political influence. Powell has previously told reporters that he does not believe the president possesses the legal authority to fire him.

Still, the Trump administration appears to be exploring options. One of Trump’s top economic advisers confirmed that discussions about removing Powell were underway, noting this on Friday—a day when the U.S. stock market was closed.

These developments coincide with the spring meetings of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, where top financial policymakers have gathered in Washington. The heightened political pressure on the Fed has become a central topic of concern at the gatherings.

Christopher Meissner, an economics professor at the University of California, Davis, and a former IMF employee, explained to the BBC’s Today programme that political interference in central banking was more common in the past. “However, the past 30 or 40 years what we’ve learned is that central bank independence is the key to financial stability and low inflation. And I think this is a major reversal and we have to watch out for it,” he warned.

Streeter echoed this view, emphasizing the importance of insulating monetary policymakers from political influence. “The independence of central banks is seen as critical to ensure long-term price stability, ringfencing policymakers from short-term political pressures,” she said.

Looking ahead, the IMF will release its latest economic projections shortly. These forecasts are expected to reflect growing concerns about U.S. economic performance and its potential ripple effects worldwide. “They used to say ‘When the US sneezed, the rest of the world caught a cold’. It’ll be really curious to see if that continues,” said Meissner. “However, I think people are expecting a pretty significant downturn in the US in the coming months… and that can’t be good for the rest of the world.”

Streeter noted that Trump’s policy decisions have undermined the global perception of the U.S. as a stable economic leader. “Yields on 10-year US Treasuries have held onto their recent rise above 4.4%. It’s another sign of unease about the direction of the US economy, amid worries that policies playing out could keep inflation higher and slow growth, and flags the anxiety rattling through the markets right now,” she said.

US Vice President JD Vance Begins First India Visit with Spiritual Tour of Akshardham Temple

US Vice President JD Vance, accompanied by his wife Usha Vance and their children—Ewan, Vivek, and Mirabel—commenced his first official visit to India with a spiritual and cultural stop at the Swaminarayan Akshardham temple in New Delhi. The visit served as an expression of the deepening ties between the United States and India and marked the beginning of Vance’s four-day tour across the country, scheduled from April 21 to April 24.

The Vance family embraced Indian traditions during their visit, with Ewan and Vivek donning traditional kurta-pyjamas, and Mirabel appearing in a vibrant anarkali dress. Together, the family explored the intricate design and spiritual grandeur of Akshardham, experiencing firsthand India’s cultural richness and heritage. As noted in an official press statement, the family admired the temple’s message of harmony, the importance of family values, and the timeless wisdom embedded in Indian traditions.

“The visit symbolises the shared values of faith, peace, and unity that continue to strengthen ties between India and the United States,” the official release stated, underscoring the broader diplomatic significance of Vance’s presence at such a spiritually important site.

In the temple’s guest book, Vice President Vance expressed his gratitude and admiration for the monument’s spiritual ambiance and architectural brilliance. He wrote, “Thank you all so much for your hospitality and kindness in welcoming me and my family to this beautiful place. It is a great credit to India that you built a beautiful temple with precision and care. Our kids, in particular, loved it. God bless.”

According to Akshardham temple spokesperson Radhika Shukla, Vance’s family spent nearly an hour exploring the temple complex, deeply engaged with its spiritual essence and artistic magnificence. “The whole family was here for around 55 minutes. Their experience of one hour inside was unforgettable,” Shukla said, as reported by news agency ANI.

She elaborated on the sequence of the visit, highlighting that the family began their temple tour at the Charanarvind, the sacred footprints of Lord Swaminarayan. They then proceeded to the Bharat Upvan, a landscaped garden that left a strong impression on them. Following that, they moved to the Gajendra Peeth, an intricately carved platform adorned with depictions of elephants. “They were very overwhelmed by the carvings,” Shukla noted. The family then made their way to the upper levels of the temple, where they had darshan—spiritual viewing—of the idol of Lord Swaminarayan in the sanctum sanctorum and offered prayers for world peace.

Earlier in the day, Shukla had shared insights into the anticipation surrounding the visit. “The Vice President and the Second Lady are arriving for the Darshan at Akshardham Temple. She has Indian roots… They are coming here directly from the airport… They will first have the darshan of the replica of Lord Swaminarayan and then they will see the architecture of the temple,” she explained.

The Vance family had flown into New Delhi’s Palam Airport and were received with traditional Indian hospitality. Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw welcomed them upon arrival, underscoring the diplomatic weight of the trip. The Vice President’s broader itinerary includes stops in Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra—an agenda crafted to deepen and advance the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.

As part of the official reception, Vance was also honored with a ceremonial Guard of Honour, reflecting the importance India places on the relationship with the United States and the respect extended to visiting dignitaries.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, posted a welcome message on the platform X (formerly Twitter), stating: “A very warm welcome to @VP JD Vance, @SLOTUS Mrs. Usha Vance, & the US delegation to India! Received by Minister of Railways and I&B @AshwiniVaishnaw at the airport.” The post also highlighted the purpose of the visit, adding, “The Official Visit (21-24 Apr) spanning Delhi, Jaipur & Agra is expected to further deepen the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.”

In anticipation of the visit, hoardings welcoming Vice President Vance were placed near Palam Airport, visually reflecting the positive diplomatic sentiment around the high-profile arrival. The tour, starting with a spiritual and cultural experience at Akshardham, signals an emphasis on people-to-people connections and shared values between the two democracies.

The Akshardham temple, known for its intricate carvings, cultural exhibits, and serene atmosphere, served as a powerful venue to highlight these shared values. The choice to begin the Vice President’s tour at such a symbolic location underlined a mutual commitment to unity, respect for tradition, and the peaceful coexistence of diverse beliefs.

While Vance’s political engagements will take him to other key Indian cities in the following days, the personal and heartfelt start to the visit at Akshardham allowed for a moment of reflection and connection that transcended official protocols. For Vance and his family, the stop was more than ceremonial—it was a meaningful immersion into the cultural and spiritual essence of India.

As India and the United States continue to build on their global partnership, visits like these emphasize not only political alignment but also a deepening understanding of each other’s values and traditions. Vance’s warm words in the guest book, his children’s traditional attire, and the family’s engagement with the temple’s spiritual offerings all contributed to a powerful image of goodwill and mutual respect.

With three more days of engagements ahead in cities rich with history and diplomatic importance, Vance’s visit aims to solidify key areas of cooperation while also providing moments of personal and cultural bonding. Whether through strategic dialogues or shared spiritual experiences, the India-US partnership continues to evolve as one built on common ideals, cultural respect, and a shared vision for global peace and progress.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to Announce National Ban on Artificial Food Dyes in Push to “Make America Healthy Again”

Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. is preparing to unveil a significant policy change that would prohibit certain artificial food dyes in the United States. The initiative, described as a major health reform, is set to be formally announced during a press conference on Tuesday, according to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).

While the agency has not disclosed a specific timeline for the ban’s implementation, it confirmed on Monday that Kennedy plans to phase out synthetic dyes derived from petroleum. This action is being promoted as a “major step forward in the Administration’s efforts to Make America Healthy Again,” as stated by HHS.

These synthetic dyes are commonly found in a wide range of food products, including candies, beverages, breakfast cereals, and snacks. Scientific studies have linked these artificial additives to neurological issues in some children, raising public health concerns about their widespread use.

The plan aligns with promises Kennedy made during last year’s presidential campaign alongside Donald Trump, where he vowed to combat the proliferation of artificial food dyes and heavily processed food products if appointed to lead the nation’s top health agency.

This announcement follows a related move earlier this year by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), which declared that Red Dye 3 would be banned from food and pharmaceutical products in the U.S. starting in 2027. The decision was based on research showing that the dye caused cancer in animal studies. The state of California had already enacted a ban on the same dye in 2023.

The Center for Science in the Public Interest (CSPI), a nonprofit focused on nutrition advocacy, has long raised concerns about the health risks of petroleum-based dyes. According to CSPI, most artificial colorings used in processed foods are derived from synthetic chemicals made from petroleum.

Examples of these synthetic dyes include Blue 1, which is often used in baked goods and candy; Red 40, found in soft drinks, candy, pastries, and even pet foods; and Yellow 6, another additive frequently used in baked items and beverages. These substances are ingredients in many familiar and widely consumed products such as Skittles, Gatorade, Kool-Aid, and M&M’s.

CSPI President Dr. Peter Lurie, who previously served as an FDA official, was critical of the role these dyes play in the modern food supply. “The only purpose of the artificial food dyes is to make food companies money,” said Dr. Lurie. He argued that the dyes serve no nutritional value and primarily function to make processed foods appear more appealing, especially to young consumers.

“Food dyes help make ultra-processed foods more attractive, especially to children, often by masking the absence of a colorful ingredient, like fruit,” he explained. “We don’t need synthetic dyes in the food supply, and no one will be harmed by their absence.”

Dr. Lurie’s criticism is echoed by Marion Nestle, a former professor of nutrition at New York University, who noted that major food companies have already demonstrated the ability to eliminate synthetic dyes in countries with stricter regulations.

For instance, in Canada, Kellogg uses natural ingredients such as carrot juice and watermelon juice to color Froot Loops cereal, a stark contrast to the artificial dyes used in the same product marketed in the United States. Nestle pointed out this discrepancy as evidence that removing synthetic dyes is a feasible and relatively simple transition for food manufacturers.

She also weighed in on the ongoing debate about the safety of these dyes. “They clearly cause behavioural problems for some – but by no means all – children, and are associated with cancer and other diseases in animal studies,” said Nestle. While not all children are affected, the risks observed in laboratory animals and anecdotal cases among children have been enough to prompt precautionary action.

“Enough questions have been raised about their safety to justify getting rid of them, especially because it’s no big deal to do so,” she added. “Plenty of non-petroleum alternative dyes exist and are in use.”

Historically, other nations have already taken steps to restrict or eliminate artificial food colorings. In 2008, the United Kingdom’s health ministry decided to begin phasing out six synthetic food colorings, completing the transition by 2009. The European Union also enforces a series of regulations that include outright bans on certain dyes and mandatory warning labels on others that remain in circulation.

In the United States, Kennedy’s national push against artificial dyes is beginning to gain momentum at the state level. Just last month, West Virginia implemented a ban on synthetic dyes and preservatives in food products. Similar legislative efforts are now being introduced in various other statehouses, signaling a growing bipartisan interest in reforming food safety regulations.

Kennedy’s campaign to eliminate synthetic food dyes may ultimately reshape the American food landscape, bringing the country’s food safety standards more in line with those in Europe and other parts of the world. His effort underscores a broader public health initiative to reduce exposure to potentially harmful additives and prioritize transparency and natural ingredients in the food supply.

At Tuesday’s press conference, further details regarding the planned timeline and scope of the ban are expected. While it remains unclear how soon the policy will be enforced, the announcement has already sparked dialogue among public health experts, food manufacturers, and policymakers.

With public awareness around processed foods and their additives increasing, Kennedy’s move may set the tone for future health reforms under his leadership. Whether through federal regulation or state legislation, the initiative represents a turning point in the ongoing debate over what constitutes safe and responsible food production in America.

As more information becomes available, industry stakeholders and health advocates alike will be watching closely to see how this policy unfolds and what it could mean for food production, labeling, and consumer choice across the nation.

Paula Radcliffe Earns Prestigious Six Star Medal After Completing Boston Marathon

British long-distance running legend Paula Radcliffe has achieved a remarkable milestone by earning the prestigious Six Star Medal, awarded to runners who complete all six of the world’s major marathons. This honor was sealed after the four-time Olympian crossed the finish line at the Boston Marathon.

At 51 years old, Radcliffe completed the challenging Boston course in an impressive time of 2 hours, 53 minutes, and 44 seconds. This performance placed her 117th out of 12,447 women who participated in the event, a testament to her enduring athleticism and determination despite retiring from competitive racing nearly a decade ago.

The Six Star Medal is a coveted award in the global running community, granted to athletes who have successfully finished the six major marathons in the world: Tokyo, Boston, London, Berlin, Chicago, and New York City. By completing the Boston Marathon, Radcliffe has now joined this elite group of runners who have conquered each of these iconic races.

Radcliffe, who officially stepped away from competitive running in 2015, returned to the marathon scene in March of this year when she participated in the Tokyo Marathon. That event marked her first marathon in ten years, reigniting her passion for long-distance running and paving the way for her to complete the final marathon she needed to earn the Six Star distinction.

Over the course of her illustrious career, Radcliffe carved out a place for herself as one of the greatest marathoners in history. She held the women’s marathon world record for an extraordinary 16 years, setting a blistering time of 2:15:25 in 2003. Her record was eventually surpassed in 2019 by Kenya’s Brigid Kosgei, who clocked a time of 2:14:04 at the Chicago Marathon. Still, Radcliffe’s achievement remained a historic benchmark for over a decade and a half.

In addition to her long-standing world record, Radcliffe’s marathon legacy includes a trio of victories at both the London and New York City marathons. She also triumphed at the Chicago Marathon in 2002, further cementing her status as one of the dominant forces in the sport during her prime.

Radcliffe’s connection to the Boston Marathon extends far beyond this latest race. More than three decades ago, she claimed her first international medal in Boston when she captured gold in the junior race at the 1992 World Cross Country Championships. That victory marked the beginning of her rise on the international stage and set the foundation for a career filled with record-breaking performances and marathon victories.

This year’s Boston Marathon was notable for more than just Radcliffe’s milestone. The women’s elite race saw Kenya’s Sharon Lokedi take first place in a spectacular performance. Lokedi crossed the finish line in 2 hours, 17 minutes, and 22 seconds, shattering the previous women’s course record of 2:19:59 that had stood since 2014. Her achievement represented a breakthrough in Boston Marathon history, trimming more than two-and-a-half minutes off the existing record and asserting her dominance on the global marathon stage.

In the men’s elite race, another Kenyan runner, John Korir, claimed victory with a finishing time of 2:04:45. Korir’s performance further highlighted Kenya’s continued excellence in long-distance running, as the country maintained its legacy of producing world-class marathon champions.

Radcliffe’s return to marathon running and completion of the Six Star series has inspired fans and fellow athletes alike. Her enduring love for the sport, combined with her competitive spirit, remains evident in her ability to perform at a high level even years after retiring from professional racing.

In achieving the Six Star Medal, Radcliffe joins a growing number of runners from around the world who have set out to complete the full slate of world marathon majors. For many, earning this medal represents the pinnacle of personal endurance and commitment to the sport. For Radcliffe, it adds yet another accomplishment to a career already filled with extraordinary feats.

Her participation in the Boston Marathon not only capped her Six Star journey but also served as a homecoming of sorts to the city where her international success first began. The significance of that connection was not lost on observers, who recognized the full-circle nature of Radcliffe’s latest achievement.

Radcliffe has long been a source of inspiration for aspiring runners. Her resilience, focus, and unmatched work ethic helped her overcome injuries and setbacks throughout her career. Even now, years after stepping away from professional competition, she continues to motivate athletes by showing that age is no barrier to achieving great things in sport.

Reflecting on Radcliffe’s career, it is impossible to ignore the sheer breadth of her accomplishments. From setting world records to dominating major marathons, and now to completing all six of the marathon majors, she has consistently pushed the boundaries of what is possible in distance running. Her performance in Boston underscores her status as a living legend in the sport.

Although the Boston Marathon was not about competing for the podium this time around, Radcliffe’s run was every bit as meaningful. It was a celebration of endurance, of dedication to the sport, and of the journey that brought her to this point. Her finish time of 2:53:44 would be impressive for any amateur runner, but for Radcliffe, it was about much more than the clock—it was about completing a personal goal and commemorating a lifelong passion.

With the Six Star Medal now in her possession, Radcliffe’s marathon story has a fitting new chapter—one that honors both her historic past and her ongoing connection to the sport she helped elevate.

“Running will always be a part of who I am,” Radcliffe said previously about her relationship with the sport. Her performance in Boston, decades after her first taste of international success, reflects the truth of those words.

As thousands of runners from around the world continue to chase their own Six Star dreams, Paula Radcliffe’s journey stands as a shining example of excellence, perseverance, and the enduring power of passion.

Pope Francis Dies at 88: Catholic Church Enters New Era of Transition

Pope Francis has passed away at the age of 88, the Vatican announced, marking the end of a papacy that began with history-making significance and ended with humility. According to the official statement, the head of the Roman Catholic Church “returned to the house of the Father” at 07:35 local time on Easter Monday, passing away in his residence at Casa Santa Marta. As the first Latin American pope and the first Jesuit to hold the role, his leadership marked a shift in the Church’s trajectory.

His death was formally verified following traditional protocol, with the head of the Vatican’s health department and Cardinal Chamberlain Kevin Joseph Farrell confirming the event.

Pope Francis’s body has now been taken to his private chapel where a discreet ceremony will be held. It will be placed in a single coffin, a notable deviation from the typical triple-coffin tradition observed in the funerals of previous popes.

The Pope had taken steps to simplify his own funeral arrangements back in 2024. Among the notable changes he introduced were the elimination of private viewing for cardinals and limiting the procession to a single public viewing inside St Peter’s Basilica, which will follow a ceremonial march led by the camerlengo.

Even within the basilica, Pope Francis’s body will not be elevated on a platform, marking yet another departure from prior custom. Like his predecessor, he will be buried with symbolic items that reflect his role as Supreme Pontiff. These include the pallium, a liturgical vestment used by popes and metropolitan archbishops, the rogito, a document outlining his key accomplishments during his papacy, and bags of silver, gold, and copper coins equal in number to the years he served.

In a 2023 interview, the Pope had shared that a tomb had already been prepared for him at the Basilica of St Mary Major, his favorite church in Rome. This basilica, though located on Italian soil, is considered part of Vatican territory and houses the tombs of other popes as well.

The Pope’s funeral and interment ceremonies are expected to conclude by Saturday. Following his passing, Cardinal Farrell sealed his living quarters at Casa Santa Marta. It was here that Pope Francis chose to reside during his time in office, rather than the more traditional papal apartment.

Another symbolic act that follows a Pope’s death has also taken place: the ceremonial destruction of the Pope’s fisherman’s ring. This ring, used to sign official documents, is smashed with a ceremonial hammer in front of the College of Cardinals, signifying the end of his authority. This act ushers in the “Sede vacante” or vacant seat period, when the Church prepares to select a new pontiff.

The role of the Pope is seen by Catholics as the successor to Saint Peter, giving him spiritual authority over the Church’s 1.4 billion members. This connection is believed to trace directly to Jesus Christ, placing the Pope as a vital spiritual guide. While the Pope’s teachings, along with the Bible, guide Catholic doctrine, his authority is not recognized by other Christian denominations such as the Protestants and the Orthodox.

The selection of a new pope now lies with the College of Cardinals. Of the 135 cardinals currently eligible to vote — those under the age of 80 — Pope Francis himself appointed 108 of them. This greatly increases, though does not assure, the chances that the next Pope may align with his vision of a more inclusive and progressive Church.

Though European cardinals continue to dominate in numbers, the Catholic Church’s demographic footprint has shifted. Nearly a quarter of voting cardinals now come from Asia, reflecting broader changes in global Catholicism.

During the conclave, all eligible cardinals will reside at Casa Santa Marta. This five-story guesthouse features 106 suites, 22 single rooms, and a state apartment. Pope Francis lived in Suite 201 throughout his papacy.

Each day, the cardinals will walk along the Via delle Fondamenta to the Sistine Chapel where the voting takes place. During this time, strict isolation is enforced; no communication with the outside world is allowed.

Faithful followers will gather in St Peter’s Square, watching closely for smoke signals from the chimney of the Sistine Chapel. Black smoke indicates no decision has been reached, while white smoke announces the election of a new pope.

Papal conclaves are cloaked in secrecy, making them difficult to predict. After entering the Sistine Chapel, the cardinals cast votes in multiple rounds. The first afternoon sees a single vote, followed by up to four rounds daily. A two-thirds majority is required for any candidate to be chosen.

Votes are cast on paper slips bearing the Latin phrase “I elect as Supreme Pontiff,” followed by the name of the chosen candidate. Each cardinal, in order of seniority, places their slip into a large gilded urn. Three assistants, known as scrutineers, tally the votes as they’re read aloud. All ballot papers are then sewn together and burned.

Chemical compounds are used to control the color of the smoke emitted — white for a successful election, black for an inconclusive vote. Bells will also ring to clarify the announcement for the gathered crowd.

If after three days no decision is reached, the cardinals may pause for a day of prayer. They can then take another break after every seven rounds. If a decision remains elusive after 33 ballots, the process narrows to a runoff between the two leading candidates — though the winner must still meet the two-thirds requirement.

“Unlike other world governments, these men are not aligned with any particular political parties so one never knows exactly what their priorities are, where they stand on controversial issues and what they will have top of mind when they cast their ballot. All of it adds up to a lot of intrigue and very little certainty,” observed BBC’s Davide Ghiglione in Rome.

Historically, conclaves have lasted from a few days to several years. The longest lasted nearly three years beginning in 1268. However, procedural changes over time have streamlined the process. Since the early 1900s, conclaves have averaged three days in length. The most extended one in the 20th century occurred in 1922, lasting five days. Both Pope Benedict XVI and Pope Francis were chosen after just two days.

As cardinals deliberate, they do so beneath Michelangelo’s renowned frescos, including “The Last Judgement,” which features scenes of resurrection, salvation, and damnation. These vivid images serve as powerful visual reminders of the spiritual weight of their task.

Two temporary furnaces have been installed in the chapel to manage smoke signals. One is used to burn ballots, and the other assists with producing the distinctive colored smoke that signals the outcome.

Upon election, the new Pope must formally accept the role and declare his chosen papal name before the College of Cardinals. When elected, Pope Francis chose his name in honor of St Francis of Assisi, inspired by Brazilian Cardinal Claudio Hummes. As he later recalled, “Do not forget the poor,” Hummes had said to him during the momentous occasion.

Traditionally, popes adopted their own names until over 500 years ago when symbolic naming began. This trend, intended to simplify or evoke continuity, is why names like John became common among pontiffs.

The newly elected pope will be taken to the “Room of Tears” — an antechamber where he dons his papal attire. Emotional reactions have earned the room its nickname. Pope Francis notably declined the ornate red cape, opting instead for a plain white cassock, a gesture that signaled humility.

At last, the new pope will emerge onto the balcony of St Peter’s Basilica, addressing the world with the words, “Annuntio vobis gaudium magnum… habemus papam!” — “I announce to you a great joy… we have a Pope!” Crowds will cheer, celebrating the start of a new chapter for the Roman Catholic Church.

USPS Plans New Stamp Price Hike Effective This July, Including Forever Stamps

The cost of mailing letters and postcards in the United States is set to rise once again later this year, as the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) moves forward with plans to increase stamp prices. While the changes are not yet in effect, customers still have a window of opportunity to purchase stamps at current prices before the proposed adjustments are implemented.

Among the most notable changes is the planned increase in the cost of a Forever Stamp, which is widely used for sending first-class letters. The USPS has submitted a proposal to raise the price of a Forever Stamp from its current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents. While the suggested increase must still receive the formal green light from the Postal Regulatory Commission, approval is expected, as the commission has historically authorized previous price adjustments.

If the proposed hike is confirmed, the new rate of 78 cents will take effect starting July 13. That means consumers looking to save money on future postage have until July 12 to buy Forever Stamps at the existing 73-cent price. Since Forever Stamps do not expire and remain valid regardless of any future rate increases, purchasing them now allows customers to hedge against future mailing costs.

The USPS explained that the decision to raise prices stems from a broader need to shore up its financial foundation and ensure the sustainability of long-term plans. “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan,” the agency said in a statement. This strategic roadmap outlines the USPS’s objectives for modernization, service improvements, and cost-efficiency over the next decade.

But the price adjustment won’t be limited to just Forever Stamps. The Postal Service is also proposing increases for a range of other commonly used mailing products. For example, the cost of sending a metered 1-ounce letter is expected to go up by five cents, climbing from 69 cents to 74 cents. Domestic postcards, another popular mailing option, will also see a notable rise in price, jumping from 56 cents to 62 cents.

International mailing options are not exempt from the upcoming changes either. The price of international postcards is slated to increase slightly from $1.65 to $1.70. The same applies to international letters weighing up to one ounce, which are set to rise from $1.65 to $1.70 as well. Additionally, the fee for adding an extra ounce to domestic letters is expected to increase modestly from 28 cents to 29 cents.

This scheduled hike in postal rates marks the first price adjustment of 2025 and continues a recent trend of frequent changes to stamp costs. The most recent increase occurred on July 24, 2024, when the price of a Forever Stamp went from 68 cents to 73 cents. Prior to that, a two-cent rise was implemented in January 2024, when prices climbed from 66 cents to 68 cents. Even earlier, in 2023, the rate for a Forever Stamp increased from 63 cents to 66 cents, reflecting a steady escalation in mailing expenses over the past two years.

These repeated increases reflect the USPS’s broader efforts to respond to evolving economic conditions, including inflation, declining mail volumes, and rising operational costs. Each rate change is part of an ongoing attempt to ensure the agency can maintain its service commitments and invest in needed infrastructure improvements.

While some consumers may be frustrated by the prospect of paying more for postage, the USPS emphasizes that the financial realities it faces require proactive steps to secure the system’s long-term viability. According to USPS officials, the 10-year Delivering for America plan serves as a vital framework for achieving this goal, guiding the agency through necessary reforms, efficiency upgrades, and customer-focused innovations.

The plan is designed to help the Postal Service adapt to the changing dynamics of communication and commerce, which have shifted significantly in recent years. With the growth of digital communication and e-commerce, traditional letter mail has seen a steady decline, putting pressure on USPS revenue. In contrast, package delivery has become a larger focus area, requiring investment in new technology and logistical capabilities.

By adjusting stamp prices and other mailing fees in line with these developments, USPS aims to strike a balance between affordability for customers and the financial health of its operations. As such, while the price changes may be unwelcome for some, they are part of a larger effort to future-proof the nation’s postal system.

To avoid being affected by the higher rates, consumers are encouraged to purchase Forever Stamps and other mailing products before the new prices kick in on July 13. Buying before July 12 ensures access to the lower prices, allowing individuals and businesses alike to manage mailing costs more effectively over time.

The Forever Stamp, in particular, remains a practical and popular choice for many Americans due to its ability to lock in postage value even after multiple price changes. As rates continue to rise, these stamps offer a simple and cost-effective way to stay ahead of inflation and postal rate adjustments.

In summary, the proposed postal rate increases represent a continuation of USPS’s strategy to strengthen its financial footing and modernize its services through the Delivering for America initiative. While the changes must still be approved, they are expected to go into effect on July 13. Until then, customers still have a chance to purchase stamps and other mail services at the current rates.

As USPS puts it, the price hikes are essential to meet its future goals: “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan.”

With inflation and financial pressure on federal services unlikely to ease soon, such steps may become more common in the years ahead. For now, those who rely on USPS for personal or professional communication may want to act quickly before the new rates arrive.

Next Pope Likely to Shift Catholic Church Back Toward the Center

The next leader of the Roman Catholic Church could come from Africa, Italy, Sri Lanka, or even the United States. However, experts suggest that no matter where the new pontiff hails from, the person elected to succeed Pope Francis—who died Monday at age 88—will likely steer the Church back toward the ideological center.

Pope Francis, who led the Catholic Church for 12 years and represented 1.4 billion faithful globally, often sparked controversy among traditionalists with his progressive stances. His support for LGBTQ Catholics and decision to restrict the traditional Latin Mass were among the reforms that drew criticism from conservatives within the Church.

Now, with his passing, the College of Cardinals faces the task of choosing a successor who could bring a new tone to Church leadership. “Whoever is elected will be of a centrally conservative disposition; after 12 years of Pope Francis ‘stirring things up,’” said Serenhedd James, editor of Britain’s Catholic Herald magazine. “I think the cardinals will want someone who will take a different, calmer approach.”

Rev. Patrick Mary Briscoe, editor of Our Sunday Visitor magazine, echoed a similar sentiment. He said the next pontiff is likely to bring “a renewed clarity of doctrine” and focus more on internal Church governance than external engagement.

The process of electing a new pope will begin within 20 days of Francis’ death. A conclave of 120 cardinals under the age of 80—out of the 138 who make up the full College of Cardinals—will gather in the Vatican to choose the next spiritual leader of the Church.

The voting process includes four ballots per day until a new pope is chosen. If 30 rounds pass without a result, voting narrows to the top two candidates. One of them must receive a two-thirds majority to be elected.

Francis, during his papacy, significantly reshaped the College of Cardinals by appointing members from diverse backgrounds and perspectives. Briscoe noted that the new members are “extremely familiar with each other” due to this shift in leadership style. He also pointed out that Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, the 91-year-old dean of the College, may quietly influence the proceedings. Despite his age, Re was kept in his position by Francis and has strong knowledge of both older and newer cardinals.

Several candidates are seen as front-runners to become the next pope. These names have been ranked by Italian Vatican expert Gaetano Masciullo and Vatican analysts Edward Pentin and Diane Montagna of the College of Cardinals Report. The list includes individuals from a range of theological viewpoints, from progressive to conservative.

Cardinal Luis Tagle of the Philippines, aged 67, is often seen as a protégé of Pope Francis. However, his standing may have been weakened after alleged “shortcomings” were uncovered during his leadership of Vatican charity Caritas International. According to Masciullo, Tagle “has expressed very ‘open’ opinions on issues such as Communion for non-sacramentally married couples and homosexuality, suggesting that universal moral principles may ‘not apply in all situations.’”

Cardinal Pietro Parolin, 70, who currently serves as the Vatican’s Secretary of State, is another top contender. An Italian with diplomatic experience, Parolin is considered a moderate figure. Though he has taken some conservative positions, his willingness to cooperate with Communist China has raised eyebrows. Nevertheless, he is seen as having a “high chance” of being elected due to his broad international experience and ties.

From France, Cardinal Jean-Marc Aveline, 66, is reportedly a favorite of Francis. Aveline is described as an intellectual and personable figure. Masciullo, however, labeled him a “dangerous contender” due to his popularity among left-leaning Church circles. He is known for advocating for strong decentralization within the Catholic Church, a position that could prove controversial.

Another notable candidate is Cardinal Willem Jacobus Eijk, 71, from the Netherlands. A trained physician and theologian, Eijk strictly adheres to Catholic doctrine, even when his views are unpopular. He opposes same-sex blessings, gender-transition therapies, and the ordination of women. His firm stances on doctrine are likely to attract support from conservative cardinals. His administrative skills also enhance his credibility as a potential pope.

Cardinal Malcolm Ranjith, 77, serves as the Archbishop of Colombo in Sri Lanka. His election would mark a historic elevation of an Asian leader to the papacy. Known for aligning with both the late Pope Benedict XVI’s theological conservatism and Francis’ advocacy for the poor and environmental issues, Ranjith could represent a unifying figure. Masciullo remarked that many consider Ranjith “as perfectly aligned with Benedict XVI.” His origin from South Asia, a region where Catholicism is rapidly growing, adds to his appeal.

Then there’s Cardinal Robert Sarah, 79, a deeply traditionalist former Vatican official from Guinea. Sarah has vocally opposed Pope Francis’ limitations on the Latin Mass and the Church’s openness to blessings for same-sex couples. These views have made him a favorite among the Church’s conservative factions. If elected, Sarah would become the first African pope since the fifth century.

While these six cardinals are widely viewed as leading candidates, it is technically possible for any baptized male Catholic to be elected pope. Canon law expert Edward Peters noted that if a non-ordained Catholic were chosen, they would need to be ordained and elevated to the role of bishop before their papacy could be formalized.

However, most experts agree that the election of a non-cardinal is nearly impossible. Christopher Bellitto, a history professor at Kean University, bluntly stated, “Odds of someone other than a cardinal being elected … are lower than a snowball’s chance in hell.” He explained that the last time such a choice was made was in 1378, which sparked the Western Schism, a crisis that saw rival claimants to the papacy and was only resolved in 1417.

Bellitto also referenced another instance from 1294, when a hermit named Celestine V was elected pope despite his lack of experience. Celestine later resigned, and the Italian poet Dante placed him “at the doorway of hell” in his literary work Inferno as a symbol of weak leadership.

The upcoming conclave is therefore expected to remain within traditional bounds, with the cardinals choosing one of their own to lead the Catholic Church into its next chapter. Despite the global reach of Catholicism and the potential for surprise, the consensus among Vatican watchers is that the new pope will likely represent a more centrist, stabilizing force after the eventful and reform-minded tenure of Pope Francis.

World Leaders Mourn Pope Francis, Recall His Legacy of Compassion, Dialogue, and Humility

Soon after the passing of Pope Francis on Monday, tributes poured in from leaders across the world who remembered the first Latin American pontiff as a spiritual beacon and a champion of the marginalized. The Pope, who was 88 years old and had been suffering from a prolonged illness, left a lasting impression on political and religious figures worldwide.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi honored Pope Francis by calling him “a beacon of compassion, humility and spiritual courage.” Reflecting on his interactions with the Pope, Modi said, “I fondly recall my meetings with him and was greatly inspired by his commitment to inclusive and all-round development. His affection for the people of India will always be cherished. May his soul find eternal peace in God’s embrace.”

From the United States, President Donald Trump also extended his condolences on his social media platform, Truth Social, stating, “Rest in Peace Pope Francis! May God Bless him and all who loved him!”

Senator J.D. Vance, currently in India on an official visit, shared a heartfelt message, recalling his last encounter with the Pope. “I just learned of the passing of Pope Francis. My heart goes out to the millions of Christians all over the world who loved him. I was happy to see him yesterday, though he was obviously very ill. But I’ll always remember him for the below homily he gave in the very early days of COVID. It was really quite beautiful. May God rest his soul.”

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni mourned deeply, writing, “The news saddens us deeply, because a great man and a great shepherd has left us.” She added, “I had the privilege of enjoying his friendship, his advice and his teachings, which never failed even in moments of trial and suffering.” She recalled his message during the Via Crucis, where he highlighted “the power of the gift, which makes everything flourish again and is capable of reconciling what in the eyes of man is irreconcilable.” Meloni praised his call for the world “to follow a path that does not destroy, but cultivates, repairs, protects.” Concluding her tribute, she said, “His teaching and his legacy will not be lost. We greet the Holy Father with hearts full of sadness, but we know that he is now in the peace of the Lord.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin also acknowledged Pope Francis’ role in fostering better relations between religious communities. In a message to Cardinal Kevin Joseph Farrell, Camerlengo of the Holy Roman Church, Putin said, “Throughout the years of his pontificate, he actively promoted the development of dialogue between the Russian Orthodox and Roman Catholic Churches, as well as constructive cooperation between Russia and the Holy See.” He added, “In this sad hour, I would like to convey to you and the entire Catholic clergy my words of sympathy and support.”

French President Emmanuel Macron lauded the Pope’s solidarity with the vulnerable, saying, “Throughout his pontificate Pope Francis had always sided with the most vulnerable and the most fragile, and that he did this with a lot of humility. In this time of war and brutality, he had a sense for the other, for the most fragile.”

German Chancellor Friedrich Merz noted the Pope’s global impact, stating, “Francis will be remembered for his tireless commitment to the weakest in society, to justice and reconciliation. Humility and faith in God’s mercy guided him in this.” Merz emphasized how the Pope “touched people worldwide, across denominational boundaries” and extended his thoughts to the faithful worldwide who are mourning.

Israeli President Isaac Herzog expressed his condolences, focusing on the Pope’s interfaith efforts. “I send my deepest condolences to the Christian citizens of Israel, to the Christian communities in the Holy Land, and to the entire Christian world – on the loss of their spiritual father, Pope Francis,” he wrote. Herzog praised the Pope as “a man of immense faith and great mercy,” who prioritized the poor and peace efforts. “He saw great importance in deepening ties with the Jewish world and in promoting interfaith dialogue as a way to achieve mutual understanding and respect,” Herzog said. He concluded by expressing hope that “his prayers for peace in the Middle East and the return of the kidnapped will soon be answered.”

From Argentina, Pope Francis’ homeland, President Javier Milei also shared a heartfelt message: “It is with profound sorrow that I learned this sad morning that Pope Francis, Jorge Bergoglio, passed away today and is now resting in peace.” Milei acknowledged their past disagreements but said, “Despite differences that seem minor today, having been able to know him in his goodness and wisdom was a true honor for me.”

Before his papacy, Francis, born Jorge Mario Bergoglio, served as Archbishop of Buenos Aires. During his youth, he rose through the ranks of the Jesuit order, offering spiritual guidance during Argentina’s politically difficult years, particularly the military dictatorship known as the Dirty War from 1976 to 1983.

King Charles of the United Kingdom offered a touching tribute, emphasizing the Pope’s legacy of unity and empathy. “His Holiness will be remembered for his compassion, his concern for the unity of the Church and for his tireless commitment to the common causes of all people of faith, and to those of goodwill who work for the benefit of others,” he said.

Kenyan President William Ruto praised Francis’ moral clarity and inclusive leadership. “He exemplified servant leadership through his humility, his unwavering commitment to inclusivity and justice, and his deep compassion for the poor and the vulnerable. His strong ethical and moral convictions inspired millions across the world, regardless of faith or background.”

Lebanese President Joseph Aoun reflected on Francis’ longstanding support for Lebanon. “We in Lebanon, the land of diversity, feel the loss of a dear friend and a strong supporter. The late Pope always carried Lebanon in his heart and prayers, and he always called on the world to support Lebanon in its ordeal,” he said. “We will never forget his repeated calls to protect Lebanon and preserve its identity and diversity.”

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy expressed gratitude for the Pope’s prayers and encouragement during challenging times. “He knew how to give hope, ease suffering through prayer, and foster unity. He prayed for peace in Ukraine and for Ukrainians,” Zelenskyy wrote. “We grieve together with Catholics and all Christians who looked to Pope Francis for spiritual support. Eternal memory!”

Philippine President Ferdinand Marcos Jr declared his deep admiration: “I love this pope. The best pope in my lifetime as far as I’m concerned.” Marcos described him as “a man of profound faith and humility,” adding, “Pope Francis led not only with wisdom but with a heart open to all, especially the poor and the forgotten.”

Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva highlighted Francis’ commitment to justice and environmental advocacy. “Pope Francis lived and spread in his daily life the love, tolerance and solidarity that are the basis of Christian teachings,” he wrote. Citing the Pope’s alignment with the ideals of Saint Francis of Assisi, Lula said, “The Argentine, Jorge Bergoglio, tirelessly sought to bring love where there was hatred. Unity where there was discord.” Lula noted how Francis “brought the issue of climate change to the Vatican” and “vigorously criticized the economic models that led humanity to produce so many injustices.” He stressed that the Pope “always stood by those who need it most: the poor, refugees, young people, the elderly and victims of war and all forms of prejudice.” Lula concluded by noting the personal impact Francis had on him and his wife, Janja. “On the occasions when Janja and I were blessed with the opportunity to meet Pope Francis and be received by him with great affection, we were able to share our ideals of peace, equality and justice. Ideals that the world has always needed. And will always need. May God comfort those who today, all over the world, suffer the pain of this enormous loss. In his memory and in honor of his work, I decree seven days of mourning in Brazil.”

Pope Francis’ legacy as a humble servant, a spiritual reformer, and a global voice for peace will continue to resonate far beyond his time.

Pope Francis Dies at 88: A Revolutionary Papacy That Transformed the Church

Pope Francis, the transformative leader of the Catholic Church known for his efforts to modernize its mission and message, has passed away at the age of 88. The Argentine-born pontiff, who made history as the first pope from the Americas and the first Jesuit to ascend to the role, died on Easter Monday. His death was confirmed by Cardinal Kevin Farrell in an official Vatican statement.

“Dearest brothers and sisters, with deep sorrow I must announce the death of our Holy Father Francis,” said Cardinal Farrell. “At 7.35am this morning, the Bishop of Rome, Francis, returned to the house of the Father. His entire life was dedicated to the service of the Lord and His Church. He taught us to live the values of the Gospel with fidelity, courage and universal love, especially in favour of the poorest and most marginalised. With immense gratitude for his example as a true disciple of the Lord Jesus, we commend the soul of Pope Francis to the infinite merciful love of the One and Triune God.”

Francis made history in many ways. He was the first pope born or raised outside Europe in over 1,200 years and assumed the papacy in 2013, leading the Roman Catholic Church’s 1.3 billion followers through an era marked by both internal reform and global challenges. His health had been declining for some time, with the Pope relying on a wheelchair or cane following multiple surgeries, including major abdominal procedures. In February, he was hospitalized with pneumonia in both lungs and spent over a month recovering in Rome’s Gemelli hospital, only being discharged on March 23.

His passing came just a day after he had blessed thousands gathered at St Peter’s Square during Easter Sunday celebrations. Despite his frailty, he made an unexpected appearance in the popemobile, delighting the crowd with a ride through the piazza. He had also met briefly with U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance that day.

As per centuries-old Vatican protocols, the camerlengo — the official responsible for overseeing church property — confirmed the death by calling out Pope Francis’ baptismal name, Jorge Mario Bergoglio, three times without receiving a response. Upon this, he declared the Pope deceased and began notifying Vatican staff and the public.

The Pope’s death sets in motion a traditional nine-day mourning period and the lead-up to a new papal election. The funeral Mass is expected to be held in St Peter’s Square, and Francis will be buried between four and six days following his death, in accordance with the Universi Dominici Gregis, the document guiding the papal transition. While most popes are buried beneath St Peter’s Basilica, Francis had previously expressed his wish for a simple service and burial at the Basilica of Santa Maria in Rome, marking the first time since Pope Leo XIII in 1903 that a pope will be laid to rest outside the Vatican.

Within 15 to 20 days, more than 140 cardinals from around the globe will arrive at the Vatican to begin the conclave, the highly secretive election process to choose the next pope. During the conclave, the cardinals will be sequestered in the Sistine Chapel, cut off from all forms of communication, until a new pontiff is elected by a two-thirds majority. The announcement of the new pope will come in the traditional form: white smoke emerging from the Sistine Chapel chimney.

Born in Buenos Aires in 1936, Francis’ papacy began under unique circumstances. He succeeded Benedict XVI, who resigned in 2013, becoming the first pope to step down in six centuries. The unexpected transition created a period of dual pontiffs living within the Vatican, and despite the unusual arrangement, Francis and Benedict formed a close personal relationship. Benedict passed away at the end of 2022.

As the 266th pope in the Church’s two-millennia history, Francis took leadership during a particularly turbulent time. The Catholic Church was reeling from widespread sexual abuse scandals, suffering from financial disarray, and sharply divided between conservative and liberal factions. While he didn’t alter Church doctrine, Francis radically changed the tone and focus of Vatican leadership. He immediately targeted clericalism, aimed to uplift the laity, promoted women to influential positions in Church bureaucracy (though he stopped short of ordaining them), and spoke out firmly on climate change.

Francis gained a reputation for compassion, especially toward society’s marginalized, but his gentle demeanor did not extend to clergy who failed to address misconduct. He was unafraid to challenge conservative elements within the Church and dismissed bishops who had mishandled sexual abuse cases. His determination to reform Vatican governance led him to create an anti-corruption body that conducted audits of Church-owned institutions.

During the most recent synod, Francis urged Catholics globally to envision a more inclusive Church, advocating for “an ever more symphonic and synodal church.” He described the Church as an orchestra, cautioning that no single section should dominate. Referring to his role as a “conductor,” he emphasized the need for “creative fidelity” in uniting differing voices within the Church.

Despite his many efforts, his attempts to rebalance the Church’s power structure and amplify the voices of laypeople, especially women and those on society’s fringes, met limited success. In one of his early interviews, Francis remarked that the Church should not fixate on issues like abortion, same-sex marriage, and contraception, stating that “everyone knew what the church taught” on these matters.

In a strategic move to shape the future of the Church, Francis appointed 21 new cardinals in late 2024. With this, roughly 80 percent of the current College of Cardinals — the body responsible for electing the next pope — are now his appointees. This shift significantly increased representation from Asia and Africa, a reflection of Francis’ mission to expand the Church’s reach in the developing world. His 2015 visit to the Philippines marked the largest papal event in history, drawing over six million attendees for the final Mass in Manila, surpassing World Youth Day 1995 at the same location.

Yet, Francis’ tenure was not without internal strife. He faced strong opposition from conservative members within the Church, most notably when an essay surfaced in early 2023, widely believed to have been written by the late Cardinal George Pell. The piece labeled Francis’ papacy a “catastrophe” and accused the Vatican under his leadership of being at a political “low ebb.” It also criticized him for “grave failures to support human rights in Venezuela, Hong Kong, mainland China, and now in the Russian invasion.”

Nevertheless, Pope Francis leaves behind a profound legacy. He may not have fundamentally altered Church doctrine, but he reshaped the Church’s image, reoriented its priorities toward justice, inclusion, and humility, and opened doors for global voices long marginalized in the institution’s highest circles. His papacy will be remembered as one that dared to challenge tradition while calling for unity, compassion, and courage in a divided world.

The World Bids Farewell to Pope Francis, A Tireless Advocate for Peace, Equality, and the Environment

The All India Catholic Union (AICU) has expressed deep sorrow over the passing of Pope Francis, remembering him as a beacon of hope and humanity in an era marked by strife, division, and environmental crisis. In a heartfelt statement released after news of his death at the Vatican, the AICU joined Catholics worldwide in mourning the loss of a spiritual leader whose unwavering commitment to peace, fraternity, and justice earned him admiration across the globe.

“We will miss a lodestar who redefined for us the love of Jesus Christ for the world, expressing it in his focus for victims of wars and climate change, of gender issues and religious, racial and ethnic hate. Above all, we have lost a friend of the laity, a friend of the poor,” said Elia Vaz, the national president of the AICU, along with other office bearers in their joint statement.

Though initially known to only a select few in Latin America, Pope Francis quickly rose from relative obscurity to global recognition after becoming the Pope. His compassionate approach, down-to-earth demeanor, and unwavering voice against injustice won him widespread affection. The world took to the way he communicated—not only his words, but also the courage with which he challenged those who perpetuated violence and hatred.

During his tenure as the head of the Catholic Church, Pope Francis made bold and necessary moves to reform the institution. He spearheaded efforts to clean up the Vatican’s financial systems and reduce bureaucratic red tape, bringing greater transparency and accountability to a centuries-old institution. These reforms were not just limited to internal matters; he also took significant strides in strengthening ties with other faiths, especially Islam, fostering a spirit of interfaith dialogue and cooperation.

His global outreach extended beyond religious matters. Pope Francis took clear and public stands on geopolitical issues, condemning the wars in Gaza and Ukraine. His consistent call for peace in the face of violent conflict highlighted his role not just as a religious leader but also as a global moral authority. He didn’t shy away from political controversy when lives and dignity were at stake, instead using his platform to appeal to world leaders and citizens alike to choose compassion over conflict.

The Vatican, under his leadership, also addressed the modern world’s scientific and ethical challenges. He led the Church to engage in contemporary discussions, including those on artificial intelligence, showing that faith and science can coexist and support each other in navigating an increasingly complex world. His commitment to environmental issues, particularly climate change, was one of the defining features of his papacy. Through encyclicals and public speeches, he urged both leaders and ordinary citizens to take responsibility for the planet’s health, advocating for sustainable living and protection of natural resources.

But perhaps what endeared Pope Francis most to ordinary Catholics was the personal connection he fostered with the faithful. He was not seen as a distant authority but as someone who genuinely cared for and understood the struggles of everyday believers. His Synods, particularly the one focused on the Family, invited lay participation on an unprecedented scale, allowing Catholics from around the world to feel heard and included in the Church’s future. His call to “walk together” was more than a metaphor—it was a tangible step toward making the Church more participatory and inclusive.

For women and children, regardless of their geography—be it Gaza, India, or Africa—Pope Francis was a source of support and inspiration. He broke centuries of tradition by appointing women to key roles in the Church, positions historically reserved for men. These changes were not just symbolic but represented a genuine shift toward gender inclusivity within the religious hierarchy. By giving women greater responsibility and voice in the Church, he opened doors for more balanced leadership in the future.

Young people, too, found a friend in Pope Francis. His outreach to youth through events like World Youth Day and his social media presence helped bridge the generational gap, making religion accessible and relevant in a rapidly changing world. He emphasized listening to the younger generation, valuing their insights and aspirations for a more just and compassionate society.

Even as illness gradually diminished his strength, Pope Francis showed no sign of slowing down. His energy and passion for reform remained undiminished almost until the very end. His passing leaves behind unanswered questions about what additional transformations he may have envisioned for the Church. “We will forever wonder what together reforms he had in mind, to make the Church ever more relevant in the lives of the people at this turn of history,” the AICU noted, capturing the collective sentiment of many Catholics around the world.

His legacy, however, is far from complete. The AICU and countless others in the Catholic community now look toward his successor with hope. There is an earnest desire that the momentum of change initiated by Pope Francis will not only be preserved but also expanded upon. His tenure has set a precedent—one where the Church actively engages with the pressing moral and social issues of the day while remaining rooted in compassion and humility.

As the Catholic Church enters a period of transition, the memory of Pope Francis will continue to inspire. His unwavering stance on peace, inclusivity, and care for creation has left an indelible mark not just on the Church but on humanity as a whole. His life was a testament to the belief that leadership grounded in empathy and courage can indeed transform the world.

For millions, Pope Francis was not just a Pope—he was a symbol of hope in dark times, a shepherd who walked with his flock, and a leader who never stopped believing in the goodness of humanity. As the AICU and the global community bid farewell, his vision of a more united, just, and sustainable world will live on in the hearts and actions of those he inspired.

Seven Countries Where Expats Find Happiness Without High Costs

“My old man used to say, ‘Happiness is not a matter of intensity but of balance and order and rhythm and harmony.’” This sentiment rings especially true when considering life abroad. Living overseas can feel like walking a tightrope, trying to juggle financial responsibilities with the pursuit of a fulfilling life. Yet, striking the right balance between joy and affordability isn’t as unattainable as it might seem. In fact, some countries have become expat favorites precisely because they offer both happiness and financial ease.

If you’ve ever wondered, “Where can I live happily and affordably?” then take note. Seven countries stand out where expatriates claim they are living more joyfully while also spending less. These nations offer much more than cheap beer or sunny weather. Let’s explore what makes each destination unique—and why they might be the answer to your happiness and budget goals.

Portugal

Portugal consistently ranks high among the most desirable destinations for expatriates, and it’s easy to see why. With stunning coastlines, rich history, and mouthwatering cuisine, it offers a deeply satisfying lifestyle. But what really makes Portugal shine is its affordability. Compared to many Western countries, living costs here—especially housing and food—are substantially lower.

Beyond just saving money, expats in Portugal frequently highlight the friendly locals and a slower pace of life that prioritizes family and community. “Portugal offers a quality of life that’s hard to beat without putting a massive dent in your bank account,” the original writer observes. For anyone seeking both peace of mind and financial balance, Portugal may just be the perfect fit.

Thailand

Thailand, affectionately known as the “Land of Smiles,” is a dream destination for many expats. With its ancient temples, lush landscapes, and world-famous street food, the country offers an experience unlike any other. But what makes it truly attractive is its low cost of living.

As someone who lived in a comfortable condo in Bangkok once noted, “From rent to meals, everything is surprisingly affordable.” More than that, it’s the Thai philosophy of ‘Sanuk’—the idea of finding joy in everything—that creates an uplifting atmosphere. Whether chatting with street vendors or attending local festivals, life in Thailand is filled with genuine, infectious happiness. It’s a place where both your wallet and your spirit feel full.

Mexico

Mexico is a country full of life and color, with streets often echoing with music, laughter, and celebration. While it faces its own set of challenges—including traffic congestion and certain social issues—many expats still find immense value in calling Mexico home.

The affordability of daily living is a major draw. Good food, affordable housing, inexpensive healthcare – it’s all there for you to seize . Yet, the heart of Mexico lies in its people. Their warmth and resilience stand out, and integrating into local life often feels effortless. The nation’s rich traditions and welcoming communities make it a compelling choice for anyone ready to embrace a country that is “not perfect, but beautifully real and economically viable.”

Vietnam

Vietnam is one of Southeast Asia’s hidden gems, blending centuries-old traditions with modern growth. From bustling markets to peaceful rice fields, the country offers a visually and culturally rich experience. Better yet, it’s incredibly affordable.

Housing, food, transportation – it’s all remarkably affordable, emphasizing how budget-friendly life can be. But the appeal goes beyond numbers. Vietnamese communities are closely knit, and the country’s vibrant culture encourages joy and camaraderie. “Life here is lived in vibrant color and high volume,” making it ideal for those seeking both economic comfort and emotional connection.

Indonesia

Indonesia, a sprawling archipelago with over 17,000 islands, offers a mix of cultures and cost-effective living that’s hard to resist. Whether you’re in the heart of Jakarta or relaxing in a Balinese villa, life here is considerably cheaper than in most Western countries.

Affordability aside, Indonesia’s cultural ethos stands out. “The Indonesians have a term called ‘gotong royong’, which refers to the spirit of mutual aid and cooperation,” the article explains. This communal spirit fosters a warm and inclusive environment for newcomers. Expats are especially drawn to Bali, known as the “Island of the Gods,” where the cost of living is low and the quality of life is high. For those in search of both tropical beauty and financial ease, Indonesia checks all the boxes.

Costa Rica

Costa Rica, nestled in Central America, is a country that lives by the motto “Pura Vida,” or “pure life.” It’s more than just a phrase; it’s a way of life that reflects a deep appreciation for well-being, nature, and community. Living costs—ranging from rent to groceries to healthcare—are modest, allowing residents to live comfortably on a budget.

More importantly, the spirit of the Costa Rican people, known as “Ticos,” enhances the overall living experience. The article shares a touching anecdote: “I remember reading about an expat who fell ill and was touched by how the local community came together to support him.” Such acts of kindness demonstrate that Costa Rica is a place where people genuinely care for each other. If you’re looking for a lifestyle rooted in empathy, simplicity, and sustainability, Costa Rica is a strong contender.

Malaysia

Malaysia is a unique blend of tradition and modernity. Skyscrapers rise beside temples, and bustling cities like Kuala Lumpur offer all the amenities of the West at a fraction of the cost. “The cost of living is significantly lower here,” the article points out, making it a haven for expats watching their budget.

What makes Malaysia particularly welcoming is its community-oriented culture. “The locals live by the concept of ‘gotong-royong’, a spirit of cooperation and mutual assistance,” notes the original writer. This cultural value makes it easy for expats to integrate and feel at home. Additionally, the country’s high-quality and affordable healthcare system means that wellness doesn’t come with a hefty price tag. In Malaysia, happiness isn’t fleeting—it’s part of everyday life.

Final Thoughts

The idea of living abroad, in a place where you’re both happier and financially stable, may seem like a far-off fantasy. But as these seven countries prove, it’s very much within reach. “Remember, it’s not just about the cost of living. It’s also about the richness of life.”

From Portugal’s coastal charm to Vietnam’s spirited streets, each destination offers its own unique version of happiness and affordability. And while every country has its quirks and challenges, the warmth of the people, the sense of belonging, and the joy of simple living are what truly matter.

Choosing the right country to call home isn’t just about money. It’s about finding a place where your heart feels full and your life feels complete—without emptying your bank account in the process.

Pope Francis, Global Spiritual Leader and Champion of the Poor, Dies at 88

Pope Francis, the first Jesuit and first Latin American pontiff in the nearly 2,000-year history of the Catholic Church, passed away at the age of 88 on Easter Monday, April 21, 2025, in his residence at the Vatican. The news was confirmed by Cardinal Kevin Farrell, the Camerlengo of the Holy Roman Church, who described the pontiff’s final moments as peaceful and surrounded by close aides and medical staff.
A Historic Papacy Comes to an End
Born Jorge Mario Bergoglio on December 17, 1936, in Buenos Aires, Argentina, Pope Francis ascended to the papacy on March 13, 2013, following the historic resignation of Pope Benedict XVI. He was the first non-European pope in over 1,200 years and brought a fresh, pastoral perspective to a Church long dominated by Eurocentric traditions. His election marked a significant moment of hope for the global South and for Catholics seeking reform, compassion, and inclusivity.
Known widely as the “People’s Pope,” Francis used his papacy to focus the Church’s attention on the marginalized — refugees, the poor, and victims of abuse — and to emphasize mercy over judgment. His leadership style was defined by humility: from choosing modest papal apartments over the opulent Apostolic Palace to embracing interfaith dialogue and environmental stewardship.
The Final Days
Pope Francis’s health had been a growing concern over the last year. He had suffered from chronic respiratory issues dating back to a lung infection in his youth. In early April 2025, he was diagnosed with double pneumonia. Despite his condition, he insisted on delivering a brief Easter Sunday blessing to a crowd of over 40,000 in St. Peter’s Square. It was to be his final public appearance.
The Vatican released an official statement at 8:15 a.m. Rome time, announcing his death: “His Holiness Pope Francis returned to the house of the Father at 7:35 a.m., Easter Monday, April 21, 2025. He passed peacefully in prayer, having lived his final days with grace and faith.”
A Legacy of Reform and Relevance
Over his 12-year tenure, Pope Francis made significant changes to the Church’s approach on global issues:
•Social Justice: He championed the rights of immigrants and called for humane responses to migration crises across Europe and the Americas.
•Environment: In 2015, his encyclical Laudato Si’ became a landmark document urging environmental action and responsible stewardship of the Earth.
•Church Reform: Francis cracked down on financial corruption within the Vatican and restructured various governing bodies to improve transparency.
•Inclusivity: While upholding traditional Church teachings, Francis softened the language toward divorced Catholics, the LGBTQ+ community, and those outside the Church, often stating, “Who am I to judge?”
Despite internal opposition, especially from conservative factions within the Church, Francis remained a unifying figure for the world’s 1.3 billion Catholics.
Global Mourning and Honors
Condolences and tributes have poured in from leaders and communities worldwide.
U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance, who visited the Pope earlier this month, called him “a spiritual beacon not only for Catholics but for all people of goodwill.” Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi described him as “a global statesman whose message of peace and compassion deeply touched India.” European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen praised his “undaunted commitment to the poor and vulnerable.”
In a rare move, Italy’s Serie A football league postponed all seven scheduled matches for the day in mourning, highlighting the Pope’s influence far beyond the religious realm.
Funeral Arrangements and Papal Transition
Following tradition, Pope Francis’s body will lie in state in St. Peter’s Basilica for several days to allow faithful from around the world to pay their respects. The funeral is scheduled for Friday, April 25, and will be attended by global dignitaries, faith leaders, and millions of mourners.
In accordance with his personal wishes, Pope Francis will be buried at the Basilica of St. Mary Major in Rome, a place he visited frequently and held close to his heart. This marks the first time since 1903 that a pope will be buried outside Vatican grounds.
The College of Cardinals will convene in early May to begin the papal conclave. Currently, 135 cardinal electors under the age of 80 are eligible to vote. The conclave is expected to begin between May 6 and May 11, with the world watching closely to see who will carry forward Francis’s legacy.
A Pope for the Times
Pope Francis leaves behind a Church that is more engaged with the modern world, more attentive to the voices on the margins, and more transparent in its governance. While his papacy was not without controversy, particularly on issues such as gender roles and clergy abuse, his legacy is one of transformation, compassion, and moral courage.
As Cardinal Pietro Parolin, the Vatican Secretary of State, remarked: “He brought Christ closer to the people, and the people closer to Christ. In life and in death, he remained a shepherd to the very end.”
The world mourns the loss of a spiritual leader, reformer, and symbol of unity in a divided age.

Pope Francis Visits Rome’s Regina Coeli Prison, Offering Presence and Prayer in Holy Week Tradition

On the afternoon of April 17, Pope Francis made a deeply personal visit to Regina Coeli, the historic prison situated along the Tiber River in Rome. The visit, carried out without fanfare or large announcements, was in keeping with the Pope’s established tradition of spending Holy Thursday in solidarity with those on society’s margins. This year, although he was unable to perform the symbolic washing of feet, a hallmark of his previous Holy Week visits to prisons, the Pope made it clear that his intention to connect with the incarcerated remained steadfast. “I like to do each year what Jesus did on Holy Thursday, the washing of feet, in a prison,” he said. “This year I can’t, but I can and want to be near you. I pray for you and for your families.”

The pontiff arrived quietly at the prison at around 3 p.m., avoiding ceremonial protocols. He was received with warmth by prison director Claudia Clementi and members of the penitentiary staff before he made his way to the prison’s central rotunda. There, approximately 70 inmates had gathered in anticipation of his visit. These inmates came from diverse backgrounds and nationalities, all sharing a common commitment to the prison’s faith formation and catechetical programs led by the chaplain. The Pope’s arrival was not treated as a staged event; rather, it was a sincere and intimate encounter rooted in mutual respect and shared humanity.

The Pope’s presence in Regina Coeli carried a message that transcended spoken words. After a brief period of silent prayer, he moved unhurriedly through the rotunda, personally greeting each individual inmate. There were no formal speeches or scripted interactions—just meaningful moments of connection. Often, these encounters took place in silence, with the Pope’s gaze or gesture communicating volumes. These moments were filled with emotion, drawing attention to the deep compassion and humility that have come to define Francis’ papacy.

Despite not delivering a homily or organized address, the Pope did lead the group of inmates in reciting the Lord’s Prayer. Following this shared act of faith, he offered his blessing to all those present. His visit, though brief—lasting only about thirty minutes—left a profound impact. After blessing the inmates and exchanging final greetings, he quietly departed the prison grounds.

As he exited the gates of Regina Coeli, journalists managed to capture a few parting words from the Pope. In his customary humble manner, he offered a poignant reflection on his recurring visits to correctional facilities. “Every time I enter a prison, I ask myself: ‘Why them and not me?’” he said. These words underscored his recognition of the vulnerability and unpredictability that shape every human life. He seemed to reject the notion of moral superiority, emphasizing instead the shared human condition that binds all people—whether free or imprisoned.

When asked by reporters how he experiences Easter personally, the Pope’s response was simple yet telling. “As I can,” he replied. That brief statement carried a weight of humility, honesty, and universality—expressing the idea that faith, especially during the solemn time of Holy Week, is a journey shaped by personal circumstances, limitations, and sincerity.

Pope Francis’ visit to Regina Coeli stands as a testament to his unwavering commitment to minister to those often forgotten or stigmatized by society. Since the beginning of his papacy, he has consistently prioritized pastoral outreach over pomp, choosing to serve and connect with people where they are, especially those who suffer or are marginalized. His repeated visits to prisons during Holy Week reflect a deep theological conviction—an understanding of mercy, redemption, and the importance of presence over pronouncements.

Though he was physically limited this year from performing the traditional act of washing feet—a gesture that symbolizes service, humility, and love—his physical presence among the inmates spoke just as powerfully. His intention was unmistakable: to accompany, to listen, to bless, and to bring the message of Easter hope into the walls of a prison.

The Pope’s actions at Regina Coeli were in line with the values he has continually preached throughout his pontificate: closeness over distance, compassion over judgment, and the power of human dignity over social labels. Rather than standing above the inmates as a religious authority figure, he stood among them as a fellow pilgrim—someone aware of life’s fragility and the ever-present potential for both brokenness and redemption.

This visit marked another chapter in Pope Francis’ evolving legacy of hands-on, relational ministry. In choosing to spend part of Holy Week not in a grand cathedral but inside a prison, he reinforced his belief that the true meaning of Easter lies not only in liturgical celebration but in reaching out to the forgotten, the rejected, and the suffering.

In an era where religious leaders often face criticism for being out of touch with real-world suffering, Pope Francis continues to break the mold. His willingness to engage directly with those behind bars—offering not solutions, but solidarity—echoes the essence of Christ’s message during Holy Week: a message of love that embraces even the most abandoned.

For the inmates of Regina Coeli, the Pope’s visit offered more than just a blessing. It was a moment of recognition and grace, a reminder that they are seen, remembered, and valued. For the world observing from outside the prison walls, it was yet another example of Pope Francis’ unique pastoral approach—one grounded in humility, driven by empathy, and centered on the Gospel’s call to serve.

With his quiet half-hour at Regina Coeli, Pope Francis gave the world a glimpse of what Holy Thursday looks like when lived with authenticity: not as a spectacle, but as a sacred moment of encounter, of broken barriers, and of shared humanity.

Kerala Teen Sidhanshu Sivan to Chair Children’s Jury at Prestigious Giffoni Film Festival

In a remarkable recognition, 14-year-old Sidhanshu Sanjeev Sivan from Kerala has been chosen to preside over the children’s jury at the 55th edition of the Giffoni International Film Festival in Italy. The prestigious event, one of the world’s most celebrated children’s film festivals, is scheduled to take place from July 18 to 28 this year.

Currently a Class XI student at Loyola School in Thiruvananthapuram, Sidhanshu hails from the illustrious Sivans family, often referred to as Malayalam cinema’s first family. His roots in filmmaking run deep, with multiple generations of his family having made significant contributions to Indian cinema.

Sidhanshu’s father, Sanjeev Sivan, is a prominent filmmaker, while his mother, Deepti Pillay Sivan, is also an acclaimed director in the Malayalam film industry. His paternal lineage includes several legendary names in Indian cinema. His grandfather, the late Sivan, was a celebrated photographer and filmmaker who received multiple National Awards for his contributions to the field. His uncle, Santosh Sivan, is considered one of India’s finest cinematographers and has also been a recipient of several National Awards for his work. The family recently mourned the loss of another notable member, Sidhanshu’s uncle, Sangeeth Sivan, who passed away in May 2024. He was a director best known for his work on the Malayalam blockbuster ‘Yoddha’ starring Mohanlal.

This latest honour for Sidhanshu reflects the continuation of the family’s cinematic legacy. He will chair a jury that includes children from around the world. “Sidhanshu will chair a jury comprising children from various countries,” said his father, Sanjeev Sivan. The international jury panels at the Giffoni Festival are made up of about 600 young participants in each section, making it a dynamic platform for young minds to engage with cinema.

Sidhanshu is not new to the spotlight. He stepped into the world of acting with the film ‘OzhukiOzhukiOzhuki’, which was directed by his father. Most recently, he appeared in a double role in the film Achappa’s Album, known by its English title Grampa’s Album. This time-travel themed children’s film was directed by his mother, Deepti Pillay Sivan, and produced by the National Film Development Corporation (NFDC).

Achappa’s Album received a notable platform when it was screened in a special market section at the European Film Market (EFM) during the Berlinale 2025. The film’s warm reception and international exposure underscore the kind of storytelling and artistic creativity that the Sivans family continues to bring to the screen.

The film is a fantasy-laden coming-of-age story that delves into intergenerational relationships. It has been praised for its emotional depth, imaginative storytelling, and subtle humour. Audiences from across the globe have found the narrative both touching and entertaining. The film’s themes of connection between different generations, and its blend of realism with fantasy, have allowed it to strike a chord with a wide audience.

Sidhanshu’s growing presence in children’s cinema is also evident in his involvement in an upcoming mystery film titled Detective Ujjwakan. The project is directed by Sophie Paul and is expected to further showcase his acting abilities.

With his involvement in projects helmed by both his parents and backed by significant institutions like the NFDC, Sidhanshu is already carving out a niche for himself in the world of cinema. His selection to chair the jury at the Giffoni Festival is not only a personal milestone but also a reflection of the growing influence of Indian children’s cinema on the global stage.

The Giffoni International Film Festival, held annually in the town of Giffoni Valle Piana in southern Italy, is widely regarded as one of the most significant film events for children and youth. It provides young film lovers with an opportunity to watch films from different cultures and take part in discussions, workshops, and interactions with filmmakers and other creatives from around the world.

Being chosen to chair a jury at such a renowned festival is a rare honour, especially for someone so young. The experience promises to be not only a great learning opportunity for Sidhanshu but also a chance to interact with other young jurors and filmmakers from various cultural backgrounds.

His father, Sanjeev Sivan, expressed pride in his son’s achievement, calling it a significant moment for the family. He noted that such international exposure at a young age is invaluable. “Sidhanshu will chair a jury comprising children from various countries,” he reiterated, underscoring the importance of the cross-cultural engagement the festival promotes.

Sidhanshu’s rise also highlights how the legacy of the Sivans family continues to evolve with each generation. While his grandfather laid the foundation and his uncles brought national and international recognition to the family name, Sidhanshurepresents a new chapter—one where the traditions of storytelling and visual creativity are carried forward through fresh perspectives and youthful enthusiasm.

This new phase of his journey reflects a blend of old and new, of heritage and innovation. Through his acting roles and now as a jury chair at Giffoni, Sidhanshu seems poised to continue his family’s legacy while also crafting his own path in the evolving world of cinema.

His work in Achappa’s Album and his selection for Giffoni are just early milestones, but they signal a promising future. The film’s success and its international attention prove that Indian children’s films can resonate globally, especially when they are built around strong narratives and authentic performances.

As Sidhanshu heads to Italy to fulfill his duties at the Giffoni Film Festival, there is a strong sense of pride not just within his family, but also among those following Malayalam cinema. It is a moment that celebrates youthful talent, rich cinematic heritage, and the power of storytelling to bridge generations and cultures.

From a family steeped in film tradition to the international stage in Italy, Sidhanshu’s journey is a compelling story of talent, legacy, and opportunity. The spotlight is now on this young talent from Kerala, who represents both the promise of youth and the enduring power of a creative lineage.

Scientists Reconstruct LUCA: The Ancient Microbe That Sparked All Life on Earth

Every leaf on a plant, feather of an eagle, or even a smear of pond scum shares the same underlying code of life, written in just four DNA letters. Ribosomes interpret this genetic script, assembling 20 standard amino acids and powering cells using the universal energy molecule ATP. This remarkable uniformity across all life continues to intrigue scientists, who are chasing an age-old mystery: if the recipe is nearly identical everywhere, who authored the original version?

The answer appears to lie in LUCA, the Last Universal Common Ancestor—a long-extinct organism that existed at the evolutionary crossroads between Bacteria and Archaea.

The astonishing consistency in biology’s language and tools points to a shared origin.Living systems are not fond of coincidence. A single genetic alphabet, the same protein-making machinery, and a universal energy currency add up to more than luck.This raises the question of just how far back the shared biological toolkit extends.

To explore that, researchers led by Dr. Edmund Moody from the University of Bristol examined thousands of genomes. They aimed to trace the common genetic features of life back to their source. “The evolutionary history of genes is complicated by their exchange between lineages,” Moody explained. “We have to use complex evolutionary models to reconcile the evolutionary history of genes with the genealogy of species.”

Instead of applying strict thresholds, the team let the data determine which genes might have belonged to LUCA. Their analysis uncovered roughly 2,600 genes, similar in number to what’s found in many modern bacteria. Dr. Tom Williams, a co-author, emphasized the strength of their approach. “One of the real advantages here is applying the gene-tree species-tree reconciliation approach to such a diverse dataset representing the primary domains of life, Archaea and Bacteria. This allows us to say with some confidence – and assess that level of confidence – in how LUCA lived.”

Previous efforts to identify LUCA’s genetic makeup produced widely varying estimates, ranging from a minimal 80 genes to over 1,500 gene families. This new analysis, however, suggests LUCA was much more than a primitive organism. The 2,600-gene profile reveals a highly capable microbe, complete with membrane pumps, DNA repair systems, and the capacity to synthesize simple lipids.

Significantly, LUCA also had the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway—a set of chemical reactions that link carbon dioxide and hydrogen to produce acetate and energy. This process suggests LUCA could feed and energize itself without external assistance. That challenges earlier theories which imagined early life as simplistic, passively relying on geological activity to evolve.

Instead, LUCA appears to have been a robust and versatile creature, well-suited for the newly cooled Earth where liquid water could persist. Gene-tracing techniques suggest LUCA lived approximately 4.2 billion years ago—just a few hundred million years after the planet’s formation.

“We did not expect LUCA to be so old, within just hundreds of millions of years of Earth formation. However, our results fit with modern views on the habitability of early Earth,” said Dr. Sandra Álvarez-Carretero. During that ancient time, Earth’s surface was chaotic, with frequent asteroid collisions and widespread volcanic eruptions. Yet hydrothermal vents on the seafloor may have provided stable, warm habitats rich in metals like iron, nickel, and sulfur—minerals that could drive the very same chemical reactions found in LUCA’s genome.

LUCA’s reliance on the Wood–Ljungdahl pathway fits perfectly with this setting, where vent chemistry could have been transformed into sustenance and power. But LUCA’s stable existence didn’t last long.

“Our study showed that LUCA was a complex organism, not too different from modern prokaryotes. What is really interesting is that it clearly possessed an early immune system, showing that even by 4.2 billion years ago, our ancestor was already engaged in an arms race with viruses,” noted Professor Davide Pisani.

The presence of genes resembling modern CRISPR systems—a microbial immune defense—implies that viruses were already attacking cells at the dawn of life. These viral invasions didn’t just threaten LUCA; they helped shape it. Viral infections can shuffle genes between hosts, accelerating the development of new enzymes and metabolic processes. This constant threat may have driven early cells to adapt rapidly, passing on their innovations to future generations.

Although LUCA had significant capabilities, it was not alone. It likely coexisted with a diverse community of microbes, each contributing to a shared ecosystem. “Its waste would have been food for other microbes, like methanogens, that would have helped to create a recycling ecosystem,” said Tim Lenton from the University of Exeter.

In modern hydrothermal vent ecosystems, acetate-producing organisms and methane-makers exchange chemical byproducts, stabilizing their environment and creating balanced energy systems. It’s possible a similar arrangement existed billions of years ago, long before photosynthesis evolved.

These early microbial collaborations could have regulated carbon and hydrogen flows, and even smoothed out extreme changes in temperature and pH. Such cooperative systems might have paved the way for more complex evolutionary developments.

Understanding LUCA’s world and abilities isn’t just a historical exercise—it has implications for both science and the search for extraterrestrial life. “The findings and methods employed in this work will also inform future studies that look in more detail into the subsequent evolution of prokaryotes in light of Earth history, including the lesser-studied Archaea with their methanogenic representatives,” explained Professor Anja Spang from the Royal Netherlands Institute for Sea Research.

Professor Philip Donoghue underscored the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in this research. “This brought together data and techniques from across multiple fields,” he said. By pooling knowledge from genetics, geology, evolutionary biology, and microbiology, the team was able to reconstruct a clearer picture of life’s origins than any single discipline could have achieved on its own.

Donoghue also emphasized how quickly ecosystems formed on early Earth. “This suggests that life may be flourishing on Earth-like biospheres elsewhere in the universe,” he concluded.

The quest to understand LUCA is far from over. Each new genome collected from ocean sediment or desert soil adds more details to the picture. With sequencing technologies becoming faster and more affordable, scientists will continue to identify ancient gene families and search for traces of early viruses in microbial DNA.

Future expeditions that drill into untouched seafloor vents could uncover life forms that echo LUCA’s lifestyle, linking geological processes directly with genetic history. Although many questions remain, one conclusion is clear: life didn’t stumble onto the scene—it arrived fully equipped, ready to face viruses, and eager to reshape its surroundings. Today, every living organism still carries a spark from that ancient ancestor.

Globalization and Marriage: A Double-Edged Transformation Across Societies

The influence of globalization on marriage has sparked wide-ranging debates, with perspectives varying significantly on whether its effects are detrimental or transformative. While critics argue that globalization contributes to the erosion of marital stability by reshaping societal values, inducing economic stress, and promoting non-traditional partnerships, proponents highlight its potential to enhance gender equality and expand options for family life. The topic remains highly nuanced, as the overall impact appears to vary depending on cultural, economic, and personal factors.

One key argument suggesting that globalization leads to reduced marital stability revolves around the disruption of traditional social values. As societies become more interconnected, long-standing beliefs about marriage, family roles, and personal relationships often face challenges. A study published by the International Journal of Novel Research and Development (IJNRD) supports this view, observing that “globalization can erode traditional family values and social norms, leading to changes in attitudes towards marriage and family life.” This shift may lead individuals to question the importance or relevance of formalized marriage, opting instead for alternative forms of relationships that align better with contemporary lifestyles.

In addition to changing values, globalization is also closely associated with growing economic pressure, which can impact marital relationships. Economic instability, including job insecurity and rising inequality, can increase tension within households and reduce the resilience of marital bonds. A study conducted by Lupine Publishers warns that “globalization can lead to increased economic inequality and job insecurity, potentially putting strain on relationships and marriage.” This financial stress may manifest in conflict over roles and responsibilities, ultimately weakening the institution of marriage for many couples across different economic backgrounds.

The emergence and growing acceptance of alternative relationship structures also contributes to a possible decline in traditional marriage. Globalization fosters cultural exchange and exposure to different lifestyles, including cohabitation and long-term partnerships without legal or religious recognition. These evolving norms may make conventional marriage less central in some societies. As TODAY.com highlights, “globalization can lead to the acceptance and prevalence of non-traditional relationship models, such as cohabitation, which may decrease the emphasis on marriage as a primary social institution.” In some communities, the once-standard expectation of marriage is now one of many possible paths individuals may choose for intimate partnerships.

Another factor often cited as influencing marital dynamics is the transformation of gender roles. As globalization accelerates, traditional expectations regarding men and women’s roles within a marriage are undergoing significant changes. Women, in particular, are increasingly engaging in the workforce, gaining access to education, and asserting their autonomy. While these developments can foster greater equality, they can also cause friction in households where more conventional gender norms persist. The United Nations comments on this shift, stating that “globalization can lead to changes in traditional gender roles and expectations, potentially impacting the dynamics within marriage and family life.” These changes may result in role renegotiations, and in some cases, conflict, particularly in societies where shifts in gender dynamics are met with resistance.

Yet, while globalization has been linked with marital strain and shifts in traditional norms, other scholars and analysts see it as a force for progress and diversification in family life. One of the most significant benefits observed is the increased autonomy of women. As societies modernize, women gain greater economic and social independence, which may lead to more fulfilling and equitable marriages. The United Nations highlights this positive development, noting that “globalization can empower women economically and socially, potentially leading to more equitable marriages and a greater focus on personal fulfillment within relationships.” These improvements in gender equity may contribute to stronger relationships based on mutual respect and shared goals, rather than dependence or obligation.

In line with this perspective is the growing diversity in family forms. Rather than adhering to a single template of marriage, individuals today have more flexibility to choose relationship models that best reflect their values and aspirations. This diversification allows people to structure their family lives in ways that feel most authentic to them. According to the Institute for Family Studies, “globalization can lead to a wider range of family structures and relationship models, allowing individuals to choose what best suits their needs and preferences.” From single-parent households to blended families and non-marital partnerships, the modern family now exists in many different forms, driven in part by the forces of globalization.

Another frequently mentioned benefit is the increased emphasis on personal growth and individual goals in marriage decisions. Globalization fosters broader educational and career opportunities, greater mobility, and exposure to various cultural ideals. These conditions empower individuals to reflect more deeply on what they want from marriage and life. Rather than marrying out of societal pressure, people are now more likely to make intentional and well-considered choices. As TODAY.com explains, “globalization can encourage individuals to prioritize their personal goals and values, potentially leading to more deliberate and fulfilling marriage choices.” This shift suggests that while fewer people may marry in traditional ways, those who do are more likely to be entering relationships grounded in compatibility and shared aspirations.

The overall conclusion, however, is that globalization’s impact on marriage cannot be understood through a one-size-fits-all lens. Instead, its effects vary greatly based on the surrounding cultural, social, and economic context. A study by Indiana University Bloomington encapsulates this perspective, stating that “globalization’s impact on marriage is multifaceted and depends on various factors, including cultural context, economic conditions, and individual preferences. While some argue that it undermines traditional marriage, others see it as a catalyst for change and the development of more diverse and equitable family forms.”

Ultimately, the relationship between globalization and marriage reflects the broader tensions of a world in flux. On the one hand, long-standing structures and expectations are being questioned or even dismantled, leading to feelings of uncertainty or instability for some. On the other, these very shifts create space for new models of partnership—ones that emphasize equality, autonomy, and authenticity. Whether globalization weakens or strengthens the institution of marriage may depend less on globalization itself and more on how societies choose to respond to the changes it brings.

Rahul Gandhi Set for Two-Day US Visit, to Speak at Brown University and Engage with Indian Diaspora

Rahul Gandhi, India’s Leader of Opposition, is scheduled to undertake a two-day trip to the United States starting April 21. This visit will include a series of engagements focused on academic interaction and community outreach, especially with the Indian diaspora in the U.S.

During his visit, Gandhi will be heading to Rhode Island, where he will participate in a key event at Brown University. He is expected to take part in a session titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” at the Watson Institute for International and Public Affairs. This event is being organized by the Saxena Center for Contemporary South Asia and is slated to be held on April 21. As part of this academic exchange, Gandhi will also interact with Brown University’s faculty members and students, providing them with insights into Indian politics and governance from the perspective of the opposition.

Aside from the university session, the Congress leader will also meet with members of the Indian-American community during his U.S. visit. These meetings are expected to include interactions with non-resident Indians as well as representatives of the Indian Overseas Congress, which functions as the international arm of the Indian National Congress party. The Indian Overseas Congress plays an important role in engaging with the global Indian diaspora and promoting the Congress party’s ideology abroad.

Pawan Khera, the chairman of the Congress party’s media and publicity department, confirmed the details of Gandhi’s itinerary through a post on X, formerly known as Twitter. In his post, Khera stated, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.”

This upcoming trip marks Gandhi’s second visit to the United States in the span of a few months. His previous U.S. tour took place in September 2024, during which he addressed faculty and students at the University of Texas. That visit also included meetings with various Indian diaspora groups in Texas and the nation’s capital, Washington, D.C. These interactions have become part of Gandhi’s broader efforts to connect with Indians abroad and present his party’s vision on international platforms.

In addition to the University of Texas, Gandhi has delivered speeches and participated in dialogues at several renowned international academic institutions. These include appearances at Harvard University, the University of Cambridge, and Stanford University. Through these engagements, he has sought to present his thoughts on democracy, economic development, and the social challenges facing India. His academic outreach is viewed as part of a broader attempt to rebrand his political persona and expand his influence beyond Indian borders.

Brown University, where Gandhi is scheduled to speak during his upcoming visit, is one of the oldest and most prestigious universities in the United States. Founded in 1764, the Ivy League institution has a long-standing reputation for academic excellence and political engagement. Over the years, it has hosted a variety of global political leaders and public intellectuals, serving as a platform for high-level discussions on international affairs.

The event titled “A Conversation with Rahul Gandhi” is expected to draw significant attention from students, faculty, and members of the South Asian community in the region. With the growing interest in India’s political dynamics ahead of the next general elections, Gandhi’s thoughts on current national issues are likely to be closely followed. His appearance at Brown University is anticipated to provide him an opportunity to articulate his vision for India and present his critique of the current government in a global forum.

This kind of academic interaction is not new for Gandhi, who has made it a point to include such discussions during his international visits. These engagements often allow him to explain the Congress party’s stance on matters ranging from economic policy to social justice, and to underline the importance of democratic institutions in India. They also provide him with a space to address questions and criticisms in a relatively open and intellectually oriented environment.

In addition to addressing academic audiences, Gandhi’s outreach to the Indian-American community has also been a consistent part of his international itinerary. The Indian diaspora in the United States has played an increasingly influential role in shaping political perceptions and promoting bilateral ties between the two nations. Engaging with these communities allows Gandhi to build networks of support and understanding that can be strategically valuable, especially as India continues to play a larger role in global affairs.

The Indian Overseas Congress, which coordinates many of these diaspora engagements, has been instrumental in organizing meetings and forums for Gandhi during his visits. These interactions often serve dual purposes: strengthening the Congress party’s presence among overseas Indians and allowing Gandhi to gauge the concerns and expectations of expatriate communities. Such dialogues can also be an opportunity to correct misconceptions and present the Congress’s political agenda directly to a global Indian audience.

Gandhi’s recent travels to foreign universities and diaspora hubs highlight a broader strategy by the Congress party to rebuild its image and international credibility. In contrast to the more centralized and nationalistic messaging of the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), the Congress leader has often emphasized themes of democratic resilience, inclusivity, and global cooperation in his foreign engagements.

While the impact of such visits on domestic electoral politics may be limited, they do contribute to shaping global narratives about India and its leadership. Gandhi’s appearances on international stages are covered widely by both Indian and global media, influencing how Indian politics is perceived abroad.

His choice of Brown University for his next academic appearance fits into this pattern of aligning with reputed institutions that foster open discussion. As he prepares for the event and subsequent interactions, both his supporters and critics will be watching closely to see how effectively he uses the platform to project his political philosophy and connect with younger, globally-minded audiences.

With India set to enter another election cycle in the near future, Gandhi’s overseas engagements, including his forthcoming U.S. visit, are likely to be viewed through both diplomatic and political lenses. They reflect a continuing effort by the Congress leader to maintain visibility, build international rapport, and strengthen ties with communities that can indirectly influence India’s external image and internal discourse.

In summary, Rahul Gandhi’s two-day visit to the United States on April 21 and 22 includes a major speaking engagement at Brown University in Rhode Island, along with meetings with Indian-American community members and Congress party affiliates. As Pawan Khera noted, “Former Congress president Rahul Gandhi will be visiting Brown University, in Rhode Island, United States, on the 21st and 22nd of April. He will be giving a talk and interacting with faculty members and students.” This marks another chapter in Gandhi’s continued effort to blend academic dialogue, community interaction, and international outreach as he seeks to play a leading role in shaping India’s political future.

India Assists Students Facing U.S. Visa Issues as Bilateral Engagement Deepens

India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) announced on April 17 that its diplomatic missions in the United States are actively engaging with Indian students affected by recent revocations of F-1 visas, offering them support and guidance. This development comes as multiple Indian nationals studying in the U.S. have been informed by American authorities about concerns regarding their visa status.

“We are aware that several Indian students have received communication from the U.S. government regarding their F-1 visa status, which happens to be the student visa. We are looking into the matter,” MEA spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal said during the ministry’s weekly press conference.

He further added, “Our Embassy and Consulates are in touch with the students to provide support.” This statement represents a notable evolution in the MEA’s stance. Until recently, the ministry primarily focused on advising Indian citizens abroad to adhere to local laws, rather than directly intervening in immigration matters. However, with growing concerns surrounding the nature of some of these visa revocations, Indian authorities have stepped in to play a more proactive role.

The statement marks a shift from the MEA’s earlier position that primarily advised Indian nationals to comply with local laws. The Trump administration’s immigration enforcement has led to dozens of Indian students receiving notices, with some reportedly linked to protest activity or minor infractions such as traffic violations.

Among those affected is Chinmay Deore, a final-year student at Wayne State University in Michigan. Deore, along with three other international students, has submitted a formal appeal to U.S. authorities, requesting that their F-1 visa status be reinstated. The students are receiving assistance from the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) in pursuing legal recourse. Deore and his fellow students have maintained that none of them face any criminal charges, despite the visa cancellations.

Although the MEA has not specifically mentioned Deore’s case in its communications, it has indicated that legal support is being advised as the primary route for affected individuals. “Our Embassy and Consulates are in touch with the students to provide support,” reiterated Jaiswal, emphasizing the ministry’s growing role in helping students navigate the fallout.

In a related case earlier this week, a Wisconsin court issued a stay on the deportation order against Krish Isserdasani, an Indian student enrolled at the University of Madison-Wisconsin. The court ruling has provided temporary relief and may set a precedent for other students facing similar legal challenges.

At the same time, recent data released by U.S. authorities has highlighted a sharp decline in the number of student visas issued to Indian nationals. In February 2025, the number of F-1 visas granted at American diplomatic missions in India fell by nearly 30 percent compared to the same month the previous year. This decline raises concerns over the broader implications for educational and people-to-people ties between the two countries.

As these immigration challenges unfold, bilateral diplomatic engagement remains active. The MEA also addressed questions about the upcoming official visit of U.S. Vice President JD Vance to India. During this visit, Vance is expected to meet with Prime Minister Narendra Modi and other top Indian leaders.

“With the United States of America, we have a Comprehensive Strategic Global Partnership. So, when you have that level of partnership with any country, obviously you will discuss all relevant issues,” Jaiswal told reporters. He noted that discussions during the visit are likely to cover a wide range of topics, including bilateral cooperation, regional matters, and Indo-Pacific security.

New Delhi is optimistic that the Vice President’s visit will contribute positively to strengthening the already close ties between India and the United States. Both countries have been working on multiple fronts, from defense and technology collaborations to strategic alignment in the Indo-Pacific. Vance’s trip is expected to reinforce these initiatives and address emerging concerns such as student mobility, immigration policy, and cross-border education.

India has long viewed education as a cornerstone of its relationship with the United States. Each year, tens of thousands of Indian students pursue higher education in American universities, contributing to academic research, economic growth, and innovation. The recent visa issues, however, have cast a shadow over these traditionally robust exchanges. Indian authorities are therefore keen to resolve the situation promptly and diplomatically, hoping to maintain the positive trajectory of educational cooperation.

The MEA’s active involvement in the cases of affected students signals a broader policy approach where the Indian government is willing to step in when citizens abroad face difficulties, especially in contexts that involve perceived administrative overreach or legal ambiguity. The support extended to students is likely to be welcomed by the Indian diaspora and educational community, both of which have been expressing concern over the sudden visa actions.

While the final outcomes of the ongoing legal cases remain to be seen, Indian officials have reaffirmed their commitment to safeguarding the interests of students abroad. With U.S. Vice President JD Vance’s visit on the horizon, there is an opportunity for both countries to address the visa concerns within the broader framework of their strategic partnership.

The MEA, meanwhile, continues to monitor the situation closely and remains engaged with U.S. authorities. “Our Embassy and Consulates are in touch with the students to provide support,” Jaiswal emphasized once again, underscoring that India will remain involved as the cases proceed.

At a time when global mobility and international education are facing unprecedented challenges, both governments may need to collaborate more closely to ensure that legitimate students are not caught in the crossfire of policy enforcement or political shifts. India is expected to raise these issues during the upcoming diplomatic engagements, seeking clarity and fairness in visa processes while reaffirming its commitment to international norms and mutual respect.

As Indian students await clarity and legal resolutions, the outcome of these efforts will likely influence not just current visa applicants but the broader landscape of U.S.-India educational ties for years to come.

Government Tightens Passport Rules with New Requirements and Privacy Enhancements

In a major policy overhaul, the central government has introduced stricter rules for passport applications, revising documentation standards and streamlining procedures. These changes, which came into effect from October 1, 2023, are aimed at enhancing security, improving efficiency, and protecting citizens’ personal information. The revised regulations include mandatory documentation updates, the introduction of new privacy features, and infrastructural expansion plans. Below are the five most important aspects of the new passport rules.

One of the most significant changes is the mandatory requirement of a birth certificate for certain applicants. As per the new regulation, individuals born on or after October 1, 2023, must provide a birth certificate as the exclusive official document to prove their date of birth. The certificate must be issued by the Municipal Corporation, the Registrar of Births and Deaths, or any other authority empowered under the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969. This measure intends to bring uniformity and clarity to the documentation process for new applicants.

For applicants born before this cutoff date, the government has maintained flexibility by allowing them to use alternative documents. These may include extracts from service records, a PAN card, a driving licence, a school leaving certificate, or a matriculation certificate. This distinction between new and existing applicants ensures that older individuals are not burdened with the task of obtaining new documents, while enforcing stricter standards for those born from the designated date onward.

The second major change pertains to how residential addresses are recorded and displayed in passports. In a move intended to enhance security and preserve privacy, residential addresses will no longer be printed on the last page of passports. Instead, a digital barcode will store this information. Immigration officials will be able to scan the barcode to retrieve the applicant’s address details when needed.

This digital shift aligns with global trends in passport modernization, where sensitive information is increasingly stored in machine-readable formats rather than being openly displayed. By embedding the residential address in a barcode, the government hopes to reduce the misuse of personal data while ensuring that officials can still access the required information quickly and efficiently. This update represents a clear move toward making Indian passports both more secure and technologically advanced.

In an effort to make passport types more identifiable and systematic, the government has also introduced a new colour-coding system. According to the revised framework, different types of passports will now be distinguished by their colour. White passports will be issued to government officials, red passports will be designated for diplomats, and blue passports will continue to be used for ordinary citizens.

This classification aims to make it easier for immigration authorities and officials to quickly identify the nature of a passport holder’s role or purpose of travel. The system brings India in line with several other countries that already use passport colours to indicate various categories of travelers. While the blue passport remains the standard for the general population, the new white and red passports will make distinctions clearer for those representing the country in an official capacity.

Another noteworthy change in the passport format involves the removal of parents’ names from the last page. The government has decided to do away with the earlier practice of including the names of the passport holder’s mother and father on the document. This change is largely driven by privacy considerations and the aim to create a more inclusive system for individuals from diverse family backgrounds.

For people from single-parent households or those who are estranged from one or both parents, the earlier requirement often led to discomfort and administrative complications. By removing this condition, the government is hoping to provide a more equitable experience for all citizens. This move has been widely welcomed by privacy advocates and individuals from non-traditional family structures.

The final key reform is the planned expansion of passport services through the increase in the number of Post Office Passport Seva Kendras (POPSKs). Currently, there are 442 such centres across the country. As part of the new policy, the government intends to raise this number to 600 over the next five years. This expansion is expected to significantly improve the accessibility of passport-related services, especially in semi-urban and rural regions.

To facilitate this development, the Department of Posts and the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) have renewed their existing Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) for another five years. This continued partnership ensures that the necessary infrastructure and operational support will be available for the proposed growth. By expanding the POPSK network, the government aims to bring passport services closer to people’s homes, reducing travel time and making the entire process more convenient.

According to officials, these changes are part of a broader effort to create a passport application system that is not only more secure but also faster and easier for citizens to navigate. By introducing stricter documentation for future applicants, digitizing personal data, and simplifying passport formats, the government is taking steps to minimize bureaucratic hurdles while enhancing the integrity of the process.

“The new rules are meant to streamline the passport issuance process and strengthen data security,” a senior government official explained. “We believe these changes will result in a safer and more citizen-friendly experience.”

Overall, the revised passport rules reflect a clear push toward modernization and standardization. The use of digital tools to store sensitive information such as residential addresses, the removal of potentially intrusive personal details, and the differentiation of passport types through colour-coding are all steps in the direction of improving both functionality and privacy.

In summary, the central government’s new passport regulations, which took effect from October 1, 2023, introduce a mandatory birth certificate requirement for newer applicants, digitize address storage using barcodes, implement a passport colour-coding system, eliminate the need to print parents’ names, and plan for the expansion of passport service centers. Each of these changes is designed to make the process of applying for a passport more efficient, secure, and inclusive for Indian citizens.

Indian Students in U.S. Face Visa Revocations, Deportation Threats, and Legal Battles

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has acknowledged that a number of Indian students in the United States have received notices from the U.S. government about their F-1 visa status. MEA spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal addressed the issue during a press conference in New Delhi, stating that the Indian embassy and consulates are actively engaged with the affected students.

“We are aware that several Indian students have received communication from the US government regarding their F-1 visa status. We are looking into the matter. Our Embassy and consulate are in touch with the students,” said Jaiswal.

The situation has sparked legal action from some international students. Chinmay Deore, an Indian student in the U.S., joined three other foreign nationals in filing a lawsuit on Friday against the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and immigration officials. The lawsuit, reported by PTI, claims that their immigration status was unfairly and unlawfully terminated.

Deore filed the case alongside Xiangyun Bu and Qiuyi Yang from China and Yogesh Joshi from Nepal. All four are students at public universities in Michigan. According to their legal petition, their student status in the Student and Exchange Visitor Information System (SEVIS) was terminated without proper notice or explanation. The lawsuit emphasizes that this termination was both abrupt and illegal, putting them at risk of deportation despite having valid student credentials.

The impact of these federal actions has been significant, placing hundreds of international students in a precarious legal position. According to an investigation by the Associated Press that reviewed statements from universities and officials, at least 901 students from 128 educational institutions have seen their visas revoked or their immigration status terminated since mid-March. These institutions include a mix of prestigious private universities like Harvard and Stanford, major public schools such as the University of Maryland and Ohio State University, and smaller liberal arts colleges.

In one notable case, a U.S. federal judge intervened to temporarily halt the deportation of Krish Lal Isserdasani, a 21-year-old Indian undergraduate student at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. Isserdasani, who has held an F-1 visa since 2021, is in his final semester pursuing a degree in computer engineering.

According to court filings, “having maintained full-time enrollment and good academic standing, Isserdasani is now in the final semester of his senior year with less than 30 days remaining until an expected graduation on May 10, 2025.” The documents also noted that Isserdasani received no prior communication from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, his university, or the State Department about any changes to his visa status. His deportation, if carried out, would have prevented him from completing his degree and applying for Optional Practical Training (OPT), a post-study work program permitted under the F-1 visa rules.

The growing number of deportations is concerning. Since January, the United States has deported 682 Indians. Although many of these individuals entered the country unlawfully, there has also been a noticeable trend of student visa revocations. Some of these revocations are reportedly linked to student involvement in political protests, particularly those related to the Israel-Palestine conflict.

In many cases, students were informed via email by their school’s Designated School Officials (DSOs) that their records in SEVIS had been terminated. This cancellation invalidated their Form I-20, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), and legal student status in the U.S. The reasons cited for visa revocation ranged from relatively minor infractions like traffic violations—including speeding, driving without a licensed supervisor while on a learner’s permit, and failing to stop at a red light—to more serious but previously resolved issues such as shoplifting and alcohol-related offenses.

There have also been instances where students opted to self-deport after losing their visa status. One such case involves Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian scholar who left the U.S. in March 2025. According to the Department of Homeland Security, Srinivasan self-deported after participating in a pro-Palestinian demonstration at Columbia University.

Another high-profile incident involved Badar Khan Suri, an Indian researcher in conflict studies at Georgetown University. He was detained on March 17 following allegations of antisemitic speech and alleged links to Hamas. Suri, however, refuted the accusations and claimed he was being targeted due to his wife’s Palestinian heritage. He is currently being held at an immigration detention center in Louisiana.

The U.S. government has recently intensified its scrutiny of international students, especially those involved in campus activism. The Department of State (DOS) has been asking students to self-deport, citing concerns over their political engagement. The crackdown is partly driven by social media reviews conducted by the DOS, which now extend to new visa applicants as well.

Even individuals applying for F (academic study), M (vocational training), or J (exchange visitor) visas may be affected by this social media screening. Based on their online activity, applicants can be denied a visa or asked to leave the country.

Understanding the student visa process is key to grasping the implications of these developments. To obtain a U.S. student visa—commonly an F-1 visa—students must first gain admission to a recognized school or university in the country. Following that, they must undergo an application and interview process at a U.S. embassy or consulate in their home country.

A major requirement for the F-1 visa is proof of adequate financial support to cover the costs of education and living expenses. While enrolled, students must maintain full-time academic status and typically face restrictions on off-campus employment. Although the State Department manages entry visas, the Student and Exchange Visitor Program, under the DHS, oversees the students’ legal status after they arrive in the U.S.

The current wave of visa revocations, student lawsuits, and legal interventions underscores a growing unease among international students in the United States. As the U.S. tightens its immigration oversight—especially for those participating in political expression—the future remains uncertain for hundreds of students caught in the crossfire of policy enforcement and academic aspiration.

Kamalesh (KP) Patel Chosen as Chairman of AAHOA

NEW ORLEANS, April 17, 2025 – The Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA), the world’s largest hotel owners association, proudly announces the appointment of Kamalesh (KP) Patel as its 35th Chairman of the Board for the 2025–2026 term.

Patel officially assumed the role at the conclusion of AAHOACON25, the association’s annual Convention & Trade Show, which took place April 15-17 at the Ernest N. Morial Convention Center in New Orleans.

A second-generation hotelier from Santa Cruz, California, Patel grew up immersed in the hospitality business, working alongside his family and now managing properties with his wife, Krishna. He follows in the footsteps of his father, Suresh (SP) Patel, a respected industry leader and former AAHOA Board Member and North Pacific Regional Director.

“It’s an incredible honor to serve as Chairman of AAHOA,” said Patel. “This association has been the backbone of support for hotel owners like myself. As we navigate an ever-changing industry, I’m committed to strengthening our foundation, empowering membership, and ensuring AAHOA continues to be the voice, the resource, and the community that hotel owners rely on.”

Prior to his appointment, Patel served as AAHOA’s North Pacific Regional Director and was a Premier Ambassador for several years. He was elected Secretary in 2022, beginning a leadership journey that now culminates with his Chairmanship.

Patel’s platform centers on the theme of “Strengthening AAHOA Through Member Empowerment.” His vision includes eight key priorities:

  1. Profitability First: Prioritizing member ROI in every initiative
  2. Stronger Advocacy: Amplifying our voice at every level of government
  3. Member Engagement: Creating more ways for you to get involved
  4. Open Dialogue: Tackling tough conversations with brands and policymakers
  5. One Team, One Vision: Driving unity across AAHOA leadership
  6. Investing in the Future: Elevating next-gen and leadership programs
  7. Transparency & Accountability: Keeping members informed and empowered
  8. Giving Back: Mobilizing through the AAHOA Charitable Foundation

“AAHOA isn’t just an association – it’s a family,” Patel added. “This community shaped my career, and now, it’s my turn to serve. If AAHOA isn’t delivering value, creating opportunities, and strengthening this industry, then we’re not doing our job. I want every member to know their voice matters and that this association belongs to them.”

“On behalf of AAHOA, we congratulate KP on his new role as Chairman,” said AAHOA President & CEO Laura Lee Blake. He brings a deep commitment to our mission and a clear vision for the future. We are excited to work together to advance AAHOA’s advocacy, expand our impact, and continue building an association that reflects the strength and spirit of America’s hotel owners.”

About AAHOA

AAHOA is the largest hotel owners association in the nation, with Member-owned properties representing a significant part of the U.S. economy. AAHOA’s 20,000 members own 60% of the hotels in the United States and are responsible for 1.4% of the nation’s GDP. More than 1 million employees work at AAHOA member-owned hotels, earning $51.3 billion annually, and member-owned hotels support 4.2 million U.S. jobs across all sectors of the hospitality industry. AAHOA’s mission is to advance and protect the business interests of hotel owners through advocacy, industry leadership, professional development, member benefits, and community engagement.

US Vice President J D Vance Set to Visit India from April 21 to 24

United States Vice President J D Vance is scheduled to embark on his first official trip to India from April 21 to April 24, as confirmed by the Indian government. Accompanying him on this significant diplomatic journey will be Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and key senior officials from the Trump administration. The visit marks a continuation of the strong strategic partnership between India and the United States, following recent high-level exchanges between the two countries.

The Indian government announced in an official statement that Vance will hold a meeting with Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21, a central component of his three-day visit. “The Vice President and his delegation will have other engagements in Delhi and are also scheduled to visit Jaipur and Agra before departing for Washington DC on April 24,” the statement noted. The visit is being viewed as a valuable opportunity for both nations to assess the current status of their bilateral relations and evaluate the implementation of the key outcomes outlined in the joint statement released on February 13 during Prime Minister Modi’s trip to the United States.

During his time in India, Vice President Vance is expected to engage in wide-ranging discussions with Indian leaders, covering important regional and global developments. These discussions are aimed at deepening mutual understanding and coordination on issues of shared concern. According to the Indian government, “The visit will provide an opportunity for both sides to review progress in bilateral relations and implementation of the outcomes of the India-US joint statement issued on Feb 13 during Modi’s visit.”

The U.S. side has also issued a formal announcement confirming the visit and underlining its cultural and diplomatic importance. The statement emphasized that Vice President Vance and his family will take part in cultural engagements during their stay in India. “Vance and family will participate in engagements at cultural sites in India,” it noted. These cultural activities are expected to underscore the strong people-to-people ties that form an essential pillar of the India-U.S. relationship.

The choice of cities for the Vice President’s itinerary reflects a mix of political and cultural interests. While the official meetings and diplomatic exchanges will be conducted in New Delhi, the delegation’s visits to Jaipur and Agra will allow them to experience India’s rich cultural heritage firsthand. Jaipur, known as the Pink City, is famous for its architectural marvels and vibrant local culture, while Agra is home to the iconic Taj Mahal, one of the most visited landmarks in the world and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

The timing of the visit is significant as it comes at a moment when both nations are keen to expand their cooperation across several sectors, including defense, technology, trade, and climate. The February 13 joint statement, which will be a reference point for many of the discussions during Vance’s trip, outlined a comprehensive framework for advancing shared priorities. This includes enhanced defense collaboration, promotion of clean energy initiatives, facilitation of critical and emerging technologies, and bolstering economic exchanges.

Both governments appear eager to maintain the momentum that was established during earlier high-level engagements, and this upcoming visit by Vice President Vance provides a platform to reinforce those commitments. Given the strategic convergence between India and the United States in the Indo-Pacific and beyond, it is expected that the two sides will use the opportunity to exchange views on pressing regional security concerns and align their positions on global matters of mutual interest.

Observers believe that the presence of Second Lady Usha Vance and their children on this trip adds a personal touch to the diplomatic visit and signifies the importance of strengthening interpersonal and cultural dimensions of the bilateral relationship. It is common for leaders and their families to engage in such symbolic gestures, which often resonate positively with the public and media on both sides.

As this is Vance’s inaugural trip to India, it also carries symbolic weight and serves as a message about the priorities of the Trump administration in its approach to foreign policy, particularly in relation to South Asia. His engagement with Indian leaders, cultural figures, and civil society will be closely watched as a measure of how Washington aims to frame its ties with New Delhi in the coming years.

The visit is also likely to involve discussions on major global developments, including geopolitical tensions, economic recovery post-pandemic, and cooperation in international forums. With India playing an increasingly influential role on the world stage, both nations are looking to align their diplomatic efforts and maximize their shared interests through frequent and high-level engagements.

Throughout the three-day visit, Vice President Vance and his delegation are expected to participate in a series of official meetings, policy discussions, and cultural programs. His interactions in New Delhi are likely to include sessions with Indian cabinet ministers and senior officials to deepen collaboration across various sectors. In Jaipur and Agra, the delegation will engage in site visits that not only highlight India’s historical and architectural treasures but also reflect the broader cultural diplomacy goals of the visit.

While specific details about the cultural engagements have not been released, it is expected that the Vance family’s participation will focus on showcasing appreciation for India’s heritage, further enhancing the warmth of the bilateral ties. Such cultural interactions have often been used as a tool to emphasize common values and build lasting goodwill between nations.

The government of India has stated that this visit will help advance the implementation of previously agreed-upon measures and identify new areas of cooperation. By reviewing the deliverables from the February 13 joint statement, both countries hope to chart a forward-looking roadmap for deeper cooperation. The government noted, “The two sides will exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest.”

This visit marks yet another chapter in the continuing evolution of India-U.S. ties, which have steadily grown stronger over the past two decades. With regular exchanges at the highest levels, both nations have worked to build a strategic partnership rooted in democratic values, mutual trust, and shared aspirations for peace and prosperity.

As Vice President Vance concludes his trip on April 24, analysts will be watching closely for the outcomes and signals emerging from this diplomatic engagement. The visit not only underscores the importance of the bilateral relationship but also sets the stage for further collaboration as both nations navigate complex global challenges and opportunities together.

Trump Administration Enforces Old Immigration Rule, Mandates Legal Status Proof for All Non-Citizens

Non-citizens residing in the United States, whether they are on H-1B work visas, F-1 student visas, or other legal permits, are now required to carry proof of their legal immigration status at all times. This requirement comes under a new directive from the Donald Trump administration, which became effective on April 11. The directive is part of a broader executive order titled ‘Protecting the American People Against Invasion’ and is intended to intensify immigration enforcement efforts, with the potential for deportation targeting individuals lacking legal status.

This latest move is essentially a stricter application of a pre-existing law. The foundation of the policy lies in the Alien Registration Act of 1940, a law that required immigrants to register with the U.S. government. Although it existed for decades, the rule was not enforced consistently. The new directive revives this old requirement under what is now being called the Alien Registration Requirement (ARR), implementing clearer timelines and harsher penalties for non-compliance.

Under the updated regulation, all non-citizens who are 14 years or older and have been living in the U.S. for over 30 days must register using Form G-325R. For children under 14, parents are responsible for registering them. Additionally, new immigrants must complete registration within 30 days of entering the U.S. Failure to comply could lead to penalties such as fines, jail sentences, or a combination of both. Any change in residential address must be reported to the authorities within 10 days. Furthermore, children who turn 14 must re-register and submit their fingerprints within 30 days.

This rule is particularly significant for Indian nationals and other legal immigrants living in the United States. There are approximately 5.4 million Indians in the country, among whom around 220,000 are believed to be undocumented. Legal residents such as H-1B visa holders and international students are not required to fill out the registration form again since they are already officially registered. However, they are still expected to carry documents that confirm their legal status.

“This measure intends to enhance national security by ensuring that all individuals in the country are properly documented,” said Aurelia Menezes, a partner at King Stubb & Kasiva, Advocates and Attorneys, in a statement to Business Standard. She also noted, “It also seeks to prevent fraudulent activities and improve the enforcement of immigration laws.”

Non-compliance with this rule carries serious consequences. Individuals who fail to carry or produce their immigration documents when required could face a fine or even a jail term of up to six months. Importantly, registration alone does not shield individuals from deportation. If a person’s immigration documents are missing, expired, or otherwise deemed invalid, they may still be subject to removal from the country.

“All non-citizens 18 and older must carry this documentation (registration proof) at all times,” said Kristi Noem, Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security. “The administration has directed the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to prioritise enforcement. There will be no sanctuary for noncompliance.”

To reduce the risk of legal troubles, Menezes advised Indian immigrants and other non-citizens to take several precautionary steps. These include ensuring that all immigration documents are valid, storing the originals in a safe place, and carrying either clear or notarised copies. She also recommended that if immigration officers attempt to take original documents, individuals should ask for proper identification and request a written explanation detailing who took the documents and why. If necessary, they should ask for a lawyer.

Further guidance on handling encounters with U.S. immigration officers has been provided by Abhisha Parikh, a U.S.-based immigration attorney. In a recent social media post, she listed several key actions for individuals to remember if stopped by immigration enforcement officials:

  1. Remain calm and avoid fleeing the scene.
  2. Inquire whether you are free to leave, and if permitted, walk away.
  3. Request to see a badge, since ICE agents may wear uniforms labeled “police.”
  4. Exercise your right to remain silent.
  5. Do not resist or attempt to grab personal belongings without permission.
  6. Refuse to consent to any searches unless the agents present a valid judicial warrant.
  7. You are not obligated to answer questions about your immigration status.
  8. S. citizens are not required to carry proof of citizenship.
  9. Undocumented immigrants have the right to request a lawyer and decline to answer questions.
  10. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents cannot detain anyone based solely on race or ethnicity.
  11. Create an emergency plan with family members in case of arrest or detention.
  12. Never sign any documents without consulting a legal expert.

In the unfortunate event that an individual is arrested, they should ask for a lawyer immediately. It is vital to remain silent and avoid making any statements until legal counsel is present.

This new enforcement drive reflects the Trump administration’s broader stance on immigration, one that aims to tighten rules and enhance scrutiny of non-citizens living in the U.S. Even though the registration requirements themselves are not new, the emphasis on enforcement and the increased consequences for non-compliance signal a more aggressive approach.

Legal experts believe the directive may add pressure and confusion among immigrant communities, particularly those who have lived in the U.S. for years under valid status. Even individuals who are fully compliant with visa and registration requirements now face the added burden of carrying documentation with them wherever they go.

Despite concerns over the potential for racial profiling and civil liberties violations, administration officials argue that the measure is necessary for national security and law enforcement purposes. While undocumented immigrants remain the primary target, the rule’s broader application means that all non-citizens, including those lawfully present in the country, must be cautious.

In summary, the newly enforced Alien Registration Requirement is a stark reminder that even longstanding immigration laws can be brought back into action under changing political priorities. Legal immigrants are advised to remain vigilant, prepared, and informed to avoid unnecessary complications under the evolving regulatory environment.

Possible Signs of Life Detected on Distant Planet K2-18b, Say Cambridge Scientists

In a development that could reshape our understanding of life beyond Earth, scientists at the University of Cambridge have identified preliminary but compelling evidence suggesting that a distant exoplanet, K2-18b, might harbor life. Using NASA’s powerful James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), the team detected molecular signatures in the planet’s atmosphere that, on Earth, are only produced by living organisms.

K2-18b, located about 700 trillion miles from Earth, is more than twice the size of our planet. It orbits a small, cool red dwarf star, and it has long intrigued scientists due to its position in the so-called habitable zone, where temperatures might support liquid water. What makes this new finding stand out is the apparent presence of two life-related molecules: dimethyl sulphide (DMS) and dimethyl disulphide (DMDS). Both are known on Earth to be byproducts of marine phytoplankton and certain bacteria.

This marks the second time such life-associated chemicals have been identified in the atmosphere of K2-18b by JWST, but the latest detection is considerably more promising, according to the researchers. The Cambridge team, led by Professor Nikku Madhusudhan at the university’s Institute of Astronomy, stresses that further observations are necessary before drawing firm conclusions. Still, Madhusudhan expressed cautious optimism.

“This is the strongest evidence yet there is possibly life out there,” he said. “I can realistically say that we can confirm this signal within one to two years.”

The James Webb Space Telescope, launched in 2021, is capable of analyzing the atmospheric composition of distant worlds by studying starlight that passes through their atmospheres. This allows scientists to identify the presence of various chemicals based on how the light is absorbed or altered.

According to Madhusudhan, the amount of DMS potentially found in K2-18b’s atmosphere during a single observation was unexpectedly high.

“The amount we estimate of this gas in the atmosphere is thousands of times higher than what we have on Earth,” he explained. “So, if the association with life is real, then this planet will be teeming with life.”

He went even further to suggest a broader implication: “If we confirm that there is life on K2-18b, it should basically confirm that life is very common in the galaxy.”

Despite the excitement, the scientific community remains cautious. The detection, while promising, has not yet reached the level of statistical confidence required for a formal discovery. Scientists typically require a five sigma result—equivalent to 99.99999% certainty—to claim a discovery. So far, the K2-18b finding stands at three sigma, or about 99.7% certainty. Although that is a significant improvement over the one sigma result of 68% obtained 18 months ago, it is still short of the rigorous threshold demanded in the field.

Independent experts echo this cautious stance. Professor Catherine Heymans of the University of Edinburgh, who also serves as Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, emphasized the complexity of interpreting such findings.

“Even with that certainty, there is still the question of what is the origin of this gas,” she told BBC News. “On Earth it is produced by microorganisms in the ocean, but even with perfect data we can’t say for sure that this is of a biological origin on an alien world because loads of strange things happen in the Universe and we don’t know what other geological activity could be happening on this planet that might produce the molecules.”

The Cambridge scientists are aligned with this view and are collaborating with other researchers to determine whether DMS and DMDS can be synthesized through non-biological processes in laboratory settings. These experiments aim to explore whether alternative, abiotic pathways could account for the detected molecules.

Some other research teams have already proposed non-biological explanations for the data obtained from JWST. One point of debate involves the absence of ammonia in K2-18b’s atmosphere. Some scientists argue that this suggests the presence of a vast liquid ocean capable of absorbing the ammonia, potentially creating a suitable environment for life. However, an equally plausible explanation is that the planet could have a molten rock ocean, which would be inhospitable to life.

“Everything we know about planets orbiting other stars comes from the tiny amounts of light that glance off their atmospheres,” said Professor Oliver Shorttle, also of Cambridge University. “So it is an incredibly tenuous signal that we are having to read, not only for signs of life, but everything else. With K2-18b part of the scientific debate is still about the structure of the planet.”

Meanwhile, Dr. Nicolas Wogan at NASA’s Ames Research Center has published research that interprets the data differently. According to his study, K2-18b might not be an ocean world at all but rather a mini gas giant with no solid surface, which would make the presence of life even more unlikely.

However, these alternate theories are not without their own challenges. Critics argue that some of the alternative models do not align with the JWST data. This has fueled an ongoing and vibrant scientific debate around the nature of K2-18b, its atmospheric composition, and its potential to support life.

Despite these uncertainties, Professor Madhusudhan remains hopeful and confident in his team’s approach.

“Decades from now, we may look back at this point in time and recognise it was when the living universe came within reach,” he said. “This could be the tipping point, where suddenly the fundamental question of whether we’re alone in the universe is one we’re capable of answering.”

The findings from the Cambridge team have been formally published in The Astrophysical Journal Letters, marking a significant milestone in the search for extraterrestrial life. While definitive proof remains elusive, the data from K2-18b brings scientists a step closer to understanding whether we are truly alone in the cosmos.

Republican Lawmakers Hope Supreme Court Will Address Trump’s Trade War

Republican lawmakers are quietly hoping that the U.S. Supreme Court will intervene in President Trump’s ongoing trade war, which has increasingly become a political burden for the GOP. Even though the president has suspended many of his tariffs, the trade dispute continues to be a contentious issue.

While the Supreme Court has generally ruled in favor of Trump in several cases during his first few months in office, it dealt the administration a setback last week by ruling that it must facilitate the return of a Maryland man who had been wrongfully deported to El Salvador.

Trump’s broad “reciprocal” tariffs, which affect over 180 countries, now face new legal challenges. Several businesses have filed lawsuits against the administration in both the U.S. Court of International Trade and a federal district court in Florida.

At present, most of these tariffs are on hold for a 90-day period to allow affected countries to negotiate with the Trump administration. However, China remains a major exception, with tariffs on many Chinese goods now reaching as high as 145 percent.

Some Republican lawmakers, who privately oppose Trump’s tariffs but are reluctant to publicly criticize the president, are hopeful that the Supreme Court will eventually limit the president’s tariff powers.

“Members would love to have the courts bail them out and basically step in and assert the authority under the Constitution that taxes are supposed to originate in the House of Representatives,” said Brian Darling, a GOP strategist and former Senate GOP aide.

“Senators and House members would like the courts to give them some cover, because I’m sure many of them are nervous about getting reelected if these tariffs last for a long time. They’re looking at the poll numbers and see that tariffs are not popular,” Darling explained.

He added, “They’re not going to be outwardly opposing the president, because that comes with a huge downside.”

Jeffrey M. Schwab, senior counsel for the Liberty Justice Center, which has filed a lawsuit challenging Trump’s “Liberation Day” tariffs on behalf of U.S. businesses that import goods from countries targeted by the tariffs, said the case is likely to reach the Supreme Court unless Trump reverses course.

“IEEPA [the International Emergency Economic Powers Act] just doesn’t authorize this action to impose these tariffs, and even if IEEPA does authorize some tariffs, which is a question that I think is questionable, they certainly authorize worldwide, across-the-board tariffs,” Schwab stated in an interview with The Hill.

Schwab continued by questioning the Trump administration’s rationale for imposing such sweeping tariffs, saying that using trade deficits as a justification for the tariffs does not meet the standards of an unusual or extraordinary emergency.

“The trade deficit is not an emergency. It’s not unusual nor is it extraordinary. Even if you accept that IEEPA could authorize the president’s tariffs as a general rule, it doesn’t authorize them under the justification they gave,” Schwab argued.

Schwab, who is leading the case, emphasized the urgency of moving the case forward due to the potentially wide-reaching consequences of the tariffs.

“It’s certainly the kind of case that the Supreme Court would be interested in because the consequences are so far-reaching and you’d want an authoritative decision on it. You definitely don’t want a circuit split on it,” Schwab said.

“We’re going to try to move it quickly,” he added, explaining that his team plans to seek a preliminary injunction against the “reciprocal” tariffs within the week.

The New Civil Liberties Alliance, a conservative legal group, has also filed a separate lawsuit in Florida to block Trump’s tariffs on China. Andrew Morris, senior litigation counsel for the group, argued that the tariffs are a violation of the Constitution, particularly undermining Congress’s exclusive authority to regulate taxes.

“Trump’s tariffs against China have usurped Congress’s right to control tariffs, and upset the Constitution’s separation of powers,” Morris said.

Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) has expressed concerns about the constitutional validity of the tariffs, emphasizing that tariffs are essentially taxes imposed on American consumers. He pointed out that the Constitution explicitly grants Congress, not the executive branch, the power to levy taxes.

“The Constitution says taxes originate to Congress,” Paul stated. “That to me isn’t a pointless argument. It’s an incredibly important argument, whether taxes can be levied under one person.”

Paul also highlighted that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA), which was designed for use in emergencies, makes no reference to tariffs.

“There are many people who believe that the power under IEEPA doesn’t even exist. So Congress needs to grow a spine, and Congress needs to stand up for its prerogatives regardless of party, regardless even of the economic issue,” Paul said.

“The Constitution gives Congress the authority to regulate interstate and foreign commerce,” Paul continued. “Should we be a country ruled by emergency edict or are we going to be a country ruled by the democratic actions and voting of Congress? I think it’s incredibly important.”

In light of these concerns, Paul is co-sponsoring a resolution with Senator Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) to roll back Trump’s “reciprocal” tariffs. The pair plans to bring the resolution to the Senate floor for a vote after the two-week Easter recess.

Some of Trump’s most ardent supporters, such as Senator Ted Cruz (R-Texas), have also expressed reservations about the tariffs, particularly their impact on American consumers. Cruz called tariffs “a tax,” and noted, “I’m not a fan of raising taxes on millions of American consumers.”

Senator Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) questioned the Trump administration’s long-term strategy for the trade war, cautioning that tariffs are “a double-edged sword” and a “pretty blunt instrument.” Johnson, who had previously kept his concerns about the tariffs subdued, expressed skepticism about their effectiveness.

Four Republicans, including Senators Rand Paul, Susan Collins (Maine), Lisa Murkowski (Alaska), and Mitch McConnell (Ky.), voted earlier this month to undo Trump’s 25 percent tariff on Canada. Although the Senate passed the resolution by a 51-48 vote, it is unlikely to be taken up in the House.

“If the courts run interference on any of Trump’s tariffs, that plays well for Republicans on Capitol Hill that don’t agree with them,” said a second Republican strategist who requested anonymity. This strategist explained that many GOP lawmakers believe Trump’s decision to impose hefty tariffs on Mexico and Canada, two of America’s largest trading partners, was too aggressive.

“The concern is pretty broad,” the strategist added, noting that many Republicans are particularly worried about the potential consequences for their reelection prospects if the economy suffers a downturn.

The strategist also predicted that the Supreme Court would likely get involved, with some tariffs potentially being struck down. “Some of them could get struck down when they get to the Supreme Court,” the strategist added.

In response to concerns about the long-term impact of the tariffs, seven Senate Republicans have co-sponsored the Trade Review Act of 2025, spearheaded by Senators Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) and Maria Cantwell (D-Wash.). This legislation would require that new tariffs or tariff increases expire after 60 days unless Congress passes a joint resolution of approval, allowing Congress to more easily remove tariffs.

“Congress needs to assert its prerogative over tariffs,” Grassley said, underscoring the importance of maintaining a balance of power.

While the Trade Review Act is still in its early stages, it reflects growing Republican discontent with the current state of the trade war. Several Republican senators have voiced their concerns, fearing that Trump’s tariffs could become a permanent fixture unless the courts intervene or Congress takes action.

“There are a lot of people who don’t like the tariffs,” a Senate aide explained. “It’s an issue that splits our party.”

World Bank President Ajay Banga Highlights Jobs-Focused Strategy for 2025 Spring Meetings

Ajay Banga, the President of the World Bank Group, has announced that a “Jobs-Focused Strategy” will be the central theme for the upcoming 2025 Spring Meetings of the World Bank Group (WBG) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), scheduled to take place from April 21 to 26, 2025, in Washington D.C. Banga stated that this strategy reflects the World Bank’s “urgency and conviction that development must lead to opportunity.”

Speaking at a virtual press conference on April 16, 2025, ahead of the meetings, Banga revealed that the World Bank is ready to expand its efforts in addressing job creation. He emphasized that more information would be shared during the Spring Meetings about the next phase of the private sector lab. “We’re going to expand its membership to include the sectors that we believe are most critical to job creation, and these are energy and infrastructure, agribusiness, healthcare, tourism, and manufacturing,” Banga explained.

The World Bank has also launched the High-Level Advisory Council on Jobs, co-chaired by Tharman Shanmugaratnam, President of the Republic of Singapore, and Michelle Bachelet, former President of the Republic of Chile. This Council, Banga noted, aims to create more employment opportunities and strengthen efforts to address the global jobs crisis.

Job creation, according to Banga, has become the cornerstone of the World Bank’s development agenda. He underscored that over the next decade, 1.2 billion young people are expected to enter the workforce in developing countries. However, current projections show that these economies are only expected to generate 420 million jobs, creating a significant gap in employment opportunities. “And that gap is not just an economic issue. I think it’s a global risk, because without opportunity, the forces of fragility, of illegal migration, of instability, these forces grow stronger,” Banga warned.

In response to questions about the potential impact of reciprocal tariffs under President Donald Trump’s administration, Banga expressed uncertainty. “I don’t know how to predict the timeline, because what I don’t know is how quickly you get to resolution on some of these specific country-by-country negotiations,” he said. Despite the uncertainty, Banga emphasized the importance of sustained dialogue and negotiation. He added that the quicker countries can resolve such issues, the better, and urged nations to continue engaging in regional and bilateral trade agreements with cooperative partners.

Banga acknowledged that the current geopolitical volatility and uncertainty are contributing to a more cautious investment environment. “I think that’s going to affect how governments and businesses make their investment decisions right now. But meanwhile, interestingly, developing economies are playing a far more central role in global trade than they did, say, two decades ago,” he noted.

He explained that countries dependent on export-led growth, especially those relying on commodities or manufactured goods, are particularly vulnerable to disruptions in global trade. However, Banga emphasized that these countries still have policy tools at their disposal to help navigate uncertainty and build long-term resilience. As an example, he pointed out that many developing countries maintain higher tariffs than their advanced counterparts, especially on key imports.

“I think that creates a real risk of reciprocal tariffs and, most importantly, lost competitiveness. So a broad-based liberalization, not just with favorite partners, can help offset these risks and actually expand market access,” Banga said. He also highlighted that trade among developing nations is on the rise, with nearly half of exports from these economies now going to other emerging markets. Banga noted that more efficient border processes, reduced trade costs, clearer rules of origin, and decreased friction can significantly boost trade volumes while fostering stable and diversified growth.

Despite acknowledging the uncertainty surrounding global economic growth, Banga expressed confidence in the World Bank’s ability to respond to challenges. He drew on the institution’s experience during past global crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and the 2008-09 financial crisis, to assure that the Bank, in collaboration with the IMF and regional partners, will continue to provide essential technical support, financing, and infrastructure assistance. These efforts, he said, will enhance productivity and promote trade in emerging markets.

Reflecting on the World Bank’s founding purpose, Banga reminded that the institution was established to foster a more stable and prosperous global economy, with the aim of avoiding conflicts. “This was a charity. It was a calculated investment in the global economic architecture, one that I believe has paid off many times over in these 80 years,” he said. He highlighted the significant work of the Bank’s five arms: the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), the International Development Association (IDA), the International Finance Corporation (IFC), the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA), and the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID).

“There’s no other institution that brings all of this together in one place, and that’s what makes the World Bank Group uniquely positioned to support countries and investors across the entire development journey,” Banga emphasized. He went on to assert that the World Bank Group remains a smart investment for governments, taxpayers, and the private sector alike. “We’re on the move. We’re trying to change things here and look to deploy proven tools to unlock growth, to reduce fragility, and generate returns for people, for businesses and for the global economy,” he said.

Reaffirming the World Bank’s commitment to creating meaningful and sustainable employment opportunities, Banga concluded, “The idea is to build a Bank that delivers what is demanded – jobs, because jobs are the best way to drive a nail in the coffin of poverty.”

Americans Turn to Unconventional Housing Amid Soaring Costs

As housing prices continue to surge across the United States, many Americans are finding themselves unable to afford traditional homes and are instead embracing alternative housing solutions. From living in tiny homes to converting barns into residences, and even forming shared living communities, these nontraditional methods are gaining traction among those looking for cost-effective and sustainable ways to live.

With conventional homeownership becoming increasingly inaccessible, some Americans are repurposing old commercial buildings or opting for prefabricated homes on purchased land. Others are choosing to share homes with strangers to minimize expenses. Here are three unconventional paths that are reshaping the American housing landscape.

Tiny Houses

When Elisa Boots and her husband Rick relocated from New York City to Seattle a decade ago, they arrived during a period of rapid population growth in the city. Data from the U.S. Census Bureau shows Seattle added about 60,000 new residents between 2010 and 2014, largely due to a surge in tech jobs and a flourishing economy. This influx of new residents drove up housing demand and home prices to levels the couple couldn’t afford, even in the surrounding suburbs.

Searching for affordable alternatives, they discovered the tiny house movement. These homes typically measure under 500 square feet and resemble miniature suburban homes, complete with bathrooms, kitchens, and bedrooms. Some tiny houses are built on permanent foundations, while others are mobile with wheels, allowing owners the flexibility to move as they please.

Interest in tiny homes spiked after the 2008 Great Recession, as Americans increasingly sought to downsize. By 2014, one small Texas town dubbed itself the first “tiny-house friendly town.” Since then, states like Kentucky, Missouri, Vermont, and Maine have become attractive destinations for tiny house living, either because of flexible zoning laws or the abundance of space to park the homes.

Tiny homes are praised for their mobility and energy efficiency, but their affordability is one of the most significant draws. According to Bankrate, a basic tiny home typically costs between $20,000 and $60,000, depending on size, building materials, and features.

Elisa Boots and her husband each own a tiny house, which they travel with by hitching them together. While Boots paid around $75,000 for hers, her husband’s custom-built unit exceeded $100,000. Still, the couple believes this approach is more cost-effective than purchasing a traditional home.

They pay approximately $650 each month for their space in an Oregon RV park near Mount Hood, plus another $100 each for utilities including electricity, water, and trash service. Combined, their monthly costs are well below Oregon’s average rent of $1,795 for a one-bedroom apartment, according to Zillow, and significantly less than the $2,000 they anticipated paying monthly on a standard mortgage outside Portland or Seattle.

“That has freed us up incredibly, to do a lot of the things that people dream about,” Boots said.

Barndominiums

Another growing trend is barndominiums, or “barndos,” which are structures resembling barns on the outside but offering the comforts of traditional homes on the inside, including kitchens, bedrooms, and living spaces. These homes have become especially popular in rural areas over the past decade. In fact, a national survey revealed that 7 percent of single-family home builders had completed a barndominium in the previous year.

Barndominiums typically come in two forms: repurposed barns converted into homes, or new metal post-framed structures designed to look like barns from the start. According to Paul Murphy, a home planning adviser with My Barndo Plans in Frisco, Texas, it is generally cheaper to build a new barndominium than to convert an existing barn, due to the high costs of retrofitting older structures for human habitation.

Murphy’s company constructs the barndominium frames and wall panels using red iron, which is a more affordable building material than wood. The firm also offers barndominium kits, which include precut frames that can significantly speed up the construction process.

“Having that time savings of getting the home up quicker is another benefit of a barndo,” Murphy said.

Barndominiums offer significant cost savings compared to traditional homes. Tony Golladay, owner of BuildMax — a company that sells barndo kits — told House Beautiful that the average cost for a barndominium ranges from $35 to $45 per square foot. In contrast, a conventional home typically costs between $100 and $155 per square foot, according to Bankrate.

Co-Housing

The third nontraditional housing option gaining momentum is co-housing, a community-focused living arrangement where individuals or families reside in private homes while sharing communal spaces. These communities typically consist of small private residences surrounding a larger common house that includes amenities like a communal kitchen, dining area, meeting rooms, and guest accommodations.

The concept isn’t new. Architect Katie McCamant introduced the co-housing idea to the U.S. in the early 1980s after studying the model in Denmark. Some also credit architect and author Charles Durrett for popularizing co-housing in America.

In recent years, co-housing has grown in popularity, driven by people seeking social connection, caregiving support, and environmentally conscious living. According to the Cohousing Association of the United States, the country currently has at least 165 co-housing communities, with another 140 in the planning stages.

Financially, co-housing can be beneficial, even if the upfront costs don’t always suggest so. Don Reinhardt, a member of Louisville Co-Housing, explained that many communities are formed by a group of interested individuals who collaborate to fund and construct their ideal living space.

“The cost of the common houses are usually offset adequately by the smaller footprint of the individual houses,” Reinhardt said.

With access to shared communal areas, residents don’t need large individual homes. Raines Cohen, a community organizer at the National Co-Housing Association and a resident of a co-housing community in Berkeley, California, noted, “You don’t need to have room for lots of people to come over or your own guest room.”

These smaller homes are more economical to build and also cheaper to maintain, heat, and cool. Additionally, co-housing promotes resource sharing and collaborative domestic responsibilities, which further reduces living costs. Residents may take turns mowing the lawn or jointly pay for landscaping services.

“Co-housing is very much about the long haul and what you can do together,” Reinhardt emphasized.

As housing prices remain a challenge for millions of Americans, nontraditional housing alternatives are becoming increasingly mainstream. Whether it’s living in a tiny mobile home, a customized barn-style residence, or a community that blends privacy with shared responsibility, these options are providing more flexible, affordable, and meaningful ways for people to create a home.

Canadian Travel Decline Could Cost U.S. Economy $6 Billion Amid Ongoing Tariff Dispute

The United States may face a potential economic loss of up to $6 billion due to a notable decrease in tourism from Canada, according to a recent analysis of travel data.

This trend has emerged as a result of rising trade tensions between the two countries, triggered by tariffs imposed during Donald Trump’s presidency. The imposition of tariffs on goods from Canada, Mexico, and China — including a 25 percent tariff on Canadian imports and a 10 percent tariff specifically targeting Canadian energy imports — has sparked fears of a full-scale trade conflict. These measures have not only strained political and economic relations but have also triggered consumer backlash across the border.

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded to the tariffs by urging citizens to support local products. His appeal to the public to “buy Canadian” encouraged a wave of boycotts against American goods, reinforcing national pride and strengthening domestic economic activity. This sentiment has now spilled over into the tourism sector.

In response to the U.S. tariffs, Canada introduced retaliatory tariffs valued at C$155 billion. The Canadian government also took specific action by excluding Tesla vehicles from eligibility for its electric vehicle rebate program, a move widely seen as a direct counter to the U.S. trade policies.

The effects of this strained economic relationship are now being reflected in travel trends. According to aviation analytics company OAG, forward bookings from Canadian travelers to the U.S. have plummeted by more than 70 percent for every month through the end of September, when compared to the same period the previous year. As Canadian tourism makes up a significant portion of U.S. travel-related income, this sharp decline poses a major threat to the American tourism industry.

Supporting this trend, Statistics Canada data reveals a dramatic decrease in Canadian travelers entering the U.S. by both road and air. Specifically, there was a 32 percent reduction in road trips from Canada to the United States in March 2025 compared to March 2024. Meanwhile, the number of air travelers from Canada fell by 13.5 percent over the same time period.

The potential consequences of this decline are substantial. The U.S. Travel Association (USTA) reported in February that a 10 percent drop in Canadian tourism could jeopardize around 140,000 jobs and lead to a loss of $2.1 billion in travel spending. According to Forbes, using this calculation, a 30 percent decline in Canadian tourists could amount to an estimated $6 billion blow to the U.S. economy.

Tourism from Canada has historically been a reliable economic contributor to the United States, and any disruption to this flow of visitors could result in a ripple effect on regional and national levels. In border towns and popular American tourist destinations, local businesses dependent on Canadian visitors are already feeling the strain.

Experts suggest the causes for the downturn in travel are multi-layered and deeply rooted in political and social tensions. Bryan S. R. Grimwood, a professor and associate chair in the department of recreation and leisure studies at the University of Waterloo, provided insight into the shift in travel habits. Speaking to Newsweek, Grimwood explained that Canadian travel to the U.S. is being impacted by a combination of evolving priorities and growing political discomfort.

“In my read of the situation, the decline in Canadian travel to the US is a function of three interrelated things: (1) an uncertainty about visiting the US due to potential safety concerns and inconvenience (e.g., at the border); (2) a refusal to spend travel dollars in the US as a response to the Trump administration’s intimidation tactics relating to trade, border security, and sovereignty; and (3) a rise in Canadian patriotism that is translating into a choice to support Canadian businesses, services, and products,” he said.

Grimwood further emphasized that while political actions have influenced Canadian choices, the overall sentiment toward American citizens remains positive. “I do think the decline in Canadian travel to the US is significant for relations between the two countries. My sense though is that Canadians continue to cherish and respect the American people – as our government leaders have consistently expressed – and that the current moment is a reaction specifically to the Trump administration’s approach,” he added.

Echoing this sentiment, Lana Payne, national president of Unifor, the largest private sector union in Canada, previously remarked on the damage done to U.S.-Canada relations due to President Trump’s policies. “Canada has always considered itself to be America’s best friend and closest ally, but that relationship has been severely damaged by the actions of President Trump,” she told Newsweek.

As tensions persist, the future of Canadian travel to the U.S. remains uncertain. While the economic implications are already beginning to unfold, it is unclear whether the decline in tourism is a temporary reaction to political circumstances or part of a longer-term shift in Canadian consumer behavior.

What happens next will likely depend on political developments, trade policy revisions, and the tone of cross-border diplomacy in the months ahead. The travel industry in the United States, especially sectors reliant on Canadian visitors, continues to watch closely, hoping for signs of recovery or at least stabilization.

The coming months will determine whether this informal travel boycott becomes a lasting trend and whether American businesses can adapt to mitigate the economic fallout. If the rift remains unresolved, the financial consequences for the U.S. could grow even steeper.

Travelers Over 18 Must Have REAL ID or Approved ID to Fly in U.S. Starting May 7, 2025

Starting May 7, 2025, every adult aged 18 and above planning to fly within the United States must present a specific form of identification to board a commercial aircraft. The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has announced that travelers will need a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license, instruction permit, state-issued identification card, or another approved form of identification. Those who do not have these documents risk being delayed or denied entry at TSA security checkpoints.

With this mandate taking effect in less than a month, TSA officials are urging travelers to check whether their identification complies with REAL ID standards. If it doesn’t, they should make arrangements to update their documents or bring an alternate form of acceptable identification when traveling.

According to the TSA, delays at airport security are likely for travelers who fail to present proper ID. The extent of the delays will depend on how many others are also without compliant documents. Officials are warning that even minimal noncompliance could lead to significant hold-ups during the identity verification process.

TSA Federal Security Director Kc Wurtsbaugh emphasized the importance of being ready for the upcoming requirement. “With the upcoming federal enforcement of REAL ID exactly four weeks away, I can’t stress enough the importance of travelers being prepared. Take a few minutes now to determine what form of photo identification you will use to verify your identity the next time you travel by air,” he said.

Wurtsbaugh further advised travelers in Montana and other states where REAL ID cards are available to take immediate steps to obtain the correct identification. “If you need to apply for a REAL ID from the state of Montana, make plans to do so now. Even if you don’t have plans to travel by air now, your plans could change. Now is the time to make a plan,” he added.

Brian Sprenger, President and CEO of Bozeman Yellowstone International Airport (BZN), also highlighted the importance of proper ID for air travel. “On behalf of Bozeman Yellowstone International Airport (BZN), we would like to remind all travelers that possessing proper identification is essential for ensuring a smooth and efficient travel experience. We strongly encourage travelers to verify they have a valid form of ID ahead of time. This simple step will help ensure a seamless journey,” Sprenger said.

To avoid any travel disruptions, passengers must ensure their ID is REAL ID-compliant or be prepared with another document that TSA accepts for identity verification. A comprehensive list of acceptable identification forms is available on the TSA’s official website, and it includes several alternatives beyond state-issued driver’s licenses or ID cards.

Some of these alternatives include a valid U.S. passport or passport card, any government-issued passport, and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Trusted Traveler cards such as Global Entry and SENTRI cards. Military personnel and their dependents can use active duty or retired military IDs. Identification cards issued by federally-recognized tribes, as well as the Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC), are also accepted.

The need for stricter ID verification stems from the REAL ID Act, which Congress passed in 2005 following recommendations by the 9/11 Commission. The Act was designed to establish minimum security standards for state-issued identification and to prevent federal agencies from accepting IDs that fall short of those standards. This move was made in response to vulnerabilities identified after the September 11 attacks.

REAL ID aims to enhance the accuracy and reliability of identification documents and to prevent individuals, including potential terrorists, from using fraudulent identification to avoid detection. As part of the nationwide effort to increase security in air travel, airport signs are already in place reminding passengers that beginning May 7, 2025, a REAL ID-compliant license or another approved ID will be mandatory for commercial flights.

TSA officials remind all adult travelers—those 18 and older—that they must present valid identification at airport checkpoints to be permitted through security and onto a flight.

Acceptable forms of ID under the new regulation include the following:

  • State-issued driver’s license or photo ID card from the Department of Motor Vehicles (or its equivalent), as long as it is REAL ID compliant
  • State-issued Enhanced Driver’s License
  • Valid U.S. passport
  • S. passport card
  • DHS Trusted Traveler cards, such as Global Entry, NEXUS, SENTRI, and FAST
  • S. Department of Defense ID, including IDs issued to military dependents
  • Permanent Resident Card
  • Border Crossing Card
  • Federally recognized Tribal Nation-issued photo ID, including Enhanced Tribal Cards (ETCs)
  • HSPD-12 PIV card (Personal Identity Verification)
  • Foreign government-issued passport
  • Canadian provincial driver’s license or an Indian and Northern Affairs Canada card
  • Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC)
  • S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Employment Authorization Card (Form I-766)
  • S. Merchant Mariner Credential
  • Veteran Health Identification Card (VHIC)

If travelers are unsure whether their current ID meets REAL ID requirements, TSA recommends contacting their state’s Department of Motor Vehicles to verify. If the ID is not REAL ID-compliant, it will not be accepted for boarding a domestic flight after the May deadline.

The REAL ID Act has been a long-anticipated change in U.S. travel policy, repeatedly delayed in previous years, but is now confirmed to take effect on May 7, 2025. The goal is to enhance security at all entry points, particularly airports, by eliminating weak points in identity verification.

For those who may not currently have plans to travel, Wurtsbaugh and other officials urge taking action anyway, as travel needs can arise unexpectedly. Being prepared now can prevent complications later.

More information, including detailed guidance and answers to frequently asked questions, is available through the TSA’s REAL ID webpage at www.tsa.gov/real-id. There, travelers can find updates on compliance, state participation, and how to obtain a REAL ID if they haven’t already.

By ensuring they have one of the approved forms of identification in hand well before reaching the airport, travelers can help guarantee their trip begins smoothly and stays on schedule. Failure to do so could mean missed flights, long waits, or even being denied boarding altogether. The TSA’s message is clear: check your ID status now and be ready for the changes coming May 7.

Indian Student Visa Approvals Drop Sharply Across Canada, US, and UK for the First Time in Four Years

For the first time in four years, there has been a simultaneous decline in the number of Indian students receiving study visas to Canada, the United States, and the United Kingdom, according to a detailed analysis of newly released visa statistics by The Indian Express.

The 2024 data reveals a notable decrease of at least 25% in the number of Indian students obtaining study permits across these top three education destinations. Canada experienced a significant 32% fall, with visa approvals dropping from 2.78 lakh in 2023 to 1.89 lakh in 2024, as reported by Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC). The United States registered an even steeper decline of 34%, with F1 student visas reducing from 1,31,000 in fiscal year 2023 to just 86,110 in 2024. Meanwhile, the UK recorded a 26% drop, with sponsored student visas granted to Indian nationals falling from 1,20,000 to 88,732, based on UK Home Office data.

This downward trend follows the introduction of stricter immigration rules, particularly by Canada and the UK, which have imposed limitations on student intake and dependent visas. These measures are largely seen as responses to growing concerns over housing shortages and the strain that large international student populations are placing on public services in these countries.

Canada, in particular, has enacted several major changes affecting Indian students. Among the most impactful is the cancellation of the Student Direct Stream program, which had previously fast-tracked applications. In addition, the Canadian government has introduced a cap on the number of study permits issued, resulting in a 35% drop in 2024 alone. It has also set a goal of reducing temporary residents to just 5% of the national population by 2026. Another 10% cut to study permit allocations has already been announced for 2025. These policy changes are being justified by officials as necessary to alleviate growing pressure on housing, healthcare, and other public systems.

Reflecting the consequences of these policies, the number of Indian students receiving study permits in Canada declined by 32% — from 2.78 lakh in 2023 to 1.89 lakh in 2024. In contrast, the decline in Chinese student permits was far less severe, dipping only slightly from 58,080 in 2023 to 56,465 in 2024 — a decrease of just 3%.

The UK has also rolled out new visa rules in 2024, with a strong focus on limiting foreign students from bringing family members. The UK Home Office acknowledged that the policy change may have “partly impacted the number of main applicant visas granted.”

Unlike the United States and Canada, where Indian student numbers were climbing until 2023, the UK had already experienced a drop in Indian student visa grants beginning in 2023. That year saw a 13% decline, with the number falling from 1,38,980 to 1,19,738. This was followed by a sharper 26% decrease in 2024.

The current decline marks a dramatic reversal from the decade-long boom in Indian student enrollments in these countries. Over the past ten years, Indian students had experienced substantial increases in visa approvals and had even surpassed their Chinese counterparts in all three destinations.

Canada had emerged as the leading choice for Indian students, with the number of visas granted rising from just 31,920 in 2015 to 2,78,160 in 2023 — nearly an eightfold increase. The UK saw an even steeper surge, with Indian student visa approvals rising more than tenfold — from 10,418 in 2015 to 1,19,738 in 2023. Meanwhile, the US saw its number of F1 visas issued to Indian students almost double, from 74,831 in fiscal 2015 to 1,30,730 in 2023.

This trend enabled Indian students to overtake their Chinese counterparts in all three nations. Even in 2024, despite the fall in total numbers, Indian students continued to outnumber Chinese students in both Canada and the United States. In the UK, Indians held the lead in 2022 and 2023, but their numbers dropped below the Chinese cohort again in 2024.

There are also distinct patterns in the academic preferences and enrollment trends of Indian students across these three countries. In Canada, a majority of Indian students tend to pursue college-level programs that offer shorter, employment-focused diplomas and certificate courses instead of traditional university degrees. In 2023, undergraduate programs slightly edged out postgraduate ones at Canadian universities, with about 16,000 study permits issued for bachelor’s programs, compared to roughly 15,640 for master’s degrees.

In the United States, the academic landscape for Indian students has changed over the years. Data from the Open Doors report shows that while engineering remained the most popular subject until the 2017–18 academic year, mathematics and computer science have since become the top fields of interest. In the most recent data, 37.5% of Indian students were pursuing studies in math and computer science, compared to 35.4% in engineering. Indian students in the US have consistently leaned toward postgraduate studies more than undergraduate education.

The UK reflects similar patterns. A large portion of Indian students in the UK pursue postgraduate degrees, with the UK Home Office noting that “four out of five Indian students — or 80% — were enrolled at the master’s level.” This postgraduate preference has intensified over time. According to the Higher Education Statistics Agency, the share of Indian undergraduates in the UK has significantly dropped — from around 50% in 2014 to just 20% in 2024.

In summary, the steep fall in Indian student visa approvals in 2024 across Canada, the US, and the UK ends a decade of consistent growth and signals a major shift in global education mobility trends. The tightening of immigration policies, especially in Canada and the UK, appears to be the central reason behind the decline. While Chinese student numbers have largely remained stable, Indian students have been disproportionately affected by these changes. Whether this trend continues in the coming years will likely depend on how these destination countries balance their policy goals with the demand for international education and talent.

Namaste Cannes: Celebrating India’s Cinematic Journey on the Global Stage

Cannes, the iconic French Riviera destination, is where cinematic dreams come alive in a breathtaking display of films, glamour, celebration, and opportunity. The Cannes Film Festival, since its inception in 1946, has evolved into a dazzling spectacle of international cinema and culture. Over the decades, it has also become a vibrant reflection of India’s growing soft power and cultural influence on the global stage. With his extensive experience at the festival, Bhuvan Lall captures this essence in his new book Namaste Cannes, offering readers an intimate journey through the history and grandeur of the event while highlighting India’s significant role in this global cinematic celebration.

Through Namaste Cannes, Lall offers a front-row seat to the most celebrated film festival in the world. He transports readers to the heart of Cannes, where the Indian film industry has not only participated but thrived—bringing its rich storytelling traditions, vibrant performances, and technical excellence to a global audience. This book is more than just a chronicle; it is a tribute to the filmmakers, artists, and visionaries who have carried India’s cinematic legacy to new heights at Cannes.

With first-hand insights and stories gathered over many years, Lall shares an insider’s perspective on India’s evolving presence at the festival. He reflects on the early milestones and pivotal moments when Indian cinema received worldwide recognition, recounting instances when Indian films earned standing ovations and prestigious awards on the international stage. These moments not only brought glory to the Indian film industry but also redefined the global perception of Indian storytelling and creativity.

One of the key themes of Namaste Cannes is the homage it pays to legendary filmmaker Satyajit Ray. The book honors Ray’s enduring legacy and the foundation he laid for Indian cinema’s global success. His pioneering work continues to influence filmmakers around the world, and Namaste Cannes pays respect to this legacy while also spotlighting the contemporary visionaries who have followed in his footsteps. These trailblazers have pushed creative boundaries and opened new doors for Indian cinema in international markets.

The book also focuses on the behind-the-scenes figures—producers and distributors—who have been instrumental in expanding the reach of Indian films across the globe. At Cannes’ bustling Marché du Film, these professionals have forged important connections, negotiated global deals, and positioned Indian cinema in the global entertainment ecosystem. Their contributions, though often away from the limelight, are crucial in shaping India’s success at Cannes.

In a particularly captivating part of the book, Lall recounts exclusive anecdotes involving Indian film stars who have left a lasting impression at the festival. These stories bring a human element to the narrative, offering readers a glimpse into the real-life experiences of celebrities and their impact on the global audience. From red carpet appearances to emotional reactions from international viewers, these moments reflect the pride and admiration that Indian cinema continues to evoke worldwide.

Through these recollections, Lall taps into a deep sense of patriotism and cultural pride. As Indian films find appreciation on the global stage, the book reminds readers of the powerful role that cinema plays in shaping national identity and projecting it to the world. Indian storytellers are no longer confined by geographical boundaries; their voices are now resonating in theaters, festivals, and living rooms across continents.

As India steps confidently into its next chapter in the global entertainment landscape, Namaste Cannes serves as a source of inspiration. It uplifts aspiring filmmakers, writers, producers, and cinema lovers, encouraging them to dream bigger and believe in the power of their stories. The book not only looks back at the triumphs of the past but also ignites hope for a future where Indian cinema continues to influence and inspire audiences around the world.

Namaste Cannes inspires optimism and energizes dreamers, storytellers, and achievers,” writes Lall, underscoring the book’s central message of hope and ambition. His passion for cinema and dedication to India’s cultural narrative shine through in every page, offering readers a powerful mix of nostalgia, pride, and aspiration.

The excitement surrounding the book is set to culminate at the 79th edition of the Cannes Film Festival, where a star-studded global launch of Namaste Cannes will take place in the South of France next month. This grand event promises to be a fitting tribute to the themes of the book and the spirit of Indian cinema’s ongoing journey.

“An invitation for the star-studded Global Launch of Namaste Cannes at the 79th Cannes Film Festival in the South of France next month will follow,” announces Lall, hinting at what will surely be one of the major highlights of this year’s festival.

In addition to the upcoming launch, the book will also soon be available for pre-order on Amazon worldwide. Cinema lovers and readers interested in the history of Indian cinema’s international rise will be able to secure their copy and delve into the fascinating narrative crafted by Lall.

Namaste Cannes will soon be available for pre-order on Amazon worldwide,” he confirms, signaling the book’s broad accessibility to a global audience.

In a warm and personal note, Lall concludes his message by expressing his anticipation of meeting fellow cinema enthusiasts in Cannes, reinforcing the festival’s role as a global gathering of storytellers and dreamers.

“Looking forward to seeing you in Cannes!” he writes, inviting readers to be part of the celebration.

And with a heartfelt salute, he ends on a patriotic note that echoes the spirit of the book and the journey it represents:

“Jai Hind ”

Bhuvan Lall

Through Namaste Cannes, Bhuvan Lall delivers more than just a book—it is a cinematic tribute, a cultural chronicle, and a celebration of India’s artistic triumphs on one of the world’s most prestigious platforms. It reminds us that storytelling knows no borders and that the spirit of cinema can unite hearts across the globe.

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance Set for First Official Visit to India, Aims to Strengthen Bilateral Ties

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance will undertake his first official trip to India from April 21 to 24, marking a significant moment in the ongoing development of India-U.S. relations. The Indian Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has highlighted this upcoming visit as an important occasion to examine how far both nations have come in fulfilling the commitments made during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s February visit to Washington.

Joining Vice President Vance will be his wife, Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and several senior officials from the U.S. administration. Their itinerary covers a mix of official meetings and cultural experiences, with planned stops in New Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra. The delegation is scheduled to return to Washington on April 24, following the conclusion of the four-day visit.

The Indian government sees the visit as an essential checkpoint in evaluating the current status of bilateral cooperation. In a statement released on Wednesday evening, the MEA noted, “This visit will allow both sides to review the advancement of India-U.S. relations and evaluate the implementation of the outcomes of the India-U.S. Joint Statement issued on February 13, 2025.” The statement also added that “the two sides will also exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest,” indicating that broader geopolitical topics will be on the agenda as well.

This trip forms the second segment of Vice President Vance’s two-nation tour. Prior to arriving in India, he is expected to visit Italy. The journey represents a historic milestone, as it is the first visit to India by a sitting U.S. Vice President in more than ten years. The last time a Vice President visited India was in 2013, when Joe Biden made the trip during his tenure in the Obama administration.

In India, Vice President Vance is set to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21. The meeting is expected to include discussions on strategic cooperation, economic ties, and regional security. Alongside his official duties, Vance will also participate in cultural activities with his family, highlighting the people-to-people dimension of India-U.S. relations.

There has been speculation about a possible visit by National Security Advisor Mike Waltz during the same period, though the White House has not confirmed these details. If Waltz does make the trip, he would become the third high-ranking Trump administration official to visit India in 2025. Vice President Vance and Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard are the other two officials who have either visited or are scheduled to do so this year.

Vice President Vance and Prime Minister Modi are not strangers to each other. They previously met in Paris during the AI Summit in February, a meeting that included Second Lady Usha Vance and the couple’s two sons. This earlier engagement served as a preliminary interaction ahead of the more formal bilateral meeting scheduled in New Delhi.

Since joining President Donald Trump’s administration, J.D. Vance has taken on a highly visible role in foreign policy. He has been part of several high-profile diplomatic events and frequently joins the President in meetings with international leaders. On occasion, Trump has even invited Vance to speak during official White House functions. One particularly prominent moment came when Vance participated in an Oval Office meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky, further solidifying his standing within the administration.

The personal dimension of this visit adds another layer of significance. Second Lady Usha Vance brings a unique cultural connection to India. Born as Usha Bala Chilukuri in San Diego, she is of Indian descent, with her parents originally from the southern Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. Her Indian background has drawn comparisons to former Vice President Kamala Harris, whose mother hailed from Tamil Nadu. However, despite her Indian heritage, Harris never made an official visit to India during her time as Vice President.

Similarly, former Vice President Mike Pence had shown an interest in visiting India during the Trump administration’s first term, but the trip never materialized. In contrast, Vance’s visit will mark a significant moment in the Trump administration’s outreach to India, with his presence symbolizing a renewed commitment to strengthening diplomatic, economic, and cultural ties between the two nations.

The timing of this trip is also critical, coming just months after the February 2025 summit in Washington, where a comprehensive India-U.S. Joint Statement was issued. That statement outlined key areas of collaboration, including defense, clean energy, technology sharing, and trade. Both governments now have a chance to assess how effectively those plans are being implemented.

The inclusion of stops in Jaipur and Agra, in addition to New Delhi, underlines the importance of cultural diplomacy in this visit. While official discussions in the capital will focus on statecraft and policy matters, the time spent in Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh is expected to offer a softer engagement through heritage tourism and public interaction. These elements play a vital role in enhancing mutual understanding and fostering goodwill between the people of both countries.

The trip also serves to highlight the growing strategic partnership between India and the United States, one that extends beyond government corridors to touch on technology, education, climate change, and defense cooperation. In recent years, both countries have placed increasing importance on working together in areas such as the Indo-Pacific region, where shared security interests have driven deeper collaboration.

Vice President Vance’s visit is likely to reinforce this trajectory, particularly as global events demand tighter coordination between democratic nations. With rising tensions in various parts of the world and an ever-evolving geopolitical landscape, India and the United States are positioning themselves as key partners in maintaining stability and advancing democratic values.

The upcoming meetings and public appearances are also expected to project a positive image of bilateral ties to domestic audiences in both countries. For the U.S., it sends a message of continued engagement with one of its most important allies in Asia. For India, it showcases the strength of its relationship with Washington under the leadership of Prime Minister Modi.

As the visit draws near, anticipation is building around the kind of agreements and understandings that may emerge from Vice President Vance’s time in India. Whether it leads to new announcements or serves primarily as a follow-up to the February summit, the visit holds the promise of further solidifying a partnership that has grown steadily over the past two decades.

With a packed schedule and significant expectations, Vice President Vance’s trip to India will not only be closely watched by diplomats and analysts but also by the general public in both nations. The outcome may very well shape the next phase of cooperation between two of the world’s largest democracies.

Rohit Sharma Sees England Tour as Key Test Challenge After IPL 2025

India’s captain for Test and One-Day Internationals, Rohit Sharma, is looking forward to the national team’s upcoming tour of England, which he views as a significant and demanding challenge following the conclusion of the 2025 Indian Premier League (IPL) season. The Indian team is scheduled to face England in a five-match Test series, beginning on June 20 at Headingley. This tour holds importance for the team, as India will attempt to secure its first Test series win on English soil since 2007.

Speaking about the highly anticipated tour, Rohit expressed optimism during a conversation with former Australian captain Michael Clarke on the Beyond23 Cricket Podcast. “Absolutely. The last time we played them, the series ended 2-2,” he recalled, referring to India’s previous Test series against England. Rohit emphasized the importance of player fitness for the upcoming series, adding, “We need some of our guys to be 100% fit. If that happens, we’ll have a great series. I know the kind of cricket they’ve been playing lately — it’ll definitely be a good challenge for us.”

Rohit will likely face significant scrutiny during the tour, particularly because of his underwhelming performance in India’s most recent Test series — the 2024–25 Border-Gavaskar Trophy against Australia. In that series, he managed to score only 31 runs over four matches. He did not participate in the opening Test and later withdrew from the fifth and final Test, citing concerns about his own form and his inability to contribute effectively with the bat.

Discussing his absence from that decisive match, Rohit explained that the choice to sit out stemmed from a desire to prioritize the team’s success rather than merely occupying a spot in the playing XI. “I had to be honest with myself — I wasn’t hitting the ball well, and I didn’t want to play just for the sake of it,” he said, highlighting the internal deliberation that led to his decision. Rohit also spoke about the struggles of other players and the opportunity to bring in younger talent, particularly Shubman Gill, who had missed the prior Test.

“Others were struggling too, and we really wanted Gill to play. He’s such a talented player and had missed the previous Test, so we felt he deserved the opportunity,” Rohit explained. Recognizing the need to put the team’s interests above personal ambition, he emphasized the value of honest self-assessment. “I thought, ‘If I’m not in form, there’s no point forcing it.’ I spoke with the coach and the selector who was on tour. They were somewhat in agreement, somewhat not,” he admitted.

Despite differences in opinion with team management, Rohit reiterated that his decision was motivated by the larger objective of helping the team win. “At the end of the day, you try to put the team first, consider what’s needed, and make a call. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn’t. There’s no guarantee a decision will be right — you just go with what feels best for the team,” he said. His comments reveal the difficult choices players and captains must make during high-pressure series and the importance of making team-oriented decisions even when they may be personally challenging.

The tour of England is more than just a bilateral contest; it holds major implications for the ongoing World Test Championship cycle. With both India and England competing for valuable points, the series is set to be a critical part of each team’s campaign to qualify for the WTC final. The high-stakes nature of the competition adds further weight to Rohit’s assessment that the England tour will be a true test of character and ability for the Indian side.

India’s last Test series in England, which ended in a 2-2 draw, remains fresh in memory and serves as a reminder of the competitive nature of the two sides. While England’s playing style has evolved significantly in recent years — especially under the leadership of coach Brendon McCullum and captain Ben Stokes — India will be eager to prove their credentials away from home, particularly in testing English conditions.

For Rohit Sharma personally, the tour represents a chance for redemption. After a disappointing outing in the Border-Gavaskar Trophy, critics and fans alike will be watching his performances closely. Leading a young and dynamic side into a challenging overseas series, he will need to balance his responsibilities as a captain with the expectations placed on him as a senior batter.

The importance of fitness, as Rohit mentioned, will be critical. Injuries have historically played a major role in determining the outcome of lengthy Test series, and India’s depth will be tested. Several key players, including fast bowlers and top-order batters, will need to maintain peak condition to help India stay competitive throughout the five matches.

If India manages to field a fully fit squad and capitalize on early momentum, the team could have a real shot at ending its long-standing drought in England. The last time India won a Test series there was under Rahul Dravid’s captaincy in 2007 — a memory that still resonates with Indian cricket fans. Repeating or surpassing that achievement would not only add to Rohit’s legacy as captain but also strengthen India’s position in the World Test Championship standings.

In the lead-up to the tour, much attention will also be on how India manages player workloads, especially after a demanding IPL season. With the IPL set to wrap up shortly before the Test series begins, the Indian management will need to ensure a smooth transition from the fast-paced T20 format to the endurance-based demands of Test cricket.

The scheduling of the series so soon after the IPL could pose a unique challenge. Players will have limited time to adjust to red-ball cricket and the conditions in England, which are starkly different from Indian pitches and the T20 setup. Preparation and acclimatization will therefore play a vital role in determining the outcome of the early Tests.

As Rohit leads the team into one of its most crucial tours in recent years, the expectations are high, but so is the belief within the squad. With a mix of experienced players and emerging talents, India will hope to bring a balanced and competitive side to England. Their performance in the series could set the tone not only for the rest of their WTC campaign but also for the broader future of Indian Test cricket under Rohit’s leadership.

By acknowledging his own shortcomings and choosing to prioritize team performance over personal milestones, Rohit has set an example of responsible leadership. Now, as the team prepares for its next big challenge, all eyes will be on how India fares against a resurgent English side in their own backyard.

NASA Removes Neela Rajendra as Head of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Initiatives Following Trump’s Executive Order

NASA has dismissed Neela Rajendra, an Indian-origin leader who headed the agency’s Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) initiatives, in response to a sweeping executive order issued by President Donald Trump. This order aimed to eliminate DEI programs across federal agencies, marking a significant shift in the U.S. government’s approach to these initiatives.

Rajendra’s termination comes after weeks of internal efforts at NASA to retain her, despite the pressure from the executive order. In March, the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL), where Rajendra worked, attempted to navigate around the order by reassigning her to a newly created role. This move led to the formation of the “Office of Team Excellence and Employee Success,” a rebranding seen by many as an effort to maintain Rajendra’s responsibilities while appearing to comply with the new mandate.

Even though her title was altered, Rajendra remained responsible for overseeing employee support programs and managing various affinity groups. Among her duties was leading the “Black Excellence Strategic Team,” a key initiative aimed at promoting racial diversity and excellence within NASA. However, despite these efforts to shield her position, the administration’s renewed focus on enforcing the executive order earlier this month ultimately led to her departure from the agency.

JPL officially confirmed Rajendra’s departure through an internal email sent last week. The email, reportedly written by JPL Director Laurie Leshin, expressed gratitude for Rajendra’s contributions to the organization: “Neela Rajendra is no longer working at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. We are incredibly grateful for the lasting impact she made to our organization. We wish her the very best,” it stated.

During her tenure at NASA, Rajendra held various roles and was pivotal in launching initiatives such as the “Space Workforce 2030” pledge. This initiative sought to create more opportunities for women and underrepresented minorities within NASA’s workforce, aligning with broader efforts to foster diversity within the space agency.

Rajendra’s dismissal is part of a larger trend where federal agencies are scaling back or eliminating DEI programs. The Trump administration has framed this move as necessary to curb divisiveness, reduce wasteful spending, and address what it characterizes as discriminatory outcomes associated with such programs. As a result, hundreds of positions tied to diversity and inclusion efforts across the federal government have been cut.

With her departure, NASA joins a growing list of agencies that have fully shut down their DEI offices in response to the executive order, reflecting the broader shift in federal policy toward diversity programs.

Historic Street Naming Honors Thích Nhất Hạnh’s Legacy in New York City

On a cold and rainy Friday, April 11, a group of Buddhist monks and lay followers gathered on the bustling Upper West Side of New York City to witness the unveiling of a street sign honoring the late Vietnamese Buddhist monk, Thích Nhất Hạnh. The street, now named Thích Nhất Hạnh Way, sits at the intersection of Broadway and West 109th Streets, marking a significant tribute to the influential Zen master who passed away in 2022 at the age of 95.

New York City Councilmember Shaun Abreu addressed the crowd, which included both robed monks and city residents, highlighting the significance of the moment. “New Yorkers are not necessarily known for peace,” he remarked. “We live with a lot of noise, a lot of stress. But Thích Nhất Hạnh had a message for people like us. He knew that we can’t build a better world if we’re angry all the time, or if we lose sight of each other’s humanity. By putting his name right here, we’re creating a moment of pause and of breath.”

Thích Nhất Hạnh, regarded as the father of mindfulness, spent part of his early life in New York during the 1960s while studying comparative religion and teaching Buddhism at Union Theological Seminary and Columbia University. His exile from Vietnam was due to his opposition to the Vietnam War and his stance of neutrality, which led to a nomination for the Nobel Peace Prize in 1967 by peace activist Martin Luther King Jr.

The street naming serves as a way to honor Hạnh’s far-reaching influence on both Eastern and Western mindfulness communities. Followers of the monk, many of whom belong to his Plum Village tradition, gathered in solemn silence, creating a contrast to the usual city sounds of car alarms and police sirens. Using American Sign Language to show their appreciation—referred to as “showing their flowers”—the group added a unique touch to the ceremony. Monastics from Hạnh’s various monasteries, including Deer Park in California and Blue Cliff in upstate New York, traveled to attend the event. They sang Hạnh’s poems, pausing to take synchronized breaths in unison.

One of the central practices shared by the group was walking meditation, a method that Hạnh himself championed. After the street naming, the group engaged in a walking meditation from 109th Street to the Buddhist seminary at 121st Street. “Thay’s teaching encourages (us) to return to our breath, to find tranquility amid chaos and to cultivate compassion in our heart,” said Brother Pháp Không, a monk from Blue Cliff Monastery. “This practice of walking meditation, where each step is taken mindfully and each breath is the same, reminds us that peace is not a distant goal. He’s shown us that peace begins within ourselves.”

Brother Pháp Lưu, the eldest non-Vietnamese American monk in the Plum Village tradition, reflected on the profound impact of Hạnh’s teachings. Ordained as a novice by Hạnh in 2003, Lưu shared that he considers himself part of a fortunate generation that traveled with Hạnh as an aspiring young practitioner. “You can almost say we were reborn from the teacher’s mouth,” Lưu told RNS.

Lưu recalled his first encounter with Thích Nhất Hạnh during a visit to Plum Village in 2002. “We were outside in an outdoor amphitheater, and suddenly, Thay just manifested in the middle of a crowd of monks and nuns,” he said. “I didn’t see where he came from. It seemed like he just appeared.” Lưu explained that this experience encapsulated the essence of Hạnh’s teachings. “That vision of Thay amidst the monastic sangha, that is the essence of Thay. You cannot see him as an individual, as this separate person, but rather as the body of collective mindfulness practice that he has generated out of the Buddhist community in Vietnam, and then being exiled and recreating that community here in the West.”

Lưu spent the final years of Hạnh’s life at Deer Park Monastery. Reflecting on the leader’s teachings, Lưu emphasized that Hạnh did not designate a formal successor. Instead, Hạnh’s legacy was rooted in the values of loving speech and deep listening. “He trained us how to use loving speech and deep listening to understand each other when there’s misunderstandings, to open our hearts to always be willing to reconcile, rather than hold resentment in our hearts.”

This message of reconciliation remains particularly pertinent today, according to followers. Jonathan Gold, a 24-year-old master’s student at the Manhattan School of Music, spoke of how Thích Nhất Hạnh’s teachings helped him navigate the complexities of modern life. Gold, who was raised Jewish, discovered Zen Buddhism through his studies of sacred music and Hạnh’s books. “I think the heart of everything is through every day, every conversation, every action you take, having it be rooted in radical non-violence, radical non-harm,” Gold explained. “Any time we’re having discussions with people or talking to our parents — that’s a big one — changing the language we use so that we’re approaching things with compassion and understanding rather than aggression or antagonizing.”

For 15-year-old Fiona Falco, who practices with her mother, Buddhist teachings have been a source of comfort amidst the pressures of adolescence. “It’s just calming, and it’s fun to do it with my mom,” Falco said. Her mother, Elaina Cardo, a teacher in the Green Island Sangha of Plum Village, explained that the simplicity of Hạnh’s teachings makes mindfulness accessible to all. “It’s not a certain time that you have to practice it, it’s in everything you do—whether it’s eating or walking,” Cardo said. She also works with Plum Village’s Wake Up Schools program, which integrates mindfulness practices into primary and secondary education.

Joan Arenstein, 76, a long-time Upper West Side resident, discovered Hạnh’s meditation techniques during the COVID-19 pandemic. She finds resonance between Hạnh’s mindfulness practices and her Jewish faith, particularly in the areas of spirituality, ritual, and love for all humankind. Arenstein expressed her gratitude for the new street sign, stating that it adds a meaningful element to her daily walks. “Without the mud, there is no lotus. There is suffering, but there’s beauty, and we all need to stick together, (to) take care of each other,” she shared, quoting one of Thích Nhất Hạnh’s most cherished teachings.

The street naming of Thích Nhất Hạnh Way serves as a lasting tribute to a man who reshaped the practice of mindfulness, blending Eastern and Western traditions. For those who follow his teachings, it stands as a reminder to practice peace, compassion, and mindful living in all aspects of life.

Trump’s Tariff Fluctuations Leave Tech Industry Reeling Amid Trade War Uncertainty

The Trump administration’s shifting stance on tariffs for technology products has sparked widespread confusion in an industry deeply entangled in global supply chains. While tech companies initially welcomed a temporary reprieve from tariffs, the White House quickly signaled that many of those products might still be targeted, leaving businesses scrambling to adapt.

On Friday, the technology sector appeared to catch a break when the Trump administration announced that electronic goods would be exempt from the “reciprocal” tariffs. However, by Sunday, President Trump indicated that many of these same products could still be affected by the upcoming sector-specific tariffs.

These abrupt changes have created significant instability for technology companies, which now must make critical decisions about manufacturing and logistics under rapidly shifting policy conditions.

“It’s creating an awful lot of chaos at the moment. A lot of uncertainty,” said Rob Handfield, a supply chain management professor at North Carolina State University.

Over the past month, the course of Trump’s trade war has shifted several times, but the last two weeks have brought the most notable changes for tech firms. On a single Wednesday, the administration introduced steep tariff increases on nearly all U.S. trading partners. Later that same day, Trump implemented a 90-day delay on these increases after global market shares took a nosedive, reverting most tariff rates to a baseline of 10 percent.

Yet China, central to the ongoing trade conflict, was excluded from this pause. This exclusion was particularly troubling for tech companies dependent on Chinese factories and materials. As a result, the U.S. imposed a steep 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, prompting China to retaliate with a 125 percent tariff on U.S. products.

Amid this tit-for-tat escalation, the Customs and Border Protection agency posted new guidance last Friday exempting about 20 tech-related products from tariffs. This list included essential consumer electronics like smartphones, computers, routers, and semiconductor chips. The move was met with applause from tech firms and consumers relieved to avoid higher electronics prices.

However, that optimism was short-lived. Two days later, Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick clarified that the exemption was not permanent. “This is not like a permanent sort of exemption,” Lutnick said on ABC News’s “This Week.” “[Trump’s] just clarifying that these are not available to be negotiated away by countries. These are things that are national security, that we need to be made in America.”

President Trump echoed this sentiment later on Sunday, revealing plans to introduce tariffs specifically on semiconductors—a category that would likely encompass many of the products temporarily exempted.

When questioned on Monday about whether Apple products might receive exemptions, Trump didn’t offer a clear answer but instead emphasized his adaptable approach to the tariff situation. “Look, I’m a very flexible person. I don’t change my mind, but I’m flexible. And you have to be. You just can’t have a wall, and you’ll only go — no, sometimes you have to go around it, under it or above it,” Trump explained.

He also noted his ongoing discussions with Apple CEO Tim Cook. “There’ll be maybe things coming up. I speak to Tim Cook; I helped Tim Cook recently, and that whole business. I don’t want to hurt anybody,” Trump added.

The White House also confirmed plans to launch a Section 232 investigation into electronics imports, laying the legal groundwork for semiconductor tariffs. A Section 232 probe allows the Commerce Department to evaluate the national security risks posed by imported goods.

Defending the administration’s approach on Monday, White House spokesperson Kush Desai stated, “By implementing a historic 125 percent reciprocal tariff on China while pursuing a Section 232 investigation on electronics imports, President Trump is taking a nuanced, strategic approach to combat China’s unfair trade practices and reshore the high-tech manufacturing that is critical to our national and economic security.”

Desai added that this approach would bolster ongoing efforts to drive domestic investment in electronics and semiconductors. “This approach will build on the hundreds of billions of dollars’ worth of electronics and semiconductor investment commitments that the administration has secured without letting China exploit loopholes to keep undermining American industries and workers,” he said.

For companies caught in the crosshairs of this tariff conflict, the lack of clarity has made planning extremely difficult. “Companies cherish stability, predictability, certainty in the business environment and that applies not just to trade policy, but institutionally, programmatically, regulatorily, etc.,” said Stephen Ezell, vice president for global innovation policy at the Information Technology and Innovation Foundation.

While most firms have remained quiet about their contingency plans, some have made their adjustments public. Nintendo, for instance, moved part of its manufacturing out of China and recently announced a delay in preorders for its upcoming Switch 2 console. The company said it was evaluating “the potential impact of tariffs and evolving market conditions.”

Tesla, Elon Musk’s electric vehicle company, also suspended sales of some models in China following the imposition of retaliatory tariffs, although it did not officially confirm that trade tensions were the cause.

Ezell believes that many companies will proceed cautiously until the final shape of the tariffs and trade deals is clear. “Until there is more clarity on the final contours of the tariffs and trade relationship,” he noted, companies are likely to remain in a holding pattern.

Handfield, who also serves as the executive director of the Supply Chain Resource Cooperative, said that firms are engaging in scenario planning. “What if tariffs go to X? What if they go to Y? What if we move this facility over here?” he said. “So they’re starting to look at the potential impacts, they’re not going to make any major decisions until things stabilize a little bit.”

According to experts, more stable trade negotiations and concrete outcomes would prompt companies to invest again. “Are you going to make an investment until you know what the outcome of the negotiation is? Probably not,” Ezell explained. “The more this is unclear, the more this is open, that this is prone to change, it will have a dampening effect on investment.”

Still, he acknowledged that some artificial intelligence companies may act quickly when opportunities arise. “That said, AI companies are always evaluating the day-to-day environments and if they see a strategic opportunity to make a move, they probably will,” he said.

Chipmaker Nvidia offered a rare example of decisive action in the current climate. On Monday, the company announced plans to produce up to $500 billion worth of AI chips and supercomputers in the U.S. over the next four years. Trump celebrated the move, saying, “without tariffs, they wouldn’t be doing it,” although Ezell pointed out Nvidia’s financial strength made it uniquely positioned to take such a step.

In the broader business world, however, the unpredictability of the administration’s policies has led to open frustration. DHL Group CEO Tobias Meyer remarked during a Bloomberg Television interview, “They don’t know, even if something is announced, whether two days later it’s not changed again. You really see some fatigue of decision makers in manufacturing and also in the distribution sector.”

Kevin O’Leary, an investor and Trump ally known for his role on “Shark Tank,” also criticized the administration’s inconsistent messaging. “It’s a little chaotic from the point of view that you don’t get a consistent message out of the administration. I admit that’s a problem,” O’Leary told Fox Business Network on Monday.

Scientists Investigate India’s Slower Warming Amid Global Heat Surge

At a recent climate change conference in India, scientists presented a striking visual. A global map displayed how 2024 temperatures diverged from historical norms, with deep red hues indicating temperature increases of 1°C to 2°C across many regions. Yet, amid this sea of red, India appeared as a conspicuous pale spot—suggesting significantly less warming.

Despite enduring back-to-back years of blistering heat and record-breaking temperatures, India has experienced a smaller increase in average annual temperatures than much of the world. Since 1901, the country’s mean temperature has risen by less than 0.7°C, which is about half of the global average. This finding may come as a surprise to many Indians bracing for another scorching summer.

The reasons behind this slower rate of warming remain unclear. The climate change conference, jointly hosted by the Indian Ministry of Environment and Harvard University, showcased various hypotheses but underscored that the phenomenon is still not fully understood. Although it’s known that tropical regions generally warm at a slower pace than the poles, other India-specific factors may be at play, such as air pollution and extensive irrigation. “I don’t think this is yet sufficiently settled,” said Peter Huybers, a climate scientist at Harvard. He emphasized that gaining clarity on this issue could greatly benefit India’s future climate planning.

One leading theory centers on air pollution. The Indo-Gangetic Plain, stretching from Pakistan through northern India to Bangladesh, is one of the most densely populated regions in the world. It suffers from severe air pollution due to a combination of industrial activities, traffic emissions, dust, cooking methods, and agricultural fires. This pollution includes aerosols that reflect sunlight, which could be contributing to regional cooling. Worldwide, similar pollution has been credited with partially offsetting the warming effects of greenhouse gases throughout the 20th century.

Recent studies suggest that as pollution levels decline, warming may accelerate. A 2024 study supported this idea, and another found that pollution reduction efforts in China raised average temperatures by 0.1°C between 2013 and 2019. These findings highlight a paradox: while India desperately needs to improve its air quality to prevent the over 1 million pollution-linked deaths annually, such cleanup efforts might inadvertently speed up the pace of warming.

During the conference, American climate experts drew attention when they predicted that India could warm twice as quickly in the coming decades. However, not all scientists are convinced that pollution is the primary factor behind India’s slower warming. Aerosol pollution in India includes high levels of soot, which, unlike other particles that reflect sunlight, actually absorb it and contribute to warming. Raghu Murtugudde, a professor emeritus at the University of Maryland now based in Mumbai, explained that the overall effect of aerosols remains ambiguous. “It’s not yet clear whether the net impact of aerosols is cooling or warming,” he noted. While satellite data point to a net cooling effect, ground-level observations haven’t confirmed this trend.

Moreover, Murtugudde pointed out a seasonal discrepancy that complicates the pollution theory. The winter months in India—when aerosol levels peak—have also witnessed the most significant warming. “Aerosols don’t seem to explain the seasonal pattern,” he said.

Murtugudde suggests that changes in wind patterns may offer another explanation. In a 2023 study, he and colleagues observed that accelerated warming over the Middle East has pulled monsoon winds northward over the Arabian Sea. This shift has been linked to increased rainfall and flooding in regions like Pakistan and northwestern India, which are traditionally dry. He is now exploring whether similar wind changes during other seasons might contribute to India’s relatively muted warming trend.

Another factor that may be influencing India’s climate is the large-scale expansion of irrigation in the northern part of the country. Irrigation increases evapotranspiration—the combined process of water evaporating from soil and transpiring from plants—which absorbs heat and cools the air. A 2016 study co-authored by Huybers found that this mechanism had cooled peak summer temperatures in the U.S. Midwest. A 2020 study reached a similar conclusion globally, emphasizing that irrigation particularly dampened warming over South Asia.

Still, the irrigation hypothesis is not universally accepted. Some Indian scientists argue that estimates based on satellite imagery and global datasets may be exaggerating the amount of water used for irrigation in northern India, particularly during summer when ground-based measurements show lower irrigation levels. This discrepancy raises doubts about whether irrigation can fully explain the observed temperature trends.

Govindasamy Bala, a professor at the Centre for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences at the Indian Institute of Science, remains skeptical of all these theories. According to Bala, there is no mystery. He believes India’s slower warming is simply a function of its geographic location in the humid tropics and natural variability within the climate system. While pollution and irrigation might have local effects, he argues, they are not significant at the national scale. “They could also be just noise,” Bala said.

To unravel the underlying causes, more targeted research is needed. “Untangling these factors will require a focused study to understand how they interact and evolve over time,” said Huybers. Murtugudde added that the reason the slower warming seems puzzling is “only because we haven’t paid attention.”

Indeed, scientific efforts have largely concentrated on the extremes of India’s climate—such as the increasingly deadly summer heat waves. Last summer alone, heat waves claimed more than 700 lives, according to one estimate. There is no doubt among experts that future summers will be even more dangerous.

However, better understanding of the historical climate trend in India could lead to more accurate projections and improved preparation. Even if India has warmed less than other nations so far, the trajectory may shift rapidly as environmental policies evolve and natural systems adjust.

In a world grappling with rising temperatures, India’s anomalously slow warming pattern offers both a mystery and a potential guide. By deciphering this phenomenon, scientists hope to equip the country—and perhaps others in similar climatic zones—with the tools to navigate an uncertain future.

Small Businesses Sue Trump Over New Tariffs, Claim Illegal Use of Emergency Powers

Five small businesses from different parts of the United States have filed a lawsuit against President Donald Trump, challenging the legality of the new tariffs he recently imposed on foreign imports. The lawsuit, filed on Monday in the U.S. Court of International Trade, argues that Trump exceeded his presidential authority by declaring an economic emergency based on trade deficits and unilaterally levying tariffs without Congressional approval.

The complaint contends that the administration’s reasoning lacks any constitutional or legislative backing. According to the suit, “Congress has not delegated any such power. The statute the President invokes — the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (‘IEEPA’) — does not authorize the President to unilaterally issue across-the-board worldwide tariffs.” This legal move marks a significant challenge to Trump’s trade policy, which the plaintiffs argue is both economically damaging and legally unsound.

Representing the businesses in the lawsuit is the Liberty Justice Center, a legal advocacy organization that has taken up the case on behalf of the small companies. These businesses, the center claims, are suffering due to the tariffs, which impose at least a 10 percent increase on most foreign imports and even higher rates on products from numerous countries. The Liberty Justice Center emphasizes that the burden of these tariffs falls most heavily on small, owner-operated companies that lack the financial resources to absorb such added costs.

“His claimed emergency is a figment of his own imagination: trade deficits, which have persisted for decades without causing economic harm, are not an emergency,” the lawsuit states. This quote underscores the plaintiffs’ argument that Trump’s justification lacks substance and historical precedent. The suit goes on to explain that the idea of a trade deficit being an “unusual and extraordinary threat” — as required under the IEEPA for such presidential action — simply does not hold up to scrutiny.

Another major point raised in the complaint is the inconsistency of the tariff policy. The plaintiffs note that the Trump administration did not limit the tariffs to countries with which the U.S. runs trade deficits. Instead, they imposed tariffs on nations even where no such deficit exists. This, they argue, further undermines the legitimacy of the emergency claim and the rationale for the tariffs. “The Liberty Justice Center noted that the Trump administration imposed tariffs even on countries with which the United States does not have a trade deficit, ‘further undermining the administration’s justification.’”

According to the plaintiffs, this is not only a policy misstep but a violation of constitutional principles. “This Court should declare the President’s unprecedented power grab illegal, enjoin the operation of the executive actions that purport to impose these tariffs under the IEEPA and reaffirm this country’s core founding principle: there shall be no taxation without representation,” the suit declares. This echoes the foundational American belief that taxing authority rests with elected representatives in Congress, not the executive branch acting alone.

The businesses taking legal action are diverse in nature and located in different states, but all share a common problem: the added financial pressure from the tariffs threatens their viability. Among the plaintiffs is VOS Selections, a New York-based importer and distributor of small-production wines, spirits, and sakes. Also included is FishUSA, a Pennsylvania company that operates a retail and wholesale e-commerce business specializing in sportfishing gear and accessories.

Utah-based Genova Pipe, which manufactures plastic piping and related materials used in plumbing, electrical, and irrigation systems, has also joined the suit. MicroKits LLC, located in Virginia, makes educational electronic kits and musical instruments and claims the tariffs are undercutting their profitability. Finally, Terry Precision Cycling, a Vermont-based producer of women’s cycling apparel, is another plaintiff that has reportedly already felt the sting of Trump’s tariff policy.

The lawsuit provides a detailed account of how these tariffs have affected Terry Precision Cycling financially. “Terry Cycling has already paid $25,000 in unplanned tariffs this year for goods for which Terry was the importer of record, and Terry projects that the tariffs will cost the company approximately $250,000 by the end of 2025,” it states. This figure represents a significant cost for a small business and indicates the scale of disruption that the policy is inflicting.

Looking ahead, the outlook is even more alarming for the company. “Terry Cycling in 2026 expects to face an estimated $1.2 million in tariff costs — an amount that is simply not survivable for a business of its size,” the lawsuit continues. The owners argue that such a financial burden is disproportionate and potentially fatal for a small enterprise, and they are seeking judicial relief to avoid a scenario in which they are forced out of business.

The lawsuit aims to not only reverse the tariffs but also to challenge the broader principle of presidential overreach. The plaintiffs and their legal team assert that Trump’s invocation of emergency powers is unjustified and could set a dangerous precedent if left unchecked. They are calling on the court to invalidate the executive orders and restore the constitutional balance of power between Congress and the president.

As of now, the White House has not commented on the lawsuit. CNBC has reportedly reached out for a statement, but no response has been given. The silence leaves open the question of how the current administration will respond to a legal case that centers on actions taken by Trump during his time in office.

This case could have significant implications for future trade policy and the use of emergency powers by presidents. If the court sides with the plaintiffs, it could place new limits on how far executive authority can go in matters of economic policy. Conversely, a ruling in favor of Trump’s actions could reinforce the expanding role of the presidency in areas traditionally governed by Congress.

In the meantime, the five small businesses continue to struggle with the immediate impact of the tariffs. Their hope is that the legal system will provide the relief they need to survive and that the lawsuit will prompt a broader discussion about the balance of power in American government. Whether or not the court agrees, the outcome of this case is likely to influence the boundaries of executive power for years to come.

Kunchacko Boban Reflects on Career Milestone with Officer on Duty and Embraces New Horizons

Kunchacko Boban is relishing the success of his latest film Officer on Duty, which turned profitable within just three days of its release. This swift success, he believes, marks a pivotal moment in his long and diverse career. Although the actor, known affectionately as Chackochan, has acted in over 100 Malayalam films, he openly admits that he often looks back on his performances thinking he could have done better. However, his portrayal of CI Harishankar in Officer on Duty might be one of the rare instances where he feels a sense of true accomplishment, especially considering the widespread praise he has received for the role.

Reflecting on his approach to acting, Kunchacko Boban shared in an interview with Hindustan Times that continuous growth is a key part of his journey. “I’m constantly learning and honing my craft. You try to take up different movies or different characters which might not be in your league or zone, in which you have to put in extra effort and take risks, both emotionally and physically. I’m still trying to learn the trade, the basics and try out different combinations, different characters and novel ideas which come my way. I’m charged up to work in such exciting movies and willing to support new creators,” he explained.

The actor’s commitment to evolving his artistry has led him to embrace roles outside his comfort zone. He is particularly enthusiastic about venturing into characters that challenge him, not only as a performer but also as a person. According to him, roles like Harishankar are rare but rewarding, and they fuel his desire to explore further in the world of cinema.

Interestingly, despite his popularity in Malayalam cinema, Kunchacko Boban has not ventured into Tamil or Telugu films like many of his peers. When asked why, he offered a compelling explanation. “I think content-wise, the Malayalam film industry is in its golden phase right now. Other industries are actually envying us because of the kind of unique films we have been churning out – be it the quality, theme or story. Our films, even though locally rooted, are going pan-Indian and global because of their content and with OTT coming in, the language barrier is blurred too,” he said.

He added that the Malayalam industry is currently offering him some of the most exciting characters and stories, which leaves him content. However, he is not ruling out opportunities in other languages. “But I am open to other languages, especially Tamil because I want to dub for myself. If an exciting character or movie comes my way in other languages, I will give it a try. I’m waiting for that,” he added with optimism.

Throughout his 27-year journey in the film industry, Kunchacko Boban has showcased his range in a variety of roles. Films like How Old Are You?, Take Off, Traffic, Bougainvillea, Nizhal, Virus, 2018, Nna Thaan Case Kodu, Anjaam Pathiraa, Nayattu, and Ariyippu have each demonstrated different facets of his acting abilities. These performances helped him move away from his earlier ‘chocolate boy’ image and establish himself as a serious, versatile actor. Yet, the journey has not been without its setbacks.

Despite experiencing both success and failure, Chackochan maintains a pragmatic outlook on his career. He believes that mistakes are valuable lessons and that growth comes from perseverance. “Basically, no regrets,” he said when asked about any past disappointments. “I don’t analyse the negative side of my life too much, and I don’t brood over it. I always tried to find positivity in my career – when I was stuck doing formulaic films and characters, I just took a break from cinema and returned to do different kinds of roles.”

He acknowledged that many people question why he didn’t make that shift sooner, but he believes everything happened at the right time. “People ask me now why it took me so long to make that change when I could have done it long ago. But I believe this was the right time to make that attempt – if you fall, just pick yourself up and keep moving. You should always move a step forward, even if you crawl,” he said.

Kunchacko Boban also attributes his journey to a higher power and to the vision of filmmakers who have shaped his path. “I always believe in God’s plan. I’m just a tool in God’s hands and a tool in the hands of great creators in the film world,” he added, underscoring his faith in divine timing and creative collaboration.

The actor’s openness to working with fresh talent has also been a notable part of his evolution. He frequently reiterates his willingness to collaborate with new filmmakers, especially if the script and role are fresh and stimulating. “I’m open to any character, role or movie that can portray me in an unthinkable way and is beyond my imagination. I’m welcoming every director and scriptwriter – experienced or newcomer – to create enticing and exciting roles. I’m waiting for them as an actor,” Kunchacko Boban concluded.

With Officer on Duty reinforcing his credibility and reaffirming his place in the industry, Kunchacko Boban stands at a promising juncture in his career. As he continues to embrace roles that defy typecasting and encourage artistic risks, the actor is more energized than ever to contribute to the evolving narrative of Malayalam cinema. Whether exploring challenging characters, supporting new talent, or venturing into other language films, his journey forward promises to be one of creative exploration and continual reinvention.

Melinda French Gates Reflects on Her Divorce and Life Beyond Bill Gates

Melinda French Gates has opened up about the moment she realized she needed to end her marriage to Bill Gates, a decision that came after nearly three decades of partnership. The 60-year-old philanthropist and the 69-year-old Microsoft co-founder shocked the public when they revealed in May 2021 that they were parting ways after 27 years of marriage.

Speaking candidly during an appearance on The Late Show with Stephen Colbert on Monday, April 14, Melinda discussed the circumstances surrounding the divorce and the personal growth that followed. She was promoting her memoir, The Next Day, which delves into her journey through the separation and the strength she found during that period.

Melinda addressed the core issue that led her to walk away from the marriage. She emphasized the importance of mutual honesty in a partnership. “To have a trusted relationship, which is what I wanted in marriage, that means that both partners have to be honest with one another,” she told Colbert. Reflecting on her own experience, she added, “And if you can’t, you can’t have intimacy and you can’t have trust. So in the end, I had to go.”

Her memoir, The Next Day, details how she chose to respond to the challenges in her marriage. In it, she writes about her effort to “respond to the betrayals in my marriage without betraying myself in return.” She credits years of therapy with helping her maintain her integrity through the difficult process. The book also reveals that the decision to end the marriage was not made overnight, and the separation itself was kept private for over a year before the public announcement.

In an earlier interview with PEOPLE magazine, Melinda echoed a central theme of her book — the importance of staying true to oneself. “You have to stay true to yourself always, right?” she said. For her, being authentic was essential, and she hopes her experience can help others who might be navigating similar transitions. “It was important for me to be real,” she added. “Hopefully it might be helpful to someone else.”

On the same Late Show appearance, Melinda shared a brief but positive update on her personal life. While she did not share details on the show itself, she did confirm that she is currently in a “pretty great” relationship. In her interview with PEOPLE, she revealed that she was dating and felt “very, very happy.” Last fall, she was seen holding hands with businessman Philip Vaughn, suggesting that she has indeed found happiness again.

As she promotes her new book, Melinda is also reflecting on her philanthropic legacy, particularly her efforts to empower women and girls through charitable giving. Alongside discussing her charitable initiatives, she is openly talking about the events that led to her divorce and other pivotal experiences in her life.

During a recent interview on Good Morning America, Melinda described her decision to leave Bill as a profoundly painful experience. “I ended up learning some lessons and there was some growth in there, too,” she shared. Despite the hardship, she found valuable insights and emerged stronger.

In The Next Day, she recounts having haunting dreams about her family before making the decision to leave. One vivid nightmare involved her falling off a cliff — a symbolic representation of her emotional state at the time. “As dramatic as it sounds,” she writes, “I knew, in that moment, that I was going to have to make a decision—and that I was going to have to make it by myself.”

After the divorce, Melinda took time to rediscover herself and embrace a new chapter. She told PEOPLE about a “freedom tour” she took with friends to Mexico. The trip was symbolic of her transition into single life and self-reinvention. “Transitions can be scary, exhilarating or both,” she said. “But anything’s possible. And when you get to the other side, you’re going to be okay.”

Bill Gates has also reflected publicly on the end of their marriage. In an interview with the U.K. Times in January, he acknowledged the emotional toll of the divorce. He called it “tough” and referred to it as “the mistake I most regret.” His remarks underscored the depth of their shared history and the difficulty of moving on from such a long-standing partnership.

However, Bill clarified his sentiments during a subsequent appearance on the Today show. He said that his regret did not lie in the marriage itself, but rather in how it ended. “Despite the fact that the divorce wasn’t great, having those three kids, the work we were able to do together — even if I knew that it [wouldn’t] last forever, I would still do it again,” he said. His statement acknowledged the value of their family and shared philanthropic efforts, even if the romantic relationship could not be sustained.

When asked about Bill’s remarks during an interview with Elle in March, Melinda offered her own perspective. She expressed hope that people would recognize her personal growth and strength post-divorce. “I hope people saw that I was thriving on the other side of a divorce,” she said.

Melinda’s recent media appearances, her memoir, and her continued dedication to philanthropic work reveal a woman who has come through personal upheaval with clarity, resolve, and optimism for the future. Her story is one of resilience, authenticity, and transformation, and she hopes her journey can serve as a beacon for others facing difficult decisions in their personal lives.

Indian Consulate and IMNA Host Joyous Eid Celebration in New York, Uniting Communities and Leaders

The Consulate General of India in New York joined hands with the Indian American Muslims of North America (IMNA) to host a colorful and heartfelt Eid celebration that drew together a diverse gathering of community members, spiritual leaders, dignitaries, and elected officials. The event marked the conclusion of the holy month of Ramadan and celebrated the shared values of unity, reflection, and joy among the Indian diaspora.

The celebration opened with a spiritual recitation from the Holy Quran by Qari Hafiz Faizan Mohammed Khan. Zoha Fatima Ahmed followed with the English translation of the verses, helping set a serene and contemplative mood for the evening. This spiritual beginning underscored the core themes of the night: harmony, celebration, and cultural reflection.

Among the evening’s speakers was young Nimra Fatima, who delivered an emotional talk on her experiences growing up as a Muslim in America. She spoke about how Ramadan had a profound impact on her identity and connection to her cultural and religious roots. According to organizers, her speech struck a chord with the audience and highlighted the importance of nurturing the younger generation’s involvement in cultural and religious traditions.

Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, the Consul General of India in New York, delivered the keynote address. Reflecting on his childhood Eid experiences in India, he commended the diaspora community for keeping the spirit of Eid alive while adapting to life in America. He expressed his gratitude to all those present and especially thanked IMNA Chairman Ilayas Quraishi and Co-chair Ahmed Shakir for organizing the celebration. He acknowledged the importance of such gatherings in strengthening communal bonds.

Ahmed Shakir, one of the key organizers, welcomed attendees warmly and extended his appreciation to everyone who contributed to the event. He emphasized the collaborative spirit behind the event and the importance of shared cultural experiences.

IMNA President Imtiaz Siamwalla also addressed the gathering, underlining the value of community solidarity. He expressed his ongoing support for cultural initiatives that promote unity and mutual understanding.

IMNA Chairman Ilayas Quraishi gave an impassioned speech encouraging families to become more involved in community activities. He placed particular emphasis on engaging youth and fostering future leaders. “You heard from my daughter, Nimra Fatima, earlier as she beautifully described the spirit of Ramadan. I’m proud of her and of all our youth stepping forward,” he said. “Every year, we aim to bring in the younger generation. I urge you all to bring your children, let them speak, let them lead. Each of you is an ambassador of our rich culture and heritage. India is our Janmabhoomi, and America is our Karmabhoomi. We must not only join events representing India — we must lead them.”

A number of prominent figures from various walks of life graced the celebration. Among them was Abdelkader Jamoussi, Consul General of the Kingdom of Morocco, who lauded the Indian diaspora for hosting such an inclusive and meaningful event. His presence underscored the international nature of the celebration and its message of interfaith unity.

New York State Senator Robert Jackson also attended, stating that participating in the Eid celebration had become a valued yearly tradition for him. NYC Public Advocate Jumaane Williams offered Eid greetings and praised the event for its role in strengthening community ties. He reiterated his continued support for advocacy and empowerment within the Muslim and South Asian communities.

Deputy Public Advocate Kashif Hussain participated as a special guest, showing solidarity with the South Asian and Muslim communities. New York State Assembly Member Zohran Mamdani also addressed the audience. Identifying himself as an Indian Muslim, he shared his family’s history of migrating from India nearly two centuries ago. He spoke passionately about how his heritage continues to inspire his identity and work in public life.

From the New York City Mayor’s Office for International Affairs, Deputy Commissioner Dilip Chauhan expressed his dedication to supporting initiatives that build community and cultural bridges. A representative from the office of NYC Councilman Salam Yousef was also in attendance, commending the celebration’s spirit of inclusion and diversity.

In recognition of the sustained contributions of IMNA to cultural and interfaith harmony, the Office of NYC Mayor Eric Adams presented a special citation to the organization. This honor highlighted IMNA’s commitment to fostering unity and shared cultural values among the Indian American diaspora.

Adding a national dimension to the event, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer sent a heartfelt video message to extend Eid greetings to the Muslim community. In his message, he acknowledged the Indian American Muslim community’s efforts to promote multicultural harmony and strengthen social ties.

The evening also included a segment to honor individuals and organizations that have made notable contributions to community service and the arts. Khaliq Ahmed received a plaque for his exceptional service to the community. The Care and Share Foundation was also recognized for its contributions to public service.

Community leader Jagdish Sewhani was honored as a respected figure for his continued involvement in community building. Dr. Mohammed Abdul Muneer received an award for his excellence in science and research, a testament to the wide range of accomplishments represented within the diaspora.

Celebrating the artistic side of the community, Indian American artist Noureen Sultana received special recognition. She had flown in from Boston to participate in the event and showcase her work, highlighting the importance of artistic expression in cultural gatherings.

The event ended on a soulful note with a ghazal performance by Suman Laskar, accompanied by Arindam Chakraborty on tabla. Their performance brought the evening to a close with a harmonious blend of music and tradition, leaving attendees with a sense of warmth and shared cultural pride.

This Eid celebration not only marked the end of Ramadan but also showcased the strength, unity, and resilience of the Indian American Muslim community in New York. Through speeches, performances, and recognitions, the event served as a powerful reminder of the richness of India’s cultural heritage and the dynamic role it continues to play in American society.

Indian Consulate in New York Marks Baisakhi with Joyous Celebration of Punjabi Heritage

On April 11, 2025, the Indian Consulate in New York commemorated the festival of Baisakhi with an event that brought together community leaders, elected officials, and members of the Indian diaspora. The celebration, co-hosted by the news outlet Indian Panorama, was described by the Consulate as “a joyous celebration honoring the spirit of Baisakhi and Punjab’s rich cultural heritage.”

Baisakhi, an important festival in the Sikh and Punjabi calendar, marks the beginning of the harvest season in Punjab and also commemorates the founding of the Khalsa by Guru Gobind Singh in 1699. The New York event was a cultural tribute to these twin significances, reflecting both spiritual depth and vibrant tradition.

The Indian Consulate shared a detailed account of the evening on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter. In its post, the Consulate described how the program commenced with a “soulful” Shabad, a devotional hymn rooted in Sikh spiritual tradition. The evening concluded with a “lively” Bhangra performance, capturing the infectious energy and joy associated with Punjabi folk dance.

The event saw the participation of notable figures from both the community and local government. Among the attendees were New York State Assemblyman Ed Braunstein and North Hempstead Town Clerk Ragini Srivastava, who joined community leaders in celebrating the occasion.

During the event, the Consul General of India in New York, Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, spoke about the values embodied by the Sikh faith and the legacy of its spiritual leaders. He emphasized the enduring relevance of the teachings of the Sikh gurus, particularly their messages of compassion, harmony, selfless service, and equality. As noted in the Consulate’s X post, CG Pradhan also acknowledged the significant contributions of the Punjabi community to the larger process of India’s nation-building.

“The teachings of Sikh gurus—centered on compassion, harmony, service, and equality—are timeless,” Pradhan stated. He further expressed pride in the Punjabi community’s enduring role in shaping India’s development and identity. “The Punjabi community has contributed immensely to India’s nation-building,” the X post quoted him as saying.

In addition to the official remarks, the event featured reflections from prominent members of the diaspora. Gurcharanjit Singh Lamba, a respected scholar and author, spoke about the historic founding of the Khalsa. He offered insights into the transformative significance of this moment in Sikh history and its continued resonance today. Lamba’s reflections reminded the audience of the deep philosophical and spiritual dimensions of Baisakhi, beyond its festive aspects.

Adding a personal and emotional dimension to the evening, attorney Ravi Batra shared his experience visiting Sri Harmandir Sahib, commonly known as the Golden Temple. His account touched many in the audience, highlighting the profound impact of the holy site on those who visit it. Batra’s words served as a bridge between the spiritual roots of the celebration and the present-day experiences of the Indian diaspora.

The event successfully blended cultural expression, spiritual reflection, and community recognition. The Consulate’s efforts, supported by Indian Panorama, created a space where traditions could be honored and community ties strengthened. Through music, dance, and thoughtful speeches, the celebration conveyed the enduring relevance of Baisakhi in contemporary times.

With the combination of devotional Shabad singing and high-energy Bhangra, the evening moved from introspective spirituality to collective celebration. This balance reflected the essence of Baisakhi—a festival that celebrates both divine inspiration and earthly joy.

Elected officials who participated in the event also acknowledged the importance of such cultural gatherings in fostering inclusivity and community understanding. Their presence highlighted the value of the Indian-American community’s cultural contributions in the broader social fabric of New York.

The Consulate’s post also reaffirmed its commitment to celebrating India’s diverse cultural traditions. By spotlighting Punjab’s rich heritage through the Baisakhi celebration, the Indian Consulate in New York once again emphasized its role as not just a diplomatic entity but also a cultural ambassador.

The inclusion of voices like that of Gurcharanjit Singh Lamba and Ravi Batra further enriched the evening’s significance. Lamba’s scholarly interpretation of the Khalsa’s founding encouraged a deeper engagement with Sikh history, while Batra’s heartfelt narrative connected attendees with the spiritual core of the celebration. Their contributions helped ground the event in both history and lived experience.

The celebration of Baisakhi in New York stands as a testament to the vibrancy and resilience of Indian traditions abroad. Events like these allow communities to stay connected to their roots, share their stories with the wider public, and foster a sense of belonging. As the Consulate noted, the festival was not just about celebration—it was about honoring heritage, remembering history, and embracing unity.

The phrase used by the Consulate to sum up the event—“a joyous celebration honoring the spirit of Baisakhi and Punjab’s rich cultural heritage”—perfectly captured the evening’s tone. From the solemn opening Shabad to the exuberant finale of Bhangra, each element reflected the festival’s diverse expressions.

The Consulate’s use of the word “soulful” for the Shabad and “lively” for the Bhangra in its X post highlighted the deliberate contrast between the spiritual and festive aspects of the evening. This juxtaposition is central to understanding Baisakhi itself—a day that is both a religious milestone and a cultural festivity.

CG Binaya Srikanta Pradhan’s remarks served as a reminder of the ethical teachings that underpin Sikh philosophy. His emphasis on compassion, harmony, service, and equality resonates beyond religious lines, offering values that are universally relevant.

Assemblyman Ed Braunstein and Clerk Ragini Srivastava’s participation underlined the acceptance and celebration of multiculturalism in American civic life. Their attendance showed that cultural events organized by diaspora communities not only preserve heritage but also contribute to intercultural dialogue.

Ultimately, the 2025 Baisakhi celebration hosted by the Indian Consulate in New York, with the support of Indian Panorama, was more than a festive gathering—it was a reaffirmation of identity, history, and community. By honoring the past and celebrating the present, the event exemplified how tradition and modernity can coexist harmoniously.

In a world often marked by division, such cultural gatherings remind people of the power of unity and the shared joy of celebrating heritage. Through thoughtful speeches, vibrant performances, and meaningful reflection, the Baisakhi event in New York brought together the diaspora in a spirit of pride, reverence, and festivity.

India to Tour Bangladesh for Six-Match White-Ball Series in August

India is gearing up for a white-ball series against Bangladesh, which will comprise three One-Day Internationals (ODIs) and three Twenty20 Internationals (T20Is). The matches are scheduled to take place between August 17 and August 31, as confirmed by the Bangladesh Cricket Board (BCB) in its official announcement on Tuesday.

The Indian team is slated to land in Dhaka on August 13, a few days prior to the start of the ODI series. The opening ODI will be held on August 17 at the Sher-e-Bangla National Cricket Stadium, located in Mirpur. The first two games of the three-match ODI series will be played at this venue. Following these encounters, the third ODI will be staged in Chattogram. After the conclusion of the ODI series, the T20I leg will begin, with the first match of the series also taking place in Chattogram on August 26. The final two T20Is will be played in Mirpur on August 29 and August 31 respectively, bringing the tour to a close.

This tour will mark India’s first white-ball-only series in Bangladesh since the year 2014. It carries added significance as it will also be the first occasion on which Bangladesh hosts India for a bilateral T20 International series on its home soil. Although the two cricketing nations have faced each other multiple times in T20Is over the years, none of those contests had been hosted solely by Bangladesh in a bilateral format.

The most recent T20I series between the two nations was held in 2024, when India hosted Bangladesh and claimed a dominant 3–0 victory. That comprehensive series sweep showcased India’s strength in the shortest format of the game and raised expectations for their upcoming rematch in Bangladesh.

The BCB is optimistic about the upcoming matches and their potential to attract enthusiastic fans and produce top-quality cricket. Speaking to ESPNcricinfo, BCB Chief Executive Nizam Uddin Chowdhury expressed his excitement about hosting the Indian team and emphasized the importance of the series for both cricket boards and their supporters.

“This series promises to be one of the most exciting and anticipated events on our home calendar. India has set the benchmark in international cricket across all formats, and the cricket-loving fans in both countries are sure to enjoy the contest. Bangladesh and India have played some very competitive matches in recent years, and I am confident this will be another hard-fought and entertaining series,” said Chowdhury.

India and Bangladesh have developed a competitive cricketing rivalry over the years, especially in white-ball formats. From tense finishes to surprise upsets, their encounters have often delivered memorable moments. This upcoming tour is expected to add more chapters to their growing rivalry, with both teams looking to test their squads ahead of major international tournaments.

Bangladesh will aim to use home advantage to their benefit, especially as they look to reverse the result from the previous T20I series in 2024. The Chattogram and Mirpur venues are expected to witness packed crowds, given the strong interest in matches involving India. Both venues have a rich history of hosting international fixtures and are known for their vibrant atmosphere during big games.

The Sher-e-Bangla National Cricket Stadium in Mirpur, where four of the six matches are scheduled to be played, is considered the home of cricket in Bangladesh. It has hosted numerous memorable matches, and it will be the site of the first two ODIs and the final two T20Is. The Zahur Ahmed Chowdhury Stadium in Chattogram, which will host the third ODI and the opening T20I, is another prominent cricket ground in the country and is expected to provide a different set of conditions for the players.

For India, this series provides an opportunity to experiment with their squad combinations, particularly in the white-ball formats. With the T20 World Cup and other major ICC events on the horizon, the Indian selectors and team management might use this tour to test the bench strength and provide chances to younger players. At the same time, the experienced core of the Indian team will be looking to continue their strong form against Bangladesh.

On the other hand, Bangladesh will treat the home series as an important test of their capabilities against a high-ranking opponent. Playing against India always brings extra attention, and the Bangladesh team will be eager to put in a strong showing in front of their home crowd.

The full schedule for India’s tour of Bangladesh is as follows:

ODI Series:

1st ODI – August 17, Mirpur

2nd ODI – August 20, Mirpur

3rd ODI – August 23, Chattogram

T20I Series:

1st T20I – August 26, Chattogram

2nd T20I – August 29, Mirpur

3rd T20I – August 31, Mirpur

With the schedule now official, both teams will begin their preparations for what is anticipated to be a thrilling contest. The BCB has already started laying the groundwork for a smooth and well-organized series. Fans are expected to throng the stadiums, and television viewership is likely to be high given the popularity of cricket in both nations.

In summary, India’s upcoming white-ball tour of Bangladesh is set to rekindle the competitive spirit between the two cricketing neighbors. As they prepare to lock horns in six matches across two formats, both sides will be eager to assert dominance and gain momentum heading into future international competitions. The blend of history, rivalry, and anticipation promises an exciting fortnight of cricket in August.

AAPI Legislative Day Planned For May 8th on Capitol Hill

(Washington, DC: April 16, 2025) Healthcare continues to be the center of the nation’s focus, especially with changes in policies on immigration, Medicare/Medicaid, and Medical Education. AAPI’s annual Legislative Day comes to be a vital part of AAPI’s growing influence and having its united voice heard in the corridors of power. “We are excited to announce that our next Legislative Day is on Thursday, May 8th, in Washington, DC,” said Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI. “We expect to have the participation from dozens of key Congressmen and Senators. The annual Legislative Day will be a unique opportunity for AAPI to be part of the decision making process on matters related to healthcare.”

The day-long event will begin at 10:00 am and will conclude in the afternoon at 3 pm, giving participants the opportunity to meet with their own Congressman/Senators on their own time.

AAPI represents the interests of over 100,000 physicians and 40,000 medical students and residents of Indian heritage in the United States. Dr. Sunil Kaza, Chair of AAPI BOT said, “The mission AAPI, the largest ethnic organization of physicians, is to provide a forum to facilitate and enable Indian American physicians to excel at inpatient care, teaching and research, and to pursue their aspirations in professional and community affairs.  The Executive Committee is working hard, enabling AAPI’s voice to be heard in the corridors of power, and thus taking AAPI to new heights.”

During the annual Legislative Conference, among others, AAPI will discuss Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursements, Prior Authorization, Immigration Reform, Increased Residency Slots, Addressing Physician Shortage, and Scope of Medical Practice Issues.

AAPI DC Day “AAPI Legislative Day is a flagship annual event that is eagerly awaited to rekindle and renew our energy in bringing up the issues that we need to bring to the attention of national policy makers and leaders of the US Congress on Capitol Hill,” said Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, president-elect of AAPI. “It is a tradition of nearly three decades, which has brought many important transformations in National Healthcare policies that have helped Physicians of Indian Origin. Now, it is the need of the day to renew our friendship with new leadership under President Donald Trump and Vice President J D Vance and brief the Congressional leadership on issues that are important to us.”

“AAPI is once again in the forefront in bringing many burning health care issues facing the community at large and bringing this to the Capitol and to the US Congress,” says Dr. Sudhir Parikh, Co-Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee. Dr. Parikh urged “AAPI colleagues and everyone interested in or connected with providing health care to attend this event and ensure that our concerns and needs are heard by our lawmakers and ensure that they act on them.”

AAPI has been seeking to collectively shape the best health care for the people of the US, with the physicians at the helm, caring for the medically underserved as it has done for several decades, when physicians of Indian origin came to the US in larger numbers.

US is currently experiencing a physician shortage, which will be exacerbated by retiring baby boomers, affecting thousands of patients’ access to a physician, and ultimately the health care they need, AAPI has strongly supported the much needed Immigration Reform, particularly with the focus on H-1 and J-1 visas are used by many South Asian American physicians, playing an important role in providing critical health care across the country.

“The conference will focus on Immigration Reform and ways for AAPI members to be part of the process in the implementation of the health care reform in this country,” Dr. Meher Medavaram, Vice President of AAPI said. “While medical school enrollment has climbed 2% annually over the past five years through new schools and expansion of existing schools, the number of residency slots funded by Medicare has been capped at about 100,000 since 1997,” he added.

“AAPI continues to discover her potential to be a player in shaping the healthcare of each patient with a focus on health maintenance than disease intervention. To be a player in crafting the delivery of health care most efficiently and to strive for equality in health globally, the annual Legislative Day is a perfect way to impact Healthcare policy and programs most effectively. Come and join us on Capitol Hill on May 8th,” Dr. Kathula said.

For more information on AAPI and its several noble initiatives benefitting AAPI members and the larger society, please visit: www.aapiusa.org

Boston’s Vision-Aid partners with the L.V.Prasad Eye Institute

BOSTON (April 15, 2025) — Vision-Aid, a Lexington, MA-based non-profit dedicated to empowering the visually impaired, announced it has partnered with the L.V.Prasad Eye Institute to launch of the Vision-Aid Cortical Visual Impairment (CVI) Resource Centre in Bhubaneswar, India. This pioneering initiative marks a major step forward in providing life-changing support to children affected by brain-based visual impairments in Odisha.

“This new center is more than just a facility—it’s a beacon of hope for visually impaired children and their families in Eastern India,” said Lalit Sudan, Volunteer President of Vision-Aid. “With this launch, we continue our mission to bring critical vision care and rehabilitation services to those in need. We are excited to expand our reach even further in the near future.”

The center, inaugurated by Boston poet and philanthropist Manorama Choudhury, has been named the Manorama Choudhury Nayan Jyoti Vision-Aid CVI Resource Centre and is housed at the renowned L V Prasad Eye Institute (LVPEI) in Bhubaneswar. This collaboration between Vision-Aid and LVPEI will deliver specialized early intervention programs, rehabilitation, and family support, ensuring that children with CVI receive the care they deserve, particularly in underserved rural areas.

In 2025, Vision-Aid programs are serving over 25,000 visually impaired in 50 locations across India, including 20 leading eye hospitals. Other than this new initiative at LVPEI Bhubaneshwar, another recent addition to the Vision-Aid map two months ago, was a center at  Sadguru Netra Chikitsalaya, a mega eye Hospital in Madhya Pradesh serving over 1 million patients annually. Other partners include the Aravind Eye Hospital and Sankara Nethralaya in Tamil Nadu, Narayana Nethralaya in Karnataka, Dr. Shroffs Charity Eye Hospital in Delhi and UP, CECF in Pune and several others.

A Vision for Change: Bridging the Gap for Children with CVI

The launch of this resource center represents a groundbreaking step toward health equity. By focusing on early diagnosis, tailored therapies, and family education, Vision-Aid and LVPEI aim to transform lives—helping children with CVI lead independent, dignified lives despite their visual challenges.

The heartfelt ceremony began with an address by Dr. Srikant Kumar Sahu, Director of the LVPEI Bhubaneswar campus, who highlighted the eye institute’s comprehensive vision care programs. Dr. Debasmita Majhi and Dr. Beula Christie outlined the center’s innovative rehabilitation strategies, emphasizing the critical role of structured early intervention.

A deeply moving moment came when a parent shared their emotional journey, shedding light on the struggles of raising a child with CVI and the immense relief that this resource center will bring. Their story underscored the life-changing impact of Vision-Aid’s efforts.

Visionaries Behind the Mission

The event featured inspiring remarks from Vision-Aid Founders Revathy Ramakrishna and Ramakrishna Raju, who reaffirmed their long-standing commitment to breaking down barriers for children with visual impairments.

In her address, Mrs. Choudhury spoke passionately about her motivation to support this initiative, stating: “Visual impairment affects not just individuals but entire families. By providing early intervention, assistive devices, and specialized training, Vision-Aid is empowering children to see beyond their limitations and embrace a future filled with possibilities.”

She also extended heartfelt gratitude to Vision-Aid’s leadership, LVPEI’s dedicated team of doctors and specialists, and key supporters like Bhaskar Panigrahi, whose efforts were instrumental in making this vision a reality.

A Celebration of Resilience & Possibility

unnamed (6)The ceremony concluded with a symbolic lamp-lighting, signifying hope and new beginnings for children with CVI. Attendees were deeply moved by a special cultural performance by children with disabilities, demonstrating their incredible resilience and talent.

Among the event’s esteemed guests was Sanyasi Behera, Odisha’s first visually impaired civil service officer, who underscored how this new center will pave the way for an inclusive future for the visually impaired community.

A tour of the state-of-the-art facility followed, offering guests an up-close look at the advanced technologies and therapies that will be utilized to support children with CVI.

Expanding the Reach: What’s Next for Vision-Aid?

As Vision-Aid continues its journey, this latest milestone reinforces its unwavering mission: ensuring that every visually impaired child, regardless of socioeconomic status, has access to the tools they need to thrive.

“This is just the beginning,” Sudan added. “With the support of our dedicated partners and community, we look forward to opening more centers and making an even bigger impact in the lives of children with CVI.”

About Vision-Aid

Vision-Aid is a non-profit organization dedicated to Enabling, Educating, and Empowering the visually impaired. By partnering with leading eye hospitals, vision professionals, technology innovators, governments, and NGOs, Vision-Aid ensures that individuals with low vision or blindness—especially in underprivileged communities in India—can lead productive, independent, and dignified lives.

To learn more about Vision-Aid’s programs, visit www.VisionAid.org and www.VisionAidIndia.org.

Harvard Refuses Federal Demands Despite Threat to Billions in Research Funding

Harvard University has announced it will not comply with new requirements from the Trump administration, even though the decision could cost the school billions in federal grants and contracts used for research in vital scientific and medical fields. Harvard President Alan M. Garber declared the university’s position in a strongly worded letter sent to the campus community on Monday, emphasizing that government overreach threatens academic independence and violates constitutional principles.

Garber made it clear that the university would not accept a proposed agreement from the federal government, which he says imposes regulations on academic freedom and the ideological orientation of Harvard’s faculty, staff, and students. “No government… should dictate what private universities can teach, whom they can admit and hire, and areas of study and inquiry they can pursue,” Garber stated in his letter.

For more than 75 years, Garber said, the U.S. government has partnered with universities like Harvard by awarding grants and contracts to help finance innovative research in various disciplines. This collaboration, combined with internal university investment, has produced groundbreaking advancements in medicine, engineering, and science. “These innovations have made countless people in our country and throughout the world healthier and safer,” he noted.

However, Garber said that in recent weeks, the government has been threatening to withdraw funding from several academic institutions, including Harvard, accusing them of allowing antisemitism to flourish on campus. He called these partnerships “among the most productive and beneficial in American history.”

Garber highlighted the type of research at risk, citing Harvard’s contributions to developing treatments for Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s disease, and diabetes, along with major progress in artificial intelligence, quantum science, and engineering. He warned that cutting off support would endanger the health of millions and jeopardize national economic and technological strength. “The federal government was risking not just the health and well-being of millions of individuals by retreating from partnerships with Harvard and other universities, but also the economic security and vitality of the country,” he said.

Late last week, the Trump administration issued a revised and expanded list of conditions that Harvard must fulfill to preserve its financial relationship with the federal government. According to Garber, the new list made it clear that the goal was not genuine cooperation to fight antisemitism but rather to control the university’s academic environment. “Although some of the demands outlined by the government are aimed at combating antisemitism, the majority represent direct governmental regulation of the ‘intellectual conditions’ at Harvard,” Garber wrote.

Among the new demands, the administration has asked the university to audit the beliefs and opinions of its student body, staff, and faculty. Additionally, it called for Harvard to reduce the influence of individuals who hold certain ideological positions. Garber found such requests unacceptable and said Harvard had informed the administration through legal counsel that it would not comply.

“We have informed the administration through our legal counsel that we will not accept their proposed agreement,” he declared. “The University will not negotiate over its independence or its constitutional rights.” He further stated that the administration’s demands “go beyond the power of the federal government,” violate First Amendment rights, and surpass the legal authority allowed under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act.

Garber emphasized that Harvard remains committed to combating antisemitism but will do so on its own terms and in a way that upholds its institutional values. He acknowledged the university’s moral responsibility in addressing antisemitism and said the administration’s tactics do not help meet that responsibility. “The administration’s prescription… threatens our values as a private institution devoted to the pursuit, production, and dissemination of knowledge,” he said.

He noted that over the past 15 months, Harvard has implemented various initiatives to address antisemitism on campus and that further actions are planned. Garber stressed the university’s commitment to promoting an environment of open debate and intellectual diversity. This includes respecting freedom of expression and peaceful protest, as long as it does not disrupt academic life. He also expressed a desire to foster a welcoming campus culture that embraces differing perspectives.

“We will continue to nurture a thriving culture of open inquiry on campus and broaden the intellectual and viewpoint diversity within the community,” Garber said. “The university will respect free speech and dissent while also ensuring protest occurs in a time, place and manner that does not interfere with teaching, learning and research.” He added that Harvard would seek legal and appropriate ways to build a community that “exemplifies, respects and embraces differences.”

Garber argued that the responsibility for addressing institutional shortcomings lies within the university, not with federal authorities. “These ends will not be achieved by assertions of power, unmoored from the law, to control teaching and learning at Harvard and to dictate how we operate,” he said. “The work of addressing our shortcomings, fulfilling our commitments, and embodying our values is ours to define and undertake as a community.”

He concluded his message by reaffirming Harvard’s belief in academic freedom and the university’s role in advancing society through independent research and education. “Freedom of thought and inquiry, along with the government’s longstanding commitment to respect and protect it, has enabled universities to contribute in vital ways to a free society and to healthier, more prosperous lives for people everywhere,” Garber wrote. “We proceed now, as always, with the conviction that the fearless and unfettered pursuit of truth liberates humanity—and with faith in the enduring promise that America’s colleges and universities hold for our country and our world.”

The standoff with Harvard comes as the Trump administration escalates its crackdown on antisemitism in higher education. Since October 2023, the administration has suspended federal funding to nearly every Ivy League school, except the University of Pennsylvania and Dartmouth, due to ongoing investigations into anti-Israel demonstrations on campus.

Columbia University was the first to lose federal support, with more than $400 million in funding withdrawn after it was determined that Jewish students did not feel safe on campus. Columbia later complied with administration demands in hopes of having its funding restored.

Earlier this month, a federal task force on antisemitism began reviewing Harvard’s nearly $9 billion in federal grants and contracts as part of an ongoing investigation into how the university has handled antisemitism on campus.

The Trump administration has committed to taking a more aggressive approach to addressing campus antisemitism, criticizing President Joe Biden for what it sees as leniency toward violent campus protests. In addition, the administration has taken steps to identify, detain, and deport foreign students who have been involved in organizing or participating in anti-Israel protests at U.S. universities.

Trump Urges FCC to Punish CBS Over “60 Minutes” Broadcasts Critical of Him

President Donald Trump has expressed a desire that the Federal Communications Commission take action against CBS over what he perceives as biased reporting from the network’s flagship program, “60 Minutes.”

Trump, apparently displeased with the latest episode of “60 Minutes” aired Sunday night, took to Truth Social to air his frustrations. His remarks highlighted his ongoing legal clash with CBS and its parent company, Paramount Global, which is currently waiting for the FCC to approve a planned merger with Skydance Media.

In his social media post, Trump specifically mentioned Brendan Carr, whom he appointed to the FCC and praised as “Highly Respected.” Trump said he hopes Carr “will impose the maximum fines and punishment, which is substantial, for their unlawful and illegal behavior.”

However, there is no indication that CBS has committed any illegal acts. Moreover, Carr has limited power to impose penalties on the network. The most the FCC can currently do is delay the merger’s approval, which has already added a layer of uncertainty for Paramount Global.

This latest post is part of a broader trend in which Trump encourages officials he placed in government roles to take steps against media organizations critical of him. In recent months, Carr has leaned into his pro-Trump stance and has opened FCC probes into several networks Trump has taken issue with, including ABC and NBC. Carr was even seen last week sporting a gold pin that depicted the silhouette of Trump’s head.

Carr has not commented on Trump’s latest post on Truth Social, despite inquiries from CNN.

Trump’s issue with “60 Minutes” goes beyond this week’s broadcast. He used his social media platform to accuse the show of being more of a political tool than a legitimate news program. “They are not a ‘News Show,’ but a dishonest Political Operative simply disguised as ‘News,’ and must be responsible for what they have done, and are doing,” Trump wrote.

He further claimed that CBS “should lose their license” after airing two reports on Sunday—one centered on the war in Ukraine and another focusing on Greenland. Although the FCC does not license national networks like CBS, it does regulate local stations owned by the network. During the 2024 campaign, Trump frequently called for licenses to be revoked from media outlets he disliked.

This isn’t the first time Trump has made such a suggestion since assuming office. In fact, CBS has been a recurring target of his licensing threats.

Trump has had a complicated relationship with “60 Minutes” over the years. Despite being a regular viewer, he has often taken issue with how the show covers him. Last fall, he refused the program’s customary pre-election interview. When Vice President Kamala Harris agreed to appear on the show in his absence, Trump took offense.

Trump and his media allies criticized CBS for what they considered misleading editing of Harris’s interview. Specifically, they were upset that the network aired parts of her answer on different days. CBS defended the decision, saying the interview was edited for length in line with standard news practices. Trump, however, characterized the move as a deliberate attempt to help Harris’s campaign.

In response, Trump filed a lawsuit in Texas, accusing CBS of violating the state’s Deceptive Trade Practices Act, a consumer protection statute. Legal experts widely dismissed the lawsuit as lacking merit, viewing it more as a political maneuver than a serious legal challenge.

Despite the frivolous nature of the case, some executives at Paramount began looking into ways to settle the matter, even as journalists at “60 Minutes” strongly opposed such a move.

CBS complied with the FCC by submitting the raw transcript and video of the Harris interview, clearly demonstrating that the editing followed typical broadcast standards. Nonetheless, Carr kept the investigation ongoing and opened it up for public comment.

While no settlement has yet been reached, some insiders at Paramount reportedly feel it might be in the company’s interest to avoid an extended legal standoff with Trump. The New York Times recently noted that some Paramount officials believe the company’s “broader corporate interests are not served by fighting a protracted legal battle” with a combative president.

As of now, the legal dispute remains unresolved, and CBS continues to contest Trump’s claims in court.

In the meantime, “60 Minutes” has not deviated from its editorial mission, continuing to air interviews and investigative reports. Many of these segments have scrutinized Trump’s policies. Even Trump admitted this on Truth Social, stating the program includes stories about him “almost every week,” which he described as “derogatory and defamatory.”

Brendan Nyhan, a political scientist and co-founder of Bright Line Watch, which tracks risks to American democratic institutions, offered his take on Trump’s rhetoric. “The president openly calls for his loyalist apparatchik at the FCC to use state power to punish media for critical coverage,” he said, summarizing Trump’s Truth Social post.

The pressure from Trump and his allies is keenly felt by journalists at CBS. “60 Minutes” correspondent Lesley Stahl acknowledged this during a recent industry event where she accepted a First Amendment Award.

In her speech, Stahl emphasized the importance of press freedom during such contentious times. “Our precious First Amendment feels vulnerable and when my precious 60 Minutes is fighting, quite frankly, for our life,” she said.

Stahl added that she was proud the program was maintaining its journalistic integrity in the face of mounting external pressures. “I am so proud,” she said, that “60 Minutes” is “standing up and fighting for what is right.”

With Trump remaining vocal about his discontent with the press and his attempts to use regulatory bodies as leverage against critics, the standoff between the president and the media appears far from over. CBS and “60 Minutes” continue to find themselves at the center of this battle, defending both their editorial decisions and the principles of a free press.

Kareena Kapoor and Prithviraj Sukumaran Join Forces for Meghna Gulzar’s Crime Thriller ‘Daayra’

The recent buzz surrounding Kareena Kapoor Khan and Prithviraj Sukumaran’s sighting together in Mumbai has now been confirmed—both actors are teaming up for an upcoming crime thriller titled Daayra, which will be helmed by the critically acclaimed director Meghna Gulzar.

The news was officially announced on April 14, when Kareena Kapoor Khan took to her Instagram account to share images from the film’s early promotions. One picture shows Kareena and Prithviraj in a deep, intense gaze, suggesting the film’s dramatic tone, while another portrays a lighter moment, capturing the three key figures—Kareena, Prithviraj, and Meghna Gulzar—smiling together.

In the caption accompanying her post, Kareena expressed her excitement about the collaboration, calling the team her dream lineup. “I’ve always said I’m a director’s actor… This time, I’m thrilled to work with one of the best, Meghna Gulzar, and the phenomenal Prithviraj Sukumaran, whose craft I truly respect. To my dream team, Daayra, let’s make magic,” she wrote. Her message was met with overwhelming enthusiasm from fans, many of whom hailed the casting as a “GOAT combo” and shared their anticipation for the project.

While fans were quick to express their excitement about the pairing, another question that surfaced was about Prithviraj Sukumaran’s remuneration for the project. Although specific details about his fee for Daayra have not been made public, there is enough information available about his general approach to compensation in film projects to speculate.

In big-budget ventures like Salaar, Prithviraj is said to have charged approximately ₹4 crore for his role. However, his payment strategy isn’t always fixed. In fact, within the Malayalam film industry, he is known to favor profit-sharing models instead of demanding high upfront fees. This financial approach often enables more of the production budget to be directed toward improving the overall quality of the film.

Given that Daayra is a Hindi-language film, produced on a substantial scale and featuring Bollywood A-listers like Kareena Kapoor Khan under the direction of Meghna Gulzar, it’s likely that Prithviraj’s compensation will be on the higher end of his typical range, possibly reaching ₹4 crore or beyond. However, considering his known preference, there’s also a strong chance he may opt for a profit-sharing deal, where he would earn a portion of the film’s proceeds instead of a fixed amount.

The project itself marks a significant milestone for all involved. Titled Daayra, the film is a socially driven crime drama that is being produced by Junglee Pictures. This will be Meghna Gulzar’s first directorial outing following her 2023 release Sam Bahadur. The screenplay has been jointly written by Meghna Gulzar along with Sima and Yash, and is currently in the pre-production phase. The story aims to highlight pressing social issues, while simultaneously addressing broader questions around crime, justice, and morality.

Kareena Kapoor Khan, who celebrates 25 years in Hindi cinema, spoke about the deeper relevance of the film and her longstanding desire to work with Gulzar. “As I celebrate 25 years in Hindi cinema, I’m beyond excited to announce Daayra. Meghna Gulzar has always been one of my dream directors, and collaborating with her on such a thought-provoking story is a dream come true. Working with Prithviraj is equally exciting. This film is not just a story – it’s an experience that will push boundaries,” she said.

Prithviraj Sukumaran echoed similar sentiments, stating that the depth and complexity of his character were major reasons for signing onto the film. “When I heard the script, I instantly knew this was a story I wanted to tell. My character is rich with layers and has emotional depth. The opportunity to work alongside Kareena and Meghna is a truly rewarding experience. Daayra explores critical societal questions that will resonate with audiences,” he shared.

As for director Meghna Gulzar, her vision for the film appears deeply rooted in a desire to provoke reflection and challenge existing norms. She describes Daayra as an intense narrative that scrutinizes the systems and norms that underpin our society. “This film dives deep into the complexities of societal norms and institutional truths. Co-writing it with Sima and Yash was a creatively intense journey. With Kareena and Prithviraj embodying the leads, the narrative is poised to leave a lasting impact. Collaborating with Junglee Pictures again has been incredibly fulfilling,” Meghna said.

The collaboration of these three prominent figures from different film industries—Kareena from Bollywood, Prithviraj from the Malayalam cinema, and Meghna as a critically acclaimed Hindi filmmaker—has significantly raised the expectations around Daayra. With the film promising to address weighty societal issues through a gripping crime drama, audiences can expect a cinematic experience that is both thought-provoking and emotionally engaging.

Although the film is still in its early stages, the combination of Kareena Kapoor’s mainstream appeal, Prithviraj Sukumaran’s nuanced acting, and Meghna Gulzar’s directorial finesse has already generated considerable excitement in both industry circles and among fans. The movie is expected to delve into complex human emotions and societal contradictions, making it more than just a conventional thriller.

Daayra is shaping up to be a film that not only entertains but also informs and inspires dialogue. As the production gears up to move forward, anticipation will likely grow with each new update. For now, the powerful trio of Kareena Kapoor, Prithviraj Sukumaran, and Meghna Gulzar has successfully piqued interest, and expectations for the film’s narrative depth and execution are sky-high.

Indian Diamond Tycoon Mehul Choksi Arrested in Belgium on India’s Extradition Request

Indian businessman Mehul Choksi has been arrested in Belgium after Indian authorities formally requested his extradition. Choksi, who left India in 2018, was taken into custody on Saturday, according to his lawyer Vijay Aggarwal, who confirmed the development to the BBC on Monday.

Choksi is facing serious allegations in India for his alleged role in a massive bank fraud case, involving one of the country’s largest public sector banks, Punjab National Bank (PNB). Authorities claim the diamond merchant played a key part in defrauding the bank of approximately $1.8 billion, or £1.3 billion.

The businessman has not issued any personal statement about the arrest or the accusations, but his legal team has indicated they are preparing to appeal both his arrest and the extradition proceedings that may follow. His lawyer, Aggarwal, said, “These are the obvious grounds [on which we will argue the case], that he is not a flight risk and secondly, that he is extremely sick. He is undergoing cancer treatment.”

Aggarwal further emphasized their legal strategy, stating, “We will contest the extradition on grounds that there isn’t enough evidence against him and the extradition request is politically motivated and the trial in India may not be fair.”

The BBC reported it had reached out to India’s Ministry of External Affairs and the Enforcement Directorate (ED), the country’s primary financial crimes agency, but neither had responded with a comment at the time of reporting.

A report in the Times of India shed more light on the legal basis for Choksi’s arrest, citing that two non-bailable arrest warrants had been issued against him by an Indian court — one in 2018 and another in 2021. However, the timing of the arrest in Belgium remains unclear, especially since these warrants had existed for years without leading to his capture until now.

Choksi and his nephew, Nirav Modi, are both accused by Indian authorities of orchestrating the massive fraud scheme involving PNB. The two reportedly worked together to siphon off money by manipulating the bank’s system through fraudulent transactions. Nirav Modi, like his uncle, left India in 2018 and has since been residing in the United Kingdom. He is currently held in a London prison, awaiting a decision on his extradition to India.

Both Choksi and Modi were once highly prominent figures in the global diamond industry. Nirav Modi’s designs were featured on global red carpets, worn by major Hollywood celebrities including Naomi Watts and Kate Winslet. His brand even had one of India’s top Bollywood stars, Priyanka Chopra, as its ambassador.

Meanwhile, Choksi was the founder of Gitanjali Gems, a once-thriving jewellery retail chain in India that operated close to 4,000 outlets across the country. His business empire was well-known in the Indian jewellery market until the fraud allegations surfaced.

The Enforcement Directorate alleges that Choksi and Modi colluded with certain employees at the Brady House branch of Punjab National Bank in Mumbai. According to the agency, they used fraudulent Letters of Undertaking (LoUs) to obtain large sums of money from the bank. These funds were meant to be payments for importing precious stones from overseas suppliers. However, investigators claim that the money was never used for its stated purpose and instead was diverted and laundered through various shell companies and foreign accounts.

Both Choksi and Modi have consistently denied the allegations. They maintain that the charges are baseless and politically influenced. Despite fleeing India, they have continued to challenge extradition efforts from abroad.

After leaving India in early 2018, Choksi is believed to have first traveled to the United States and subsequently relocated to Antigua, a country where he obtained citizenship through an investment program. His Antiguan citizenship complicated India’s attempts to have him extradited, as the process required careful diplomatic negotiations and legal procedures involving the Caribbean nation.

In 2021, Choksi found himself in legal trouble once again when he was reportedly detained in Dominica under suspicious circumstances. There were conflicting reports about whether he was abducted from Antigua or if he voluntarily traveled to Dominica. In any case, authorities in Dominica eventually deported him back to Antigua, rather than sending him to India.

Choksi’s arrest in Belgium marks a significant development in the long-running case, which has drawn national attention in India and raised serious questions about financial oversight at major Indian banks. The PNB scandal, as it came to be known, led to massive public outcry, political debate, and reforms in banking regulations.

Hariprasad SV, an entrepreneur from Bengaluru who first raised alarm bells in 2016 about suspicious activities related to the PNB scam, expressed satisfaction at the news of Choksi’s arrest. He told ANI news agency, “Apart from bringing him back, the most important thing is to get back all those billions of dollars he looted from India.”

With Choksi now in custody in Belgium, Indian authorities are expected to step up their legal efforts to secure his extradition. However, the process could be prolonged due to the multiple legal challenges expected from his defense team. Issues such as his health, the fairness of the Indian judicial process, and the political nature of the case are likely to be key points of contention.

Meanwhile, the Indian government continues its efforts to bring both Mehul Choksi and Nirav Modi to justice. The case remains one of the most high-profile financial scandals in India’s history, with repercussions that have extended far beyond the country’s borders.

Choksi’s legal fate now rests in the hands of Belgian judicial authorities, who will have to evaluate the Indian government’s request against international legal standards for extradition. While his legal team is prepared to challenge the process vigorously, the arrest is nonetheless seen as a breakthrough moment in a case that has dragged on for more than six years.

As the case proceeds, public and media scrutiny is expected to intensify, especially given the large sums of money involved and the personalities at the center of the controversy. For now, the Indian government and financial regulators are awaiting the next steps from Belgium’s legal system, hoping that the long pursuit of justice may finally be approaching a resolution.

Vatican Issues New Decree on Mass Intentions to Address Pastoral Needs

In a significant move to address contemporary pastoral challenges, the Vatican’s Dicastery for the Clergy has released a new decree updating the Church’s guidelines on Mass intentions and stipends. The revised norms emphasize both the spiritual meaning of such practices and the practical realities facing many parishes around the world.

Pope Francis approved the decree on Palm Sunday, April 13, and it is scheduled to take effect on Easter Sunday, April 20. Though the document has only been published in Italian so far, it introduces substantial changes to the way Mass intentions can be managed by priests and dioceses.

The new decree officially replaces the 1991 instruction known as Mos Iugiter. While retaining Canon 945 of the Code of Canon Law—which states that priests are permitted to receive offerings for celebrating Masses with specific intentions—it also expands the guidelines to address newer pastoral situations. One of the most notable updates is the clarification and regulation of what are known as “collective intentions.”

Under the updated rules, bishops’ conferences or provincial councils may now authorize priests to accept multiple offerings from different individuals for a single Mass celebrated with a collective intention. However, this is only permissible under a specific condition: all donors involved must be fully informed and must voluntarily agree to it.

The decree is particularly strict about this requirement, stating, “Such consent of the donors can never be presumed.” It adds that, “In the absence of explicit consent, it is always presumed that consent has not been given.”

This clause ensures that faithful contributors are fully aware that their Mass intentions are being grouped with those of others in a single liturgical celebration, preserving transparency and upholding the spiritual value of the offerings. The measure aims to maintain the trust of the faithful while offering a practical solution for parishes overwhelmed with numerous Mass requests, especially in areas facing priest shortages.

The document also reiterates that stipends for Mass intentions must never be treated as commercial transactions. It warns that any attempt to buy or sell spiritual favors falls into the grave error of simony. In the Church’s teaching, simony refers to the illicit buying or selling of spiritual goods, and such practices are considered serious violations of ecclesiastical ethics.

Cardinal Lazzaro You Heung-sik, who serves as the prefect of the Dicastery for the Clergy, commented on the rationale behind the revised norms. He explained that the changes were the result of “profound consideration” and a process that involved wide consultation with bishops, priests, and lay faithful from around the world. The effort sought to incorporate a global perspective on how the Church can better address emerging pastoral realities.

One of the key issues addressed in the new decree is the growing difficulty in fulfilling all requested Mass intentions, especially in regions that are experiencing a decline in the number of priests. With fewer clergy available, it has become increasingly challenging to individually celebrate Masses for every single intention received. The updated norms try to provide a balance between pastoral capacity and the need to uphold the sacredness of each Mass.

To ensure the proper implementation of the new rules, bishops are now required to educate both the clergy and laypeople in their dioceses about these updated norms. They are also instructed to keep meticulous records of Masses celebrated, intentions offered, and the associated stipends received. Accurate documentation is seen as a vital tool to prevent abuses and maintain the integrity of the Church’s practices in this area.

The decree includes a particularly meaningful directive regarding the spiritual role of priests. It underscores that priests should willingly offer Masses for the intentions of the faithful regardless of whether they receive an offering. As the document states, they should do so “especially [for] the poorest, even without receiving any offering.”

This provision reinforces the Church’s commitment to ensuring that access to spiritual support through the Mass is not contingent upon financial contributions. It reflects a pastoral vision that prioritizes service to the most vulnerable and underlines the principle that spiritual goods should be available to all, not just those who can afford them.

Another significant aspect of the updated norms is the strict prohibition of a practice that had been occurring in some places: substituting a promised Mass with a mere mention of the person’s name or intention during another liturgical celebration. The document categorically denounces this, stating that such substitutions are “gravely illicit.” In other words, a Mass offered for a particular intention must be properly celebrated as such, not simply acknowledged in passing.

In an effort to ensure that Mass intentions are fairly distributed, the decree also introduces a new pastoral option. Diocesan bishops are now authorized to transfer surplus Mass intentions from parishes that have more requests than they can fulfill to other areas of the Church, such as mission territories or parishes in need. This initiative promotes a sense of solidarity and shared responsibility within the global Church community.

By allowing this redistribution, the decree seeks to maintain a balance between honoring the intentions of the faithful and addressing the practical constraints many dioceses face today. It enables regions with fewer Mass requests or more available clergy to assist those where demand outpaces capacity.

Overall, the new decree represents a thoughtful and pastorally sensitive update to the Church’s long-standing practices regarding Mass intentions and stipends. It aims to uphold the spiritual integrity of the Mass while adapting to modern challenges such as clergy shortages and increasing pastoral demands.

Cardinal You Heung-sik emphasized the depth of reflection and wide-ranging input that went into crafting the decree. He reiterated that it is a product of global dialogue and a recognition of the diverse pastoral realities present in different parts of the world. His remarks underscore the Vatican’s commitment to ensuring that Church practices remain both theologically sound and pastorally effective.

The decree’s implementation on Easter Sunday carries symbolic significance, aligning the update with the celebration of Christ’s resurrection and the Church’s renewed mission in the world. It signals a moment of reflection and renewal for both clergy and laity, inviting the faithful to engage more consciously with the spiritual meaning of offering and celebrating the Holy Mass.

By reinforcing transparency, reaffirming the sacred nature of spiritual offerings, and offering practical mechanisms to handle modern difficulties, the decree sets a new pastoral standard for how the Church approaches the intentions of the faithful around the world.

Hyderabad-Born Endocrinologist Honored with Prestigious Fellowship in U.S.

Dr Divya Sistla, an endocrinologist of Indian origin based in the United States, has been awarded the prestigious title of Fellow of the American College of Physicians (FACP), a distinction considered one of the highest recognitions in the field of internal medicine. This accolade highlights her remarkable contributions to endocrinology, medical research, and education.

Originally from Hyderabad, Dr Sistla has had an impressive academic and professional journey. She pursued her MBBS at the Kamineni Institute of Medical Sciences in Telangana before moving to the U.S., where she has emerged as a prominent figure in the field of endocrinology. Currently, she serves as a leading Endocrinologist and Obesity Medicine Specialist at UPMC Mercy Hospital, located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Her academic and clinical accomplishments are supported by a strong foundation of certifications. Dr Sistla is board-certified in three key areas: internal medicine, endocrinology, and obesity medicine. These qualifications have enabled her to handle some of the most complex cases in hormonal disorders. Her medical practice focuses on the diagnosis and management of conditions such as diabetes, thyroid disorders, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), osteoporosis, and Cushing’s syndrome, among others.

In addition to her clinical responsibilities, Dr Sistla plays a significant role in medical education. She holds the position of Clinical Assistant Professor at the University of Pittsburgh, where she actively mentors young physicians and medical trainees. Her teaching role ensures that future generations of doctors benefit from her experience, knowledge, and passion for the field. Furthermore, she is actively involved in various institutional committees that focus on patient safety and physician wellness. These efforts highlight her comprehensive approach to improving healthcare delivery and promoting the well-being of both patients and fellow medical professionals.

Reacting to the honor of being named an FACP, Dr Sistla said, “Receiving the FACP is a deeply meaningful milestone.” She added, “As an Indian-origin physician practicing in the U.S., I’m proud to bring global best practices to my patients and continue building bridges in medical knowledge between countries.” Her sentiments reflect the broader impact of her work, which extends beyond national borders to influence global medical practices and standards.

Dr Sistla’s research interests span a wide spectrum within endocrinology. Her work has focused extensively on adrenal and pituitary disorders as well as obesity. These are critical areas of medical science that affect millions of people worldwide, and her studies contribute to a deeper understanding of how these conditions can be effectively diagnosed and managed.

Among her most influential research contributions is a groundbreaking study on telemedicine. This study demonstrated how video consultations could significantly improve outcomes in diabetes care, particularly in situations where in-person visits may be limited. The research gained recognition for its practical implications in the post-pandemic world, where telehealth has become an essential part of patient care. It showed that remote consultations could maintain, and in some cases even enhance, the quality of medical care provided to patients with chronic illnesses like diabetes.

Another major contribution from Dr Sistla is her research on non-functioning pituitary adenomas, which was published in the Journal of the Endocrine Society. This study examined the long-term stability of these pituitary tumors, providing new insights into their behavior over time. The findings offer valuable information for clinicians managing such patients, potentially reducing the need for invasive treatments when long-term stability can be predicted. These kinds of studies not only advance medical knowledge but also influence real-world clinical practices.

Her achievements have garnered admiration not just in the United States, but also in India, where her journey from a medical student in Telangana to a respected physician in the U.S. is seen as a symbol of perseverance, excellence, and inspiration. The Indian medical community has celebrated her recognition, viewing it as a proud moment for doctors and researchers across the nation. Her success story serves as a motivating force for aspiring healthcare professionals who aim to make their mark both nationally and internationally.

Throughout her career, Dr Sistla has demonstrated a commitment to bridging gaps between clinical practice and academic research. Her work illustrates how innovation in one area can positively impact multiple facets of healthcare. Whether she is caring for patients with complex endocrine disorders, teaching future doctors, or publishing influential research, Dr Sistla continues to make significant contributions that are shaping the future of medicine.

The recognition from the American College of Physicians further affirms the value and impact of her contributions. Being named a Fellow is not just an acknowledgment of professional competence, but also a testament to leadership, scholarly excellence, and a sustained commitment to the field. This milestone in her career sets a benchmark for many in the medical profession, especially for those from underrepresented or international backgrounds striving to succeed in the highly competitive world of American healthcare.

Moreover, Dr Sistla’s dual focus on clinical excellence and physician wellness is particularly noteworthy in today’s healthcare environment, where burnout and stress are significant concerns. Her involvement in wellness committees demonstrates an understanding of the importance of caring for healthcare providers as well as patients. This holistic approach underscores her belief in sustainable, compassionate, and effective healthcare systems.

While she continues to make strides in the U.S., Dr Sistla remains connected to her roots in India. Her journey is an example of how education, dedication, and cross-cultural collaboration can create lasting change in global healthcare. As she puts it, her goal is to “bring global best practices” to the forefront, ensuring that patients receive the highest standard of care regardless of geographic location.

Her work has also opened up possibilities for increased collaboration between Indian and American medical institutions. By building these transnational bridges, Dr Sistla is not only advancing her own career but also contributing to the broader goal of improving healthcare worldwide through knowledge sharing and joint research initiatives.

In essence, Dr Divya Sistla embodies the qualities of a modern physician-scientist—someone who is deeply committed to patient care, dedicated to research, and passionate about teaching. Her latest accolade as a Fellow of the American College of Physicians cements her place as a role model for young doctors and researchers, particularly those from India aiming to achieve excellence on a global platform.

With her continued contributions to endocrinology, research, and medical education, Dr Sistla is set to play a crucial role in shaping the future of internal medicine. Her story serves as a powerful reminder that with determination, expertise, and vision, boundaries can be transcended and global impact achieved.

Gen Z Eyes Early Retirement as Corporate Culture Leaves Them Disillusioned

Members of Generation Z have been openly vocal about their frustration with corporate work life, expressing how it fails to meet their expectations, especially amid the ongoing cost-of-living crisis. A flood of TikTok content reflects their dissatisfaction, portraying a generation that feels disconnected from traditional work norms.

According to a recent survey by Qualtrics on behalf of Intuit Credit Karma, nearly 60% of Gen Z participants described conventional 9-to-5 jobs as “soul-sucking.” The same study revealed that 57% of respondents from this generation are adopting the FIRE (financial independence, retire early) philosophy—a financial strategy focused on aggressively saving and investing to enable early retirement, often well before reaching 65.

This trend highlights a significant shift in mindset, where many Gen Zers are looking for ways to escape the daily grind and find more meaningful, flexible alternatives to traditional employment. Their discontent doesn’t necessarily mean they’re opposed to working altogether—it’s more about the lack of purpose they feel in their roles and the toll it takes on their mental health.

Take Andra Berghoff from Minnesota, for example. She previously worked in marketing at a healthcare company but found the job neither rewarding nor financially sustainable. In a TikTok clip that quickly gained traction, she remarked, “If I had to do this corporate drone thing for the rest of my life, I would rather clock out eternally.” Her candid admission struck a chord with many young professionals who feel similarly trapped in jobs that offer little satisfaction.

Dissatisfaction isn’t limited to low-wage earners either. Many high-income Gen Z workers are also unhappy, believing their pay does not reflect the growing cost of living. Despite earning six figures or more, they still worry about falling behind financially and not being able to sustain a decent quality of life.

To counter this, a substantial portion of this generation is willing to make drastic changes. Over 40% of those surveyed said they are ready to reduce non-essential spending, such as cutting back on dining out and unnecessary shopping. Additionally, one-third are contemplating taking up multiple side gigs or odd jobs to boost their income. Nearly 25% indicated they might move back in with their families or close friends to save on living costs. Meanwhile, 17% of respondents said they would consider leaning on a partner for financial assistance.

While searching for stability, some are opting to disengage from the hustle without quitting altogether. About 29% of Gen Z workers admitted to practicing “quiet quitting,” a term that refers to doing only what’s required at work without overextending themselves. This approach involves drawing clearer work-life boundaries and prioritizing mental wellness over performance-driven expectations.

Rather than embracing the grind that older generations may have accepted as a necessary sacrifice, many Gen Z individuals are looking for an exit strategy. For them, early retirement isn’t just a dream—it’s a goal supported by a concrete financial roadmap. They’re embracing the FIRE strategy, a concept that originated with millennials, which urges extreme savings, strategic investing, and a minimalist lifestyle to reach financial freedom sooner than traditional retirement plans allow.

The usual target for FIRE followers is to save about 70% of their annual income until they accumulate a portfolio of roughly $1 million or 30 times their yearly expenses. Once that goal is achieved, they often step away from full-time employment. Post-retirement, they aim to withdraw only a small percentage of their savings each year to preserve their nest egg. Some also explore passive income sources, such as rental properties or dividend-paying investments, to supplement their finances during retirement.

Central to this strategy is the idea of budgeting wisely, slashing unnecessary expenditures, and identifying alternate income streams as early in life as possible. Unlike previous generations who might have waited until their 40s or 50s to begin serious financial planning, Gen Z is trying to take control of their finances in their 20s.

One major advantage young workers have is the relative lack of financial burdens that come with later stages of life. Without the responsibilities of caring for aging parents or raising young children—challenges that often define the “sandwich generation”—many Gen Zers are in a better position to save aggressively if they choose to. They also seem less interested in climbing the corporate ladder and more focused on achieving work-life balance and personal fulfillment.

This mindset shift reflects a growing skepticism about the traditional model of labor and retirement. Many in Gen Z have seen older generations spend decades working tirelessly, sacrificing family time and personal ambitions, only to enjoy freedom in their twilight years. It’s a path that no longer appeals to many young workers, who are increasingly opting for financial independence as a means to reclaim control over their time and well-being.

The FIRE movement has provided a blueprint for such a lifestyle. While not everyone will manage to retire in their 30s or 40s, the movement’s core principles—live below your means, invest wisely, and plan early—are gaining popularity among a generation that feels betrayed by the corporate promise of stability and growth. These young Americans are determined not to follow in the footsteps of those who burned themselves out in pursuit of retirement at 65.

Ultimately, for Gen Z, the goal is about more than just quitting work—it’s about designing a life that doesn’t revolve around it. The appeal of early retirement lies in the freedom to explore new paths, prioritize mental health, and live with purpose rather than paycheck to paycheck. With rising inflation, stagnant wages, and a deepening disconnect between effort and reward, it’s no wonder they’re looking for an alternative.

As more young people reconsider what success looks like, movements like FIRE offer a framework to exit the rat race on their own terms. And while not everyone will reach that million-dollar milestone, the growing awareness around financial independence marks a significant cultural shift in how the newest generation of workers views money, employment, and the future.

Blue Origin’s All-Female Crew Reflects on Awe-Inspiring Space Journey and Shared Sisterhood

The recent Blue Origin space mission featuring an all-female crew left the six women aboard in awe of the Earth’s beauty and the profound experience of venturing beyond its atmosphere. This historic 11-minute flight not only marked a milestone in space travel but also brought together a unique and diverse group of women who each carried their personal stories, emotions, and symbolic gestures with them.

Among the astronauts was internationally renowned pop singer Katy Perry, who spoke about the strong connection and unity she felt with the rest of the crew during their short but powerful journey. Perry described the shared experience among the six women as one of emotional strength and mutual understanding. She also revealed a touching personal gesture during the flight—carrying a daisy with her into space as a tribute to her daughter, who shares the same name.

“I brought a daisy into space for my daughter,” said Perry, highlighting the symbolic importance of taking something meaningful with her to mark the once-in-a-lifetime experience. Her words reflected the deeply personal nature of the journey and how the mission served not only scientific and historical purposes but also emotional and spiritual ones.

The flight was particularly significant for Lauren Sánchez, a journalist and philanthropist, who is also known as the fiancée of Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon and owner of Blue Origin. Sánchez spoke passionately about how the voyage changed her perspective on Earth. She explained that witnessing the planet from such a unique vantage point made her realize just how important it is to care for and protect the environment.

“When you see the Earth from space, you truly feel its beauty and fragility. I had this overwhelming feeling that the Earth is profound and we need to protect this planet,” Sánchez said. Her reflections echoed the sentiments shared by many astronauts who have spoken about the transformative “overview effect” experienced when observing the Earth from orbit.

Gayle King, a well-known television broadcaster, was another member of the all-women crew. Following the mission, she expressed an unexpected surge of confidence that came from the flight. The overwhelming sense of accomplishment she felt after being part of a successful space journey left her feeling empowered and ready to tackle new challenges back on Earth.

“I walked out of there thinking I could do anything,” King said with a smile, adding humorously, “I might even be brave enough now to get my ears pierced.” Her comments illustrated not only the magnitude of the experience but also the empowering nature of stepping far outside her comfort zone.

The group also included Amanda Nguyen, a civil rights activist best known for her advocacy work on behalf of sexual assault survivors. Nguyen, who has been nominated for a Nobel Peace Prize, brought a spirit of determination and resilience with her aboard the flight. Although she did not make any public remarks immediately following the trip, her presence on the mission symbolized progress and inclusion in the world of space exploration.

Rocket scientist Aisha Bowe was another standout figure among the crew. Bowe, who previously worked for NASA, is the founder of a STEM education company aimed at increasing opportunities for underrepresented groups in science and technology. Her inclusion in the mission was a powerful representation of both scientific achievement and the need for greater diversity in the aerospace industry. While she kept her post-flight comments brief, her journey to the stars stood as a beacon of inspiration to young women and girls who dream of careers in science.

Kerianne Flynn, a film producer with a passion for storytelling, completed the all-women lineup. Flynn’s presence highlighted the growing connection between the worlds of space travel and media, as more storytellers seek to share the extraordinary human experiences tied to space exploration. Though less known to the public than some of her fellow travelers, Flynn’s inclusion was a reminder that space is for everyone—not just astronauts, scientists, or celebrities.

The suborbital journey lasted just 11 minutes but offered the women several moments of weightlessness and a stunning view of Earth’s curvature. Launched by Blue Origin’s New Shepard rocket, this mission marked the company’s continued push to make space tourism more accessible while spotlighting trailblazing individuals who can inspire future generations.

What made this flight especially historic was not just that it was composed entirely of women, but also the diversity and depth of experience each woman brought with her. Ranging from arts and activism to science and media, the crew represented a cross-section of modern female achievement and ambition.

The mission underscored how space travel is gradually moving beyond its traditional boundaries, becoming a stage not just for astronauts and researchers but also for those with stories to tell and dreams to share. Each woman who took part in this short journey left with a renewed sense of purpose and an unforgettable memory of touching the edge of space.

For Katy Perry, the experience was not just a scientific novelty but a deeply emotional and symbolic act tied to her role as a mother. For Sánchez, it was a spiritual awakening about the state of our planet and the responsibility we all share in preserving it. For Gayle King, it was an empowering milestone that broke personal barriers and opened the door to new possibilities.

The remaining crew members—Nguyen, Bowe, and Flynn—each brought with them their own aspirations and achievements, contributing to a powerful narrative of female empowerment and progress. Though their words may have been fewer, their presence on the mission spoke volumes about the expanding definition of what it means to be a space traveler in the modern age.

As commercial spaceflight becomes more common, missions like this one by Blue Origin continue to redefine the possibilities for who can go to space and why. This particular journey, while short in duration, was rich in symbolism and inspiration. The six women aboard demonstrated that space is no longer the exclusive domain of male astronauts or elite scientists. It is a place where artists, activists, media figures, and innovators can come together to share a moment of wonder—and return with stories that might just change the way we see our world.

The message from the crew was clear: space is a dream within reach, and those who reach for it can come back changed, emboldened, and united. As Katy Perry so simply put it, the journey was part of a “phenomenal dream”—one that these six remarkable women now share, and one that they hope will inspire many more to come.

America Dominates List of World’s Best Hospitals in 2025 Ranking

American hospitals have earned a prominent place among the world’s top medical institutions, according to the recently published World’s Best Hospitals 2025 ranking by Newsweek in collaboration with Statista, a global data research firm.

This comprehensive list spans more than 2,400 hospitals from 30 different nations. While each country’s ranking is tailored to local data and methodology, Newsweek’s overall Global Top 250 brings together the best hospitals from across all participating countries, creating a definitive list of the world’s top medical centers.

In this elite group, the Mayo Clinic in Minnesota claimed the number one position globally, with the Cleveland Clinic in Ohio following as the second-best. Also featured prominently in the Global Top 10 were the Johns Hopkins Hospital in Maryland and Massachusetts General Hospital in Massachusetts, underscoring the dominance of U.S. healthcare facilities.

Hospitals in this ranking were evaluated using a multi-faceted scoring system that incorporated insights from over 85,000 healthcare professionals through peer surveys. These assessments were combined with patient experience information, institutional performance indicators, and findings from Statista’s Patient-Reported Outcome Measures (PROM) survey. This PROM component evaluates how hospitals use patient feedback to improve their quality of care. Criteria ranged from patient ratings and staff courtesy to accreditation and even the standard of cafeteria food.

Lukas Kwietniewski of Statista emphasized the evolving priorities in modern healthcare when speaking to Newsweek’s Health Care Editor Alexis Kayser in a February interview. “We have a long-term plan that we want to follow the trends that are going on in healthcare, not only nationally, but also internationally,” Kwietniewski said. “There is a shift towards patient-centered care. It has been ongoing now for at least a decade and that is also what leading hospitals are more and more aspiring to deliver – to have that patient centricity.”

The United States stands out in this global evaluation with a staggering 430 hospitals making the rankings—the highest of any country featured. The Top 10 U.S. hospitals, which include several recurring names known for their cutting-edge research and exceptional patient care, are as follows:

Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota

Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland, Ohio

The Johns Hopkins Hospital in Baltimore, Maryland

Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts

Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center in Los Angeles, California

Stanford Health Care – Stanford Hospital in Stanford, California

The Mount Sinai Hospital in New York, New York

Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, Massachusetts

Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles, California

Northwestern Memorial Hospital in Chicago, Illinois

An accompanying infographic highlights how hospitals are distributed by state, with California leading the nation. The Golden State boasts 41 hospitals on the U.S. list—more than any other state. Texas follows with 29 hospitals, trailed by Pennsylvania at 26, Illinois with 21, and both Ohio and Florida with 20 each.

Unsurprisingly, many of the highest-ranked hospitals in these states are either part of expansive healthcare systems or affiliated with prestigious universities. For example, Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center is California’s top-rated institution, while Northwestern Memorial Hospital ranks highest in Illinois. In Pennsylvania, the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania holds the top spot.

Cleveland Clinic, recognized as the world’s second-best hospital, leads Ohio’s healthcare landscape. Florida’s highest-ranked facility is the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, a regional branch of the globally top-ranked institution in Minnesota.

Interestingly, three U.S. states—Nevada, Mississippi, and Vermont—were not assessed and therefore have no hospitals represented in this year’s global ranking.

Each country’s list in the World’s Best Hospitals 2025 ranking was generated based on the best data available within that nation. The elements considered include patient satisfaction, quality of care indicators, and staffing statistics, though the depth and type of available data vary greatly from one country to another. As a result, the methodologies for ranking hospitals differ by country, with the overall goal of making each list as accurate and locally relevant as possible.

In the United States, data was drawn from multiple public sources to ensure a reliable assessment. According to the American Hospital Association, there are currently 6,120 hospitals in the U.S., most of which are categorized as non-federal, short-term general hospitals. These encompass nonprofit organizations, private companies, and institutions managed by state or local governments.

To develop the U.S. ranking, Statista relied heavily on metrics from the Medicare “Hospital Compare” dataset, a tool published by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS). CMS evaluates hospital performance using a range of indicators including mortality rates, safety of care, readmission rates, patient experience, and the timeliness and effectiveness of treatments.

Patient satisfaction was gauged through responses collected in October 2024 as part of Medicare’s Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) survey. Notably, this year marked the first time the CMS data on Health Equity and Patient Reported Outcomes were incorporated into the World’s Best Hospitals ranking, further enriching the evaluation framework.

American hospitals have once again demonstrated their leadership in global healthcare through a combination of cutting-edge research, patient-centered approaches, and rigorous standards. With institutions like the Mayo Clinic and Cleveland Clinic not only topping U.S. lists but also standing tall on the international stage, the 2025 rankings affirm the strength and excellence of the American healthcare system.

Republicans Warn Trump’s Tariffs Could Backfire Politically in 2026 Elections

Republican lawmakers are increasingly concerned that President Trump’s trade war could politically hurt their party in 2026, as the effects of higher prices and slowing economic growth may overshadow other GOP achievements.

Several GOP senators are pointing to past elections—specifically those in 1932 and 1982—as cautionary examples of how trade wars and inflation have previously cost Republicans at the ballot box. They fear that history may repeat itself.

Many in the Republican Party view tariffs as a de facto tax increase on American consumers. Some lawmakers have observed that in the last two major instances when Congress passed tax increases similar in scope to Trump’s recent tariffs, the president’s party experienced heavy electoral losses.

“In the national elections, you can go back to 1982 when I think it was about 26 congressional seats that were lost [by Republicans],” said Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who is expected to be one of the top Democratic targets in the upcoming midterms.

That year marked President Reagan’s first midterm election, and Republicans lost 26 seats in the House, largely due to soaring interest rates and widespread public dissatisfaction with the economy. Republicans also lost one Senate seat in that election cycle.

That same year, Congress passed the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act. The law raised corporate and excise taxes and enhanced tax compliance, ultimately increasing federal revenues by close to 1 percent, as noted by the nonpartisan Tax Foundation.

“No doubt, if we’re having the same discussions about tariffs in February of next year, all the indicators would be ‘wrong track,’” Tillis added.

He emphasized that the Trump administration must deliver on its promises of beneficial trade agreements by February of the following year or risk facing significant political consequences.

“They’ve got about 10 months to wrap a bow around this and say, ‘See, I told you so,’ or you’re going to start seeing political headwinds,” Tillis warned.

Another significant election in Republican memory is from 1994, when the GOP made a massive gain—winning 54 seats in the House and eight in the Senate—following President Clinton’s signing of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, which raised taxes.

According to a report published Friday by the Tax Foundation, Trump’s current tariffs are expected to raise annual government revenue by 0.56 percent of the gross domestic product, representing the largest jump since Clinton’s 1993 tax hike.

Senators were initially relieved when Trump announced a 90-day suspension on most of the steep reciprocal tariffs he had declared against several countries. However, they note that political risks remain high, especially given Trump’s imposition of a 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, which prompted a retaliatory 125 percent tariff from China on American goods.

While the stock market surged after Trump’s announcement of the 90-day pause, the rally was short-lived. Markets dropped again sharply on Thursday amid ongoing uncertainty over the U.S. economy. By Friday, some of those losses had been reversed.

Lawmakers expressed alarm over the sell-off in the bond markets, viewing it as a troubling signal for the overall economy. Yields on 10-year and 30-year Treasury bonds climbed significantly during the week, reaching as high as 4.59 percent and 4.88 percent respectively, increasing borrowing costs for businesses and consumers.

The 30-year Treasury yield, which heavily influences mortgage rates, experienced its sharpest weekly rise since 1982, according to Yahoo Finance.

A senior Republican aide in the Senate, who spoke on condition of anonymity, cautioned that Trump could undermine his strongest issue going into the 2024 election: the economy, which was the top priority for voters last year.

A Gallup survey published in October showed Trump enjoying a 9-point lead over then-Vice President Kamala Harris in terms of handling the economy.

However, an Economist/YouGov poll released this week revealed that Trump’s approval rating fell by five points compared to the previous week, largely due to the chaos caused by his tariff measures.

The impact of the tariffs has been particularly concerning in agricultural states.

“It’s not good for my farmers,” said Sen. Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) last week, referring to the volatility in stock, bond, and commodity markets.

Rounds, who is running for reelection next year, added, “We’ve got a lot of people that rely on being able to sell our commodities around the world.”

China, Trump’s primary target for tariffs, imported $1.4 billion worth of goods from South Dakota in 2022, the most recent year for which data is available. That figure represents 28 percent of South Dakota’s total goods production.

Several Republicans are drawing comparisons between tariffs and tax hikes—both politically perilous territory in today’s GOP.

“Tariffs are a tax on consumers, and I’m not a fan of jacking up taxes on American consumers,” said Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) during an interview with Fox Business’s Larry Kudlow.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) issued a strong warning to fellow Republicans, saying they risk major electoral defeats in the coming year unless they alter their stance on trade. He also warned that current trade policies could lead to a deep economic downturn.

Paul cited the 1930 Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act as a historical parallel. Its two main architects—Sen. Reed Smoot (R-Utah) and Rep. Willis Hawley (R-Ore.)—were both voted out of office in the 1932 election.

Paul believes the tariffs of that era worsened the Great Depression and significantly damaged the Republican Party’s image for decades.

“We went into the wilderness for a long, long time,” he said. “The depression was multifactorial, but most historians have written that that Smoot-Hawley tariff actually made things worse and the depression longer.

“I don’t think the politics are good,” Paul concluded. “The economics of tariffs are bad; the politics, if anything, are worse.”

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has also been critical, arguing that Trump’s tariffs are steering the country toward a recession. He claims that the economic downturn is already affecting political sentiment in swing states.

“We are seeing it move the political needle across the country because people have less and less faith in Donald Trump’s handling of the economic policies of this country, plain and simple. We’re seeing it in just about every state, and the numbers continue to get worse for him,” Schumer stated at a recent press conference.

Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), another key target for Democrats in 2026, also criticized Trump’s tariffs on allied nations, particularly the 25 percent tariff imposed on Canadian goods.

She told The Hill she opposes tariffs on Canada due to the negative effects on Maine’s economy.

“I never thought that putting tariffs on friendly countries that are our allies is the way to go,” Collins said.

She recalled discussing the issue with Trump’s trade adviser Peter Navarro during the president’s first term.

“I remember [in] the first administration talking with Peter Navarro about the impact on the lobster industry. There are times when tariffs are appropriate. I think China is an example of that. The Canadian tariffs make no sense,” she said. “This is the position I’ve had for a very long time.”

Apple Assembles $22 Billion Worth of iPhones in India Amid Ongoing Shift from China

Apple Inc. has significantly expanded its manufacturing operations in India, assembling iPhones worth $22 billion in the 12 months ending in March. This marks a 60 percent increase in production from the prior year, signaling a strong push to diversify away from China as a primary manufacturing base.

According to sources familiar with the matter, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the information is not public, Apple now manufactures about 20 percent—or one out of every five—of its globally popular iPhones in India. The $22 billion figure refers to the estimated factory gate value of these devices, not their retail price.

This increased output underscores Apple’s strategy to accelerate its shift to Indian production, a move that began gaining momentum when strict Covid-19 lockdowns disrupted operations at its largest manufacturing site in China. The majority of iPhones produced in India are assembled at Foxconn Technology Group’s facility in the southern part of the country. Additionally, Tata Group has become a critical player in this supply chain, with its electronics manufacturing unit acquiring Wistron Corp. and managing Pegatron Corp.’s operations in India.

Apple declined to comment when contacted outside its regular working hours.

India’s technology minister confirmed on April 8 that out of the total production value, Apple exported iPhones worth 1.5 trillion rupees, or approximately $17.4 billion, in the fiscal year ending March 2025.

People with knowledge of the matter noted that shipments of iPhones from India to the United States surged after President Donald Trump introduced the idea of “reciprocal” tariffs in February. These sources added that Apple saw a steady increase in both production and exports from its Indian operations throughout the fiscal year.

As previously reported by Bloomberg News, Apple is expected to increasingly rely on its India-based supply chain to fulfill iPhone demand in the U.S. market.

In a development late Friday, the Trump administration announced an exemption from the new reciprocal tariffs for electronics products, including smartphones and computers. This development benefits tech giants such as Apple and Nvidia Corp., although the exemption does not cover Trump’s separate 20 percent tariff on Chinese imports, which is part of an effort to push China to curb fentanyl exports.

As a result, iPhones manufactured in India will not currently be subjected to any of these reciprocal tariffs. However, except for the few categories exempted recently, Trump’s total tariff load on Chinese goods remains at 145 percent. This pressure is likely to further drive Apple and other companies to quicken the pace of their supply chain relocation efforts.

Nonetheless, Apple’s transition away from China is complicated by its extensive network of nearly 200 suppliers based in the country. This heavy dependency means a full-scale move to alternative locations could take several years. Despite Trump’s stated intention to see Apple manufacture iPhones in the United States, a shift to domestic production remains unlikely in the near future. Challenges such as insufficient facilities and a lack of skilled labor make large-scale U.S. production of iPhones unfeasible for now.

Apple CEO Tim Cook has consistently acknowledged China’s manufacturing expertise when it comes to producing the company’s premium devices. A 2022 analysis by Bloomberg Intelligence suggested that relocating just 10 percent of Apple’s manufacturing capacity from China would take approximately eight years.

Currently, Apple assembles the entire iPhone lineup in India, which includes its top-tier titanium Pro models. The company’s manufacturing efforts in India have received a major boost from government subsidies that are aligned with Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s broader goal of transforming the country into a global manufacturing center.

In line with these ambitions, Modi’s administration is also aiming to expand India’s electronics component manufacturing sector. To that end, the government has unveiled $2.7 billion in new financial incentives and is also advancing plans to strengthen the country’s semiconductor industry.

Apple, which currently holds close to an 8 percent share in India’s smartphone market, generated nearly $8 billion in sales in the country during the 2024 fiscal year. A significant portion of those revenues came from iPhone sales, highlighting India’s growing importance to the tech giant both as a manufacturing base and a consumer market.

Despite being a relatively small player compared to low-cost Android smartphone makers that dominate the Indian market, Apple has been steadily gaining ground. Its brand appeal, coupled with an expanding middle class, makes India a promising market for premium smartphone sales.

As Apple continues to navigate the geopolitical and logistical challenges of global manufacturing, its investments in India appear to be paying off. The blend of strong local partnerships, government incentives, and rising domestic demand has created a favorable environment for the company’s growth in the region.

India’s appeal as a manufacturing alternative has grown in recent years, particularly as multinationals look to mitigate risk by diversifying away from their overdependence on Chinese production. Apple’s recent scale-up in Indian manufacturing suggests that it is increasingly seeing the country not only as a backup option but as a central piece in its future strategy.

Even with the political uncertainties surrounding trade policy in the United States, Apple’s decision to deepen its roots in India reflects a long-term vision to build a more resilient and geographically diverse supply chain.

With a broader iPhone lineup now being assembled in India—including the high-end Pro variants—the country is playing a more crucial role in Apple’s global operations than ever before. As tensions with China persist and protectionist measures in the U.S. continue to evolve, Apple’s strategy to ramp up production in India could set the tone for other tech companies evaluating their own supply chain vulnerabilities.

While the transition is far from complete, Apple’s progress over the past year is a clear indication that India is no longer just an emerging market for sales, but also a vital hub for production. As one industry observer put it, “Apple’s India push is not just about saving costs. It’s about building resilience.”

That resilience will be tested in the years ahead, especially as the company faces a complex matrix of trade tariffs, manufacturing constraints, and the ever-changing global tech landscape. But for now, Apple appears to be on a solid path toward reducing its dependency on China while expanding its footprint in one of the world’s fastest-growing economies.

Trump Administration Sets April 11 Deadline for Foreign Nationals to Register Under Alien Registration Act

Department of Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem issued a firm reminder today that all foreign nationals residing in the United States for more than 30 days are required to register under the Alien Registration Act by April 11, 2025. This federal law, which has long been on the books but seldom enforced, mandates that all noncitizens present in the country for over a month must officially register with the government. Noncompliance with this law is considered a criminal offense and may result in fines, imprisonment, or both.

“President Trump and I have a clear message for those in our country illegally: leave now. If you leave now, you may have the opportunity to return and enjoy our freedom and live the American dream,” said Secretary Noem in a public statement. She emphasized that the Trump administration intends to enforce every aspect of the nation’s immigration laws, saying, “The Trump administration will enforce all our immigration laws—we will not pick and choose which laws we will enforce. We must know who is in our country for the safety and security of our homeland and all Americans.”

This announcement follows the signing of Executive Order 14159 by President Donald J. Trump on January 20, 2025. Titled Protecting the American People Against Invasion, the order tasks the Department of Homeland Security with restoring accountability and order within the immigration system. Among its directives is the revival and rigorous enforcement of the Alien Registration Act, a statute that has remainedlargely dormant in recent decades.

The newly established registration requirements apply to all foreign nationals, regardless of their immigration status. Those who have been present in the U.S. for 30 days or longer as of April 11, 2025, and do not have documentation proving registration, are required to register immediately with U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).

Furthermore, individuals entering the United States on or after April 11, 2025, must register within 30 days of their arrival if they lack evidence of prior registration. The mandate also extends to minors reaching the age of 14 while residing in the U.S. These individuals must re-register and submit their fingerprints within 30 days of their 14th birthday, even if they were registered previously while underage.

Parents and legal guardians are also held responsible for ensuring that any minor under the age of 14 in their care is registered, provided the child remains in the country for at least 30 consecutive days. Once a noncitizen has completed the registration process and submitted their fingerprints, the Department of Homeland Security will issue official proof of registration.

All foreign nationals aged 18 and above are required to carry this documentation with them at all times. This stipulation is part of a broader push by the current administration to reinforce immigration laws and eliminate gaps in enforcement. Secretary Noem made it clear that DHS will not tolerate any sanctuary for those who fail to meet the requirements of this policy. “There will be no sanctuary for noncompliance,” she stated.

The Trump administration has described the policy as a national security measure, arguing that tracking the presence of all foreign nationals within U.S. borders is essential for ensuring the safety of the American people. The message from the White House and DHS is unambiguous: the rules will be applied uniformly and without exception.

The renewed emphasis on the Alien Registration Act is part of a wider immigration agenda that President Trump has pursued since returning to office. His administration has consistently promoted stricter enforcement of immigration laws, increased deportations, and greater scrutiny of noncitizens residing in the United States. The executive order signed in January further underscores this direction, placing a spotlight on the perceived risks posed by individuals who remain in the country without proper documentation or registration.

For many foreign nationals, particularly those without legal status, the registration requirement is likely to raise concerns about possible detention or removal. However, the administration has framed the policy as an opportunity for those who comply to remain on a lawful path. Secretary Noem’s comments suggested that early compliance could influence future immigration outcomes for some individuals. “If you leave now, you may have the opportunity to return and enjoy our freedom and live the American dream,” she said, reiterating that voluntary departure might be more favorable than facing enforcement action.

The DHS has not released specific data on how many foreign nationals are currently out of compliance with the Alien Registration Act, but officials have indicated that the department is prepared to take enforcement action after the April 11 deadline. With the issuance of proof of registration and the requirement to carry it at all times, authorities expect to have the means to quickly identify those who fail to meet the standard.

The reimplementation of this policy also places added responsibility on immigration attorneys, nonprofit organizations, and advocacy groups that work with immigrant communities. Many will likely need to step up their efforts to inform clients and vulnerable populations about the new requirements, ensuring they understand their obligations and the consequences of inaction.

The administration’s strict timeline means that foreign nationals who fall under the law’s purview must act quickly. The April 11 cutoff is firm, and officials have indicated there will be no extensions. After that date, those who are not registered and cannot provide documentation may face immediate consequences under federal law.

As DHS continues to roll out the enforcement mechanisms associated with this policy, additional guidance is expected from USCIS and other relevant agencies. In the meantime, affected individuals are advised to consult official government websites or qualified legal professionals to ensure they complete the registration process correctly and on time.

Secretary Noem closed her statement by emphasizing the importance of national unity and the rule of law. “We must know who is in our country for the safety and security of our homeland and all Americans,” she said. The Trump administration’s messaging has centered around the principle that the laws on the books should be upheld fully, and that no one—regardless of their country of origin or immigration status—is exempt from accountability.

With less than a month remaining before the registration deadline, DHS is urging all noncitizens who qualify to take action immediately. Compliance with the Alien Registration Act is now a top priority for federal immigration enforcement, and failure to act could have serious legal consequences for those affected.

Catholic Body Decries Delhi Police’s Denial of Permission for Annual Way of the Cross Procession

The Catholic Association of the Archdiocese of Delhi (CAAD) has voiced strong condemnation over the recent decision by the Delhi Police to refuse permission for the Annual Way of the Cross procession. This denial has deeply upset and saddened the Catholic community of the Archdiocese, which sees the event as an integral part of their Holy Week observances. For many years, this solemn procession has taken place on Palm Sunday, the Sunday preceding Easter, without incident and with full approval from local authorities.

The religious march, considered sacred by lakhs of believers, has historically begun at St. Mary’s Church in Old Delhi and ended at the Sacred Heart Cathedral located at Gole Dak Khana. The faithful walk this route in prayer, solemnly observing the 14 Stations of the Cross, reenacting the suffering and crucifixion of Jesus Christ. This spiritual journey, held in reverence, has long served as a peaceful public expression of devotion and belief.

The Catholic Association has made it clear that the community feels both wounded and let down by the police’s decision to block the 2025 procession, which was to be held on April 13. The stated justification for the denial—concerns about maintaining law and order and managing traffic on a Sunday—has failed to convince the Church. Members of the Christian community now feel compelled to question whether their constitutionally guaranteed religious freedoms are being equally respected when compared to other groups.

“The reason cited—law and order and traffic concerns on a Sunday—is difficult to accept, especially when other communities and political groups are routinely granted permissions for processions and rallies, even during peak hours on working days,” said the Catholic Association. This inconsistency in granting permission has prompted believers to feel that their rights as citizens are not being upheld in a fair or impartial manner.

For over ten years, the Annual Way of the Cross procession has been organized with complete cooperation from authorities. The Catholic community emphasizes that the event has always been conducted peacefully and with respect to public norms. In all these years, there has never been a report of disruption—be it traffic congestion or a breach of law and order—attributed to this religious observance. It is against this backdrop of discipline and harmony that this year’s denial appears particularly unjust.

CAAD believes that the police’s decision not only sets a troubling precedent but also casts doubt on the broader principle of equality before the law. They feel it undermines the foundation of religious freedom in India, a right enshrined in the Constitution and essential to the country’s pluralistic character. “The denial of permission this year feels biased and unfair, casting a shadow on the principles of equal treatment and religious freedom,” the association noted in its statement.

Christians residing in the capital—and indeed, throughout India—are known for being a peaceful, law-abiding segment of the population. They have, historically, not been associated with any form of public disorder. The community urges authorities to act wisely and ensure that justice and equality continue to be the cornerstones of democratic functioning. Any perception of partiality, CAAD warns, can erode trust and foster a sense of alienation among minorities who see themselves as active and positive contributors to the nation.

“We appeal to the authorities to act judiciously and ensure that justice and equality are upheld,” the statement continued. “We urge that such actions do not create a sense of exclusion or doubt in the minds of minorities who contribute positively and peacefully to the nation’s fabric.”

In expressing their disapproval, CAAD also reiterated its role as a constructive and responsible stakeholder in India’s civil society. The Catholic Association is a registered organization that represents the interests of the Catholic faithful in the National Capital Territory. Over the years, it has consistently engaged with government institutions, the public, and various community groups in efforts to nurture mutual understanding and societal harmony.

The association clarified that it is not merely seeking permission for a religious event but is also advocating for the broader values of fairness, inclusiveness, and respect. By highlighting the seeming inconsistency in the treatment of different religious and social groups, CAAD hopes to bring attention to a larger issue—whether minority communities are being accorded equal consideration when it comes to their religious and cultural expressions in public spaces.

In this regard, CAAD reaffirmed its dedication to fostering dialogue and cooperation between religious institutions and civil authorities. It aims to act as a bridge between spiritual commitment and civic responsibility. “The Catholic Association of the Archdiocese of Delhi (CAAD), a registered body representing the Catholic faithful in Delhi, reaffirms its commitment to fostering harmony, mutual respect, and constructive dialogue between the Church, civil society, and government institutions,” the statement read.

CAAD emphasized that it operates with a deep belief in the universal values of peace and inclusivity. These values, the association noted, are not only foundational to the Christian faith but also to the broader Indian ethos of diversity and coexistence. The organization maintains that religious processions like the Way of the Cross are not merely ceremonial acts but are emblematic of deeper principles of community, faith, and shared humanity.

“CAAD believes in the shared values of peace, inclusivity, and service to the community, and we strive to be a bridge between faith and civic responsibility,” the group declared. The organization also highlighted its ongoing commitment to working with all stakeholders—whether governmental, non-governmental, or community-based—to promote mutual understanding, uphold human dignity, and support the moral and social development of society at large.

The statement closed with a call for reason and empathy. CAAD encouraged the authorities to reconsider the decision in the interest of fairness and in alignment with the pluralistic values enshrined in the Indian Constitution. It reiterated that religious events conducted peacefully and with due diligence deserve recognition and support from civic authorities, regardless of the size or influence of the community organizing them.

Ultimately, the Catholic community in Delhi hopes for a future in which all religious groups are treated with the same respect and consideration by the state, ensuring that India continues to be a land where diverse faiths coexist peacefully and equally under the rule of law.

Money and Mind: Study Reveals How Income and Financial Satisfaction Affect Well-Being Differently

A comprehensive international study has revealed that individuals who feel content with their financial situation tend to report better emotional, physical, and mental well-being, regardless of their actual income level. However, when it comes to forecasting long-term changes in well-being, actual income proves to be a more accurate predictor than financial satisfaction. Published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, the study emphasizes that how people feel about their finances and how much they earn each affect well-being in distinct ways.

The research was led by Vincent Y. S. Oh, a senior lecturer at the Singapore University of Social Sciences. His goal was to explore the complex connection between financial standing—both objective and subjective—and overall well-being. While the phrase “money doesn’t buy happiness” is often quoted, the link between wealth and life satisfaction has been long debated.

Earlier studies have suggested that greater income might be associated with increased happiness, but these conclusions often rely on narrow definitions of happiness or focus only on short-term impacts. Oh aimed to go further by analyzing how both actual income and financial satisfaction influence various dimensions of well-being over time.

“The question of whether money buys happiness is one that I think has great appeal to many, probably because money is such an inescapable reality of almost everyone’s lives. You see it being discussed online on Reddit and news commentaries, you hear people talk about it, you see memes about it online, and so on,” Oh told PsyPost.

He added, “More personally as well, financial pressures were also a significant part of my memories of growing up. I think our experiences of life can be shaped quite significantly by our economic and financial circumstances, and this was thus a practically important and relevant topic that was worth delving into empirically.”

Oh examined three extensive, long-term datasets from the United States and South Korea. These datasets—the Midlife in the United States Study, the Understanding America Study, and the Korean Longitudinal Study of Aging—tracked over 7,600 individuals across multiple years. Participants were repeatedly assessed to determine their income, financial satisfaction, and performance on 22 different indicators of well-being, such as emotional state, health, social connections, life satisfaction, and sense of meaning.

Income was calculated based on self-reported annual earnings, adjusted for inflation and currency differences. Financial satisfaction was gauged using straightforward questions asking individuals to rate their contentment with their financial situation. Well-being was measured through various items, including assessments of emotional experiences, physical and mental health, and life satisfaction. The research utilized latent growth modeling and meta-analysis to understand how income, satisfaction, and well-being evolved over time.

At the start of the study, those who felt satisfied with their financial situation consistently reported higher well-being across a wide range of domains. These individuals experienced more life satisfaction, better physical and mental health, and more positive emotions. The correlation was strong. In contrast, initial income levels did not consistently correlate with initial well-being levels. Surprisingly, in some instances, higher income was even linked to lower well-being when financial satisfaction was considered.

However, the pattern reversed when analyzing long-term trends. Participants with higher incomes at the beginning of the study showed better long-term improvements—or smaller declines—in emotional and life satisfaction indicators. Financial satisfaction, while clearly tied to present well-being, did not show a link to long-term improvements.

“It was interesting that although subjective financial satisfaction was clearly more strongly related to one’s current well-being, there was no evidence that it played a role in predicting future trajectories of change in well-being,” Oh noted. “Instead, income had relatively stronger evidence supporting its role as a predictor of future changes in well-being. Thus, it seems that both income and subjective financial satisfaction could matter to well-being, albeit in different ways.”

The study also looked at whether individuals with higher initial well-being later reported increased income or financial satisfaction. The answer was mostly no. Those who began with higher well-being did not necessarily go on to earn more money or feel better about their finances.

“The main takeaway is that there isn’t a single answer to the question of whether money buys happiness or whether one should be content with what one has,” Oh told PsyPost. “Money does matter in that higher-income-earners were more likely to have better future well-being, but at the same time, being subjectively happy with one’s finances played a much larger explanatory role in current well-being than how much one earns.”

Oh also addressed conventional wisdom that encourages people to completely ignore material concerns. “Any conventional wisdom that takes the form of asking people to forgo material concerns entirely is unlikely to be good advice, because ultimately, money is important to our day-to-day lives and can make a significant difference to our psychological and physical wellness. At the same time, time and again, research has shown that excessive materialism is likely to be detrimental.”

He added, “Independently of how much we actually earn, our subjective relationship with money makes a lot of difference. As much as many of us chase after material goals (and for good reason, since money does matter), we do need to moderate this pursuit and to try to cultivate some level of contentment with our finances as this may ultimately play a more significant role in our current sense of wellness. I do acknowledge, however, that this can be easier said than done.”

The study has its limitations. The average age of participants was middle-aged or older, and the financial satisfaction measure was based on only a few simple questions. Furthermore, because the study wasn’t experimental, it can’t prove cause and effect. For example, people who feel generally happy with life may also rate their finances more positively, even if those finances haven’t improved.

“The present findings do not support a direct causal inference since the studies reported are non-experimental,” Oh said. “Still, the present findings provide longer-term findings spanning over a decade, which complements some other studies reported which do support a causal role of money in well-being over shorter time frames.”

He further noted, “Additionally, the findings reported are quite comprehensive, spanning multiple well-being measures as well as participants from two relatively distinct nations (the United States and Korea). Despite this, we should be cautious of generalizing beyond what the methodology allows. There is some previous work suggesting that there are divergent relationships between money and well-being across countries, and the present findings may not generalize to all other countries equally or to other forms of well-being (e.g., meaning) that weren’t measured in the present work.”

Despite these limitations, the study stands as one of the most expansive inquiries into how money and well-being interact over time. Oh is interested in future research focusing on the finer details of socioeconomic status and its impact on well-being. This includes studying the influence of debts, caregiving expenses, and why some people are more content with their financial status than others.

“Amidst global inflationary pressures and other economic uncertainties, I think these are times where economic concerns are really critical to the everyday experiences of many people,” Oh concluded. “While the present research may offer little direct comfort, I hope they at least provide some validation of the experiences of those struggling with economic/financial concerns – money (and our subjective experience of money) does matter to our psychological and physical wellness, and such concerns should be taken very seriously and hopefully addressed by policy-makers throughout the world.”

USPS Proposes Stamp Price Increase to Take Effect in July

If you’re planning to send mail anytime soon, now might be a good time to stock up on Forever stamps before July 12, as the United States Postal Service (USPS) is preparing to implement a new round of price hikes.

The USPS recently announced a proposal to raise postage prices, with the changes expected to come into effect on July 13 if approved. Under this plan, the cost of a first-class Forever stamp would increase by five cents, going from the current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents.

The postal service revealed that it submitted a notice to the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) on April 9 to initiate the proposed pricing update.

In a statement released alongside the announcement, USPS explained the reasoning behind the changes, stating, “As changes in the mailing and shipping marketplace continue, these price adjustments are needed to achieve the financial stability sought by the organization’s Delivering for America 10-year plan. USPS prices remain among the most affordable in the world.”

The proposed increases are not limited to just Forever stamps. Metered mail, which currently costs 69 cents, would go up to 74 cents. International letters, which presently require $1.65 in postage, would increase slightly to $1.70. Domestic postcards, meanwhile, are expected to jump from 56 cents to 62 cents.

Before any of these adjustments are officially implemented, the PRC will need to complete its review of the proposal. Assuming the review process is completed in time, the changes would be rolled out beginning July 13.

A look back at postal rates over the decades offers perspective on how prices have climbed. In 1985, the cost of a first-class stamp was just 22 cents. Fast-forward 40 years, and the upcoming proposed rate of 78 cents represents more than a threefold increase.

The most recent price hike occurred in July of last year, when the cost of a first-class stamp rose from 68 cents to 73 cents. According to the Miami Herald, that change equaled the largest price increase in the agency’s history.

The announcement of yet another increase comes at a time when the USPS is undergoing various shifts and facing potential restructuring. On March 24, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy stepped down from his position after nearly five years of leadership. DeJoy, who had been a controversial figure during his tenure, released a statement detailing his decision to resign and outlining his views on the organization’s future.

“I believe strongly that the organization is well positioned and capable of carrying forward and fully implementing the many strategies and initiatives that comprise our transformation and modernization, and I have been working closely with the Deputy Postmaster General to prepare for this transition,” DeJoy said in the statement.

He also reflected on the work done under his leadership, noting, “While our management team and the men and women of the Postal Service have established the path toward financial sustainability and high operating performance – and we have instituted enormous beneficial change to what had been an adrift and moribund organization – much work remains that is necessary to sustain our positive trajectory.”

DeJoy’s departure signals a major transition for the USPS, which has faced long-standing debates about its structure and future in the face of competition and shifting business models. One of the most significant proposals in recent years came from President Donald Trump.

In December 2024, Trump, then President-elect, suggested that privatizing the USPS might be a viable way to make it more competitive with major shipping providers like Amazon, FedEx, and UPS, according to the Associated Press.

The push toward privatization didn’t stop there. In February, Trump indicated that he was considering moving the postal service under the jurisdiction of the Department of Commerce. If carried out, this change would mark a dramatic shift in how the USPS operates, particularly given that it has functioned as an independent government agency for 55 years.

Trump’s proposal received support from notable voices, including tech mogul Elon Musk, who has been tasked with overseeing the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), as reported by The New York Times. Musk has long advocated for streamlining government operations and has expressed support for restructuring legacy systems like the postal service.

Despite this high-profile backing, the proposal to privatize the USPS has also faced fierce resistance. The National Association of Letter Carriers, which represents thousands of postal workers across the country, has spoken out strongly against the idea.

Union leaders argue that privatization could result in job losses and negatively impact mail delivery, especially in areas that are already underserved.

The organization maintains that maintaining the USPS as a public institution is crucial to preserving reliable and equitable mail service throughout the United States. In particular, the potential consequences for rural communities—where mail delivery can already be inconsistent—are a major concern for postal workers and their advocates.

As the USPS continues to navigate leadership changes, operational reforms, and questions about its future, the price of mailing a letter is once again drawing national attention. The proposed price hike, if enacted, will represent yet another step in the Postal Service’s ongoing efforts to stabilize its finances and modernize its operations in a rapidly evolving shipping landscape.

For now, Americans have until July 12 to purchase Forever stamps at the current price of 73 cents. After that date, assuming the proposed changes are approved by the PRC, those stamps will cost 78 cents. The USPS hopes that this adjustment, along with its broader Delivering for America plan, will help the agency chart a more sustainable path forward.

As stated in their announcement, “USPS prices remain among the most affordable in the world,” even as they seek to address financial challenges and modern demands. Whether that affordability will be enough to meet the organization’s long-term goals remains to be seen, particularly as discussions about privatization, oversight changes, and service cuts continue to stir debate.

With DeJoy’s departure, ongoing scrutiny from political leaders, and a review of its pricing structure, the USPS faces a pivotal moment in its long history. The coming months will be critical in determining how the agency adapts—and whether the public continues to support it in its current form or embraces a reimagined version of mail service in the United States.

Seven Psychological Traits That Define a Truly Fulfilling Relationship

A happy, deeply fulfilling relationship isn’t just built on shared playlists, similar movie preferences, or agreement on pizza toppings. While common interests may help spark a connection, the core of a lasting, joyful partnership lies in much deeper qualities—those rooted in emotional intelligence and psychological behaviors that foster true intimacy and growth. Here are seven specific behaviors, backed by psychology, that signal you’ve found a partner capable of bringing enduring happiness.

First, she actively supports your personal growth. When a woman encourages you to take chances, chase your dreams, and better yourself—whether by returning to school, exploring a new hobby, or pursuing a career move—she’s showing more than just surface-level support. She believes in your capabilities and nudges you forward without judgment or hesitation. This attitude reflects Carl Rogers’s principle of unconditional positive regard. Rogers emphasized that individuals thrive when they are valued and accepted as they are. A partner who offers this kind of emotional environment allows you to flourish, offering a safe space where you’re not afraid to fail or succeed. This unconditional support becomes a key driver of self-growth and happiness.

Second, she communicates openly, even about uncomfortable or difficult subjects. If you’ve ever felt silenced or uneasy in a previous relationship, you know how essential open dialogue can be. A woman who doesn’t shy away from discussing conflicts or sharing her concerns does more than maintain peace—she strengthens the relationship. She speaks with empathy and honesty, making sure both partners are understood. This type of communication is a pillar of stability, according to psychologist John Gottman. Known for his research into marital success, Gottman found that couples who handle conflict with calm, clear communication are more likely to last. “Instead of bottling things up or sweeping issues under the rug,” a woman who promotes open conversation ensures problems are resolved early, protecting the relationship from deeper damage.

Third, she provides emotional support without rushing to judge. Relationships naturally come with emotional highs and lows. A woman who remains by your side through both extremes—whether you’re celebrating a win or managing stress—adds stability. She listens patiently, giving you space to express feelings without jumping to criticism. This behavior aligns with the concept of secure attachment, introduced by John Bowlby and expanded by Mary Ainsworth. In this model, emotional safety is key. Both partners feel they can be themselves without fear of rejection. A woman who creates this security becomes the anchor in a storm, helping you feel safe enough to be vulnerable.

Fourth, she fosters and reciprocates trust. One of the most telling signs of a meaningful relationship is mutual trust. She respects your boundaries, believes in your integrity, and avoids suspicion and doubt. In turn, she is transparent about her own life, building a dynamic free of secrecy. This behavior reflects the psychological principle of reciprocal self-disclosure. Based on Social Penetration Theory by Irwin Altman and Dalmas Taylor, this idea explains how trust deepens through gradually revealing one’s inner thoughts and emotions. When she shares her fears, goals, or uncertainties, you’re more likely to do the same, creating a strong bond built on vulnerability and respect.

Fifth, she demonstrates empathy and compassion. Empathy isn’t simply acknowledging another’s feelings—it’s fully understanding them. A woman who feels joy when you succeed and offers comfort when you’re down strengthens your emotional connection. She doesn’t dismiss your feelings; she tries to feel them with you. This behavior aligns with “compassionate love,” a concept emphasized in positive psychology. Psychologist Barbara Fredrickson has written about the importance of shared positive emotions and caring deeply about your partner’s well-being. When empathy and compassion are present, both individuals feel seen, understood, and supported in meaningful ways.

Sixth, she invests in shared experiences. A partner who creates memories with you—through road trips, hobbies, or even simple nights at home—builds a foundation that weathers future challenges. These moments create a shared story, one that brings laughter, resilience, and closeness. Studies in positive psychology highlight how engaging in joyful activities as a couple increases relationship satisfaction. It’s not just about spending time together, but doing so with a sense of exploration and fun. Whether it’s trying a new restaurant, learning to cook a new dish, or attending an unfamiliar event, the spirit of togetherness deepens emotional bonds.

Seventh, she embraces humor and maintains a positive attitude. A good sense of humor isn’t just fun—it’s psychologically powerful. It shows emotional flexibility, intelligence, and an ability to de-escalate tension. Life brings stress, but a woman who can lighten the mood and share laughter can help both of you manage tough times. This doesn’t mean she’s constantly joking or doesn’t take life seriously. Instead, she introduces levity at the right moments, offering emotional relief. Neuroscientist Robert Provine’s research confirms that laughter releases endorphins, enhancing mood and decreasing stress. In relationships, humor can prevent arguments from escalating, encourage problem-solving, and create a relaxed atmosphere where both partners feel free to be themselves.

Putting all these traits together paints a clear picture. No one is perfect, and it’s unrealistic to expect any partner to exhibit every ideal quality at all times. Still, when these key behaviors—support for personal growth, clear communication, emotional availability, mutual trust, empathy, shared experiences, and humor—are present, the relationship gains the strength and depth needed for long-term happiness. These psychological pillars are not only signs of a good partner, but a roadmap to building a partnership that thrives.

What truly matters is that the core ingredients are present.You don’t need a flawless partner. Instead, focus on how both of you show up for each other. It’s not just about what someone brings to your life, but how you grow in response. Healthy relationships are built when both people engage equally, mirroring each other’s compassion, trust, and joy.

In the end, the happiest relationship of your life isn’t some far-off fantasy. It’s built step by step, through small acts of encouragement, moments of vulnerability, and shared laughter. “So, if you notice that special someone cheering you on, meeting you halfway in communication, helping you grow, and laughing with you through life’s inevitable chaos—consider yourself incredibly lucky. You just might have found the relationship that will bring the deepest joy and fulfillment to your life.”

Vikas Khanna Named Person of the Year by Harvard South Asian Association, Marking Major Moment for Indian Cuisine

Renowned chef, author, and filmmaker Vikas Khanna has been honored as Person of the Year by the South Asian Association (SAA) at Harvard University, a prestigious accolade that underscores not just his personal achievements but also the growing global recognition of Indian cuisine. This significant award celebrates Khanna’s relentless efforts to spotlight India’s culinary traditions on the international stage. In response to receiving the honor, a visibly moved Khanna shared his thoughts on social media, saying, “What a milestone for Indian cuisine! To be named Person of the Year by Harvard University’s SAA is beyond words. This recognition is not just an award—it’s a promise. A commitment to continue honoring our culture through every dish, every detail.”

Khanna’s journey to this moment has been marked by dedication, perseverance, and an unwavering passion for culinary storytelling. Originating from Amritsar, a city steeped in flavor and history, his early days were spent honing his craft in modest Indian kitchens. Over time, that humble beginning laid the foundation for an exceptional global career, which includes earning a Michelin star and establishing himself as a culinary force in New York.

His path from the narrow lanes of Amritsar to global fame is a testament to how deeply food can serve as a vessel for cultural exchange. From running Kinara, his fine-dining restaurant in Dubai, to creating the critically acclaimed documentary The Last Color, and serving as a judge on Celebrity MasterChef India, Khanna has continuously utilized food as a conduit for storytelling and cultural dialogue. Each of these endeavors has served as a platform for showcasing India’s culinary diversity and richness.

He expressed his deep appreciation for the recognition, saying, “This is amazing, because Harvard recognizes excellence in representation. Every single morning at my restaurant, Bungalow, is a tribute to India. I’m thankful to everyone involved for choosing me for this honor.” Khanna’s words reflect his view of food not merely as nourishment but as an artistic and cultural experience that connects people to traditions, values, and identity.

Vikas Khanna’s influence stretches beyond his restaurants and public appearances. His genuine humility, warmth, and unbreakable connection to his roots have made him an icon not only in culinary circles but also within broader cultural conversations. He has long been regarded as an ambassador of Indian culture, using cuisine as a bridge between East and West. His television presence on Celebrity MasterChef India has further broadened his reach, encouraging budding chefs to pursue their passions while staying connected to their heritage.

The recognition by Harvard is particularly meaningful, given the institution’s stature and the visibility such an honor provides. For Khanna, it is not merely a personal accolade but an opportunity to elevate Indian cuisine in academic and cultural discourse. It also serves as validation of his unique approach to food—one that blends storytelling, emotional connection, and technical excellence. It affirms that the world is increasingly ready to embrace the nuanced complexity and beauty of Indian culinary traditions.

Khanna’s tribute to India through his work is evident not just in the ingredients he selects or the recipes he prepares, but in the themes and values that run through everything he does. At Bungalow, his New York-based restaurant, each dish tells a story. From decor to service style, the experience is crafted to reflect the heart and soul of India. He uses these dining spaces as more than just venues for meals—they are arenas for cultural immersion.

His acknowledgment of this moment came with heartfelt gratitude. “No words to express my feelings today—from the bylanes of Amritsar to the stage at Harvard University. Thank you, Boston, for so much love. Heading back to New York with a full heart,” he said. These words capture the emotional significance of the journey he has undertaken—from modest beginnings to becoming a global culinary ambassador celebrated by one of the world’s most esteemed universities.

The South Asian Association at Harvard University, known for recognizing individuals who have made substantial contributions to South Asian culture and heritage, chose Khanna not just for his professional accolades but for his embodiment of what it means to carry one’s culture with pride on an international platform. This selection affirms the growing relevance of food as a cultural and diplomatic tool, and Khanna’s ability to bring communities together through a shared culinary language.

Khanna’s work has often highlighted underrepresented stories. His documentary The Last Color, which focuses on the lives of widows in Vrindavan, India, received critical acclaim for shedding light on social issues while intertwining them with the visual poetry of food and tradition. His books, including several bestsellers, also reflect a similar commitment to storytelling, often weaving personal narratives with recipes, making them as emotionally resonant as they are delicious.

Over the years, he has also been involved in numerous humanitarian efforts. During the COVID-19 pandemic, Khanna led large-scale food distribution initiatives in India, further emphasizing his belief that food should serve a greater purpose beyond the plate. His approach combines excellence in gastronomy with deep social responsibility, reinforcing why he is deserving of such recognition.

The honor by Harvard is a reminder of how far Indian cuisine and its representatives have come on the global stage. From being stereotyped as exotic or niche to now being celebrated for its complexity and depth, Indian food has undergone a transformative journey, and figures like Khanna have been at the forefront of that change. His meticulous attention to culinary detail, commitment to authenticity, and passion for sharing his heritage have all contributed to redefining how Indian cuisine is perceived around the world.

For many young chefs and aspiring culinary professionals, Vikas Khanna’s recognition is not just a moment of pride but a beacon of hope. It signals that authenticity, hard work, and cultural pride can lead to global acknowledgment. His story inspires not just those in the food industry, but anyone who believes in the power of dreams and determination.

In celebrating this milestone, the spotlight also returns to India—a land of rich culinary traditions, flavors, and stories waiting to be told. Through Vikas Khanna’s achievements, a broader audience is invited to explore and appreciate the depths of Indian cuisine. And as he continues his journey, one dish at a time, he carries with him the hopes and pride of a nation that has long known the magic he now shares with the world.

India’s Expanding Waistlines: The Dangerous Rise of the Pot Belly

Once seen as a symbol of wealth, indulgence, and the wisdom of age, the pot belly in India has traditionally carried cultural weight. In literature, it quietly implied comfort or an easy life, while in cinema it stood in for the sluggish bureaucrat, overeating uncle, or crooked cop. Cartoons often caricatured it to poke fun at politicians. In rural India, a large stomach once indicated privilege—evidence that “this man eats well.”

However, what was once laughed at or even respected is now causing serious concern. India is facing a growing obesity crisis, and the unassuming pot belly may be a more serious threat than previously believed.

In 2021, India recorded the second-highest number of overweight or obese adults in the world, with 180 million people affected, trailing only China. A new study published in The Lancet predicts that this figure could reach 450 million by 2050, amounting to nearly one-third of the country’s expected population.

This isn’t just a national problem—globally, over half of all adults and one-third of children and adolescents are projected to struggle with excess weight in the years to come.

Central to India’s obesity crisis is abdominal obesity, more commonly referred to as belly fat. Unlike general obesity, abdominal obesity refers specifically to excess fat accumulated around the midsection. According to medical professionals, it’s not merely a matter of appearance. As early as the 1990s, research established a strong connection between belly fat and chronic diseases such as Type 2 diabetes and heart ailments.

Obesity presents itself in several forms. Peripheral obesity involves fat buildup in the hips, thighs, and buttocks, while generalised obesity spreads fat throughout the body. But the belly fat version is drawing particular attention due to its link to serious health issues.

Current data from the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5), which for the first time measured waist and hip circumference, highlights the scale of the issue. It found that around 40% of women and 12% of men in India suffer from abdominal obesity. According to Indian health standards, this means a waist size over 90 cm (35 inches) for men and 80 cm (31 inches) for women. Alarmingly, nearly half of Indian women between the ages of 30 and 49 show signs of this condition. Urban residents are more affected than their rural counterparts, with waist size and waist-to-hip ratios being key indicators.

So why is belly fat particularly concerning?

One major factor is insulin resistance. This condition occurs when the body no longer responds effectively to insulin, the hormone responsible for regulating blood sugar levels. Abdominal fat interferes with insulin’s functions, making blood sugar control difficult.

Studies have shown that South Asians, including Indians, tend to carry more body fat than white Caucasians at the same Body Mass Index (BMI), a measure of weight relative to height. But it’s not just about how much fat one has—it’s also about where it’s stored. In South Asians, fat typically accumulates around the trunk and beneath the skin, rather than deeper in the abdomen as visceral fat.

While this might suggest lower levels of the more dangerous deep belly fat, research shows that the larger and less efficient fat cells common in South Asians struggle to store fat under the skin. This excess fat then ends up in vital organs like the liver and pancreas, which play crucial roles in metabolism. The result is an increased risk of diseases such as diabetes and cardiovascular problems.

The exact biological reasons for these fat distribution patterns are still unclear. Numerous genetic studies have been conducted, but none have identified a single gene responsible. However, one hypothesis points to historical factors.

India’s long history of famine and chronic food scarcity meant that generations were accustomed to poor nutrition. To survive, the human body adapted to hoard energy. Since the abdomen is the most expandable part of the body, it became the ideal storage site for fat. “It’s a conjectural but plausible evolutionary theory – one that can’t be proven, but makes sense,” says Dr Anoop Misra, who leads Delhi’s Fortis-C-DOC Centre of Excellence for Diabetes, Metabolic Diseases and Endocrinology.

In 2023, physicians from the Indian Obesity Commission updated obesity guidelines specifically for Asian Indians. Recognizing that BMI alone doesn’t provide a complete picture, they introduced a two-stage clinical system that better reflects the relationship between fat distribution and health risks.

The first stage includes individuals with a high BMI but without abdominal obesity, metabolic disorders, or physical limitations. In these cases, interventions like improved diet, increased physical activity, and occasionally medication can help.

Stage two involves abdominal obesity and is often accompanied by health issues such as diabetes, knee pain, or irregular heartbeat. This stage indicates a much higher health risk and requires more aggressive treatment.

This new classification model helps doctors determine how urgently a patient needs intervention. According to experts, once belly fat becomes visible, early action is vital. Recently developed weight-loss drugs like semaglutide and tirzepatide have shown success in targeting belly fat.

“As shocking as it may sound, even people with a normal weight can have dangerous levels of belly fat,” warns Dr Misra.

So why is abdominal obesity on the rise in India? Experts point to a shift in lifestyle. Diets now often include more junk food, ready-to-eat meals, greasy homemade dishes, and high-calorie takeout. Between 2009 and 2019, countries like Cameroon, India, and Vietnam saw the fastest increases in per capita consumption of ultra-processed food and beverages, according to research.

What can be done to reverse the trend?

Indian experts argue that standard global guidelines for physical activity might not be enough for South Asians. While European men may maintain health with 150 minutes of exercise per week, South Asians may require 250–300 minutes to counter slower metabolism and the body’s reduced capacity to store fat effectively.

“Our bodies simply aren’t as good at handling excess fat,” explains Dr Misra.

Ultimately, the pot belly is no longer just the subject of jokes or cultural commentary—it’s a clear indicator of rising health risks. With the number of overweight and obese individuals in India projected to skyrocket in the coming decades, experts warn that the country is heading toward a major public health crisis.

India’s expanding waistlines are more than a superficial concern—they are the frontline of a dangerous epidemic. Unless tackled with seriousness, the pot belly could become a nationwide burden, straining not just individual health but the broader healthcare system as well.

TSA’s New Tech to End 3.4-Ounce Liquid Rule at Airports

For nearly twenty years, U.S. airline passengers have had to comply with strict liquid restrictions, allowing only 3.4-ounce (100 ml) containers packed into a quart-size clear plastic bag. This long-standing rule is now set to change due to the introduction of advanced scanning technology by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA).

The initial restriction was a counter-terrorism precaution meant to prevent in-flight attacks using liquid explosives. The 100 ml limit was deemed the highest volume that could potentially detonate within an airplane cabin without resulting in catastrophic damage. The policy aimed to reduce the chances of dangerous substances going undetected through security.

Now, the TSA is introducing computed tomography (CT) scanners that can examine the contents of bottles and other containers in great detail. These scanners are currently being installed at some of the busiest airports across the country. As a result, full-size liquid products could soon return to travelers’ packing lists, and the TSA has already released a list of 11 specific items that are no longer subject to the 3.4-ounce limit.

The items that no longer need to follow the three-ounce restriction include:

Over-the-counter medications

Prescription medications in gel, liquid, or aerosol form

Ice packs or gel packs for medical purposes

Food and drink intended for infants and toddlers

Wet batteries

Live fish transported in water

Biological specimens

Breast milk or baby formula

Liquid-filled teethers

Duty-free items that are sealed in tamper-evident bags

Fresh eggs

If these changes continue to move forward successfully, personal care products such as shampoo, perfume, sunscreen, and body wash may also be added to the approved list in the near future.

The TSA anticipates that the range of allowed liquids will expand gradually through 2025. For now, the CT scanning technology has already been deployed at key U.S. airports including Atlanta, JFK in New York, and LAX in Los Angeles. These locations are among the busiest travel hubs in the country, making them ideal starting points for the implementation of the new system.

Despite this progress, travelers must keep in mind that not all airports have adopted the updated technology and policies just yet. Therefore, it is important for passengers to verify current regulations by checking their specific airport’s website before their trip.

For added convenience, the TSA offers a free mobile application called “myTSA,” which includes a feature labeled “What can I bring?” This tool allows travelers to search for an item and find out whether it is permitted in carry-on luggage. The TSA can also be contacted via social media through Twitter and Facebook Messenger at @AskTSA. Alternatively, questions can be sent by texting the word “Travel” to 275-872.

As these changes continue to roll out, it is also important to note that international airports will take longer to implement similar procedures. Passengers flying abroad may still need to rely on their smaller, travel-size liquid containers for some time.

In a prior interview, Christopher Murgia, the TSA’s Federal Security Director for Maryland, advised travelers to pack mindfully. “Know the contents of your carry-on bag,” Murgia said.

“It’s best to begin packing for travel with an empty bag, because that way travelers are less likely to see their carry-on bag trigger an alarm. If you start with an empty bag, you know with certainty that you do not have anything prohibited inside,” he explained.

The deployment of computed tomography (CT) scanners is a major upgrade in airport security measures. According to TSA.gov, the process of installing these new security lanes began in late spring.

The CT scanners are designed to produce detailed 3-D images of the contents inside carry-on luggage. TSA officers use a touchscreen monitor to rotate these images and gain a complete view of everything inside a bag. This functionality allows for a much more thorough analysis than the older X-ray technology.

As a result, TSA agents can more effectively identify specific items without needing to physically open and inspect as many bags. Not only does this enhance security and reduce the likelihood of missing prohibited items, but it also speeds up the entire screening process for travelers.

The improved scanners mean that security staff can quickly determine if there are any potential threats in carry-on bags. The enhanced image clarity helps TSA agents work more efficiently while maintaining high levels of safety at checkpoints.

The introduction of CT technology marks a major shift in how airport security will operate in the future. By offering faster and more accurate scans, the TSA can both streamline the passenger experience and boost the overall effectiveness of its counter-terrorism efforts.

For now, the key takeaway is that while the days of strict 3.4-ounce limits on liquids may soon be coming to an end, passengers must remain informed. Since these changes are being implemented gradually, rules will vary depending on which airport you’re flying from or into.

Checking official sources before traveling, using tools like the myTSA app, and following the TSA’s social media channels are all simple ways to stay updated on current policies. In the meantime, having a clear understanding of what is and isn’t allowed can save travelers time and frustration at the security checkpoint.

Until the new system becomes standard across all domestic and international airports, being cautious and prepared remains essential. The new CT scanners offer a promising future where travelers can enjoy greater convenience without compromising on safety.

ITServe Alliance’s Capitol Hill Day Planned for June 11th, 2025

“ITServe Alliance has planned to organize our next in-person Capitol Hill Day in Washington, DC on June 11th, 2025,” said Sateesh Reddy Nagilla, Director of ITServe Alliance Policy Advocacy Committee (PAC) & Immigration. “The conference will have participation by over 150 US Representatives and Senators, including influential committee chairs and members, whose decisions impact our businesses. The daylong event will feature Capitol Hill Meetings and interactive sessions with US Congressmen and Senators.”

Capitol Hill Day is being organized with the objective of showcasing to the lawmakers some of the significant contributions of the ITServe members to the country’s economy through Technology & Innovation, local employment, and STEM education. The event will also highlight key concerns faced by small businesses, including the need for high-skilled immigration reforms.

While having an opportunity to meet with and interact with the lawmakers and their staff, Capitol Hill Day will be an impactful way of making them aware of the significant contributions of the ITServe member companies to the country’s economy through Technology & Innovation, local employment, and STEM education. The event will also address key concerns faced by small businesses, including high-skilled immigration reform.

Sudheer Venkat Chakka, CPAC- Managing Director said, “With significant immigration legislation expected in Congress this year, we urgently request robust support from our ITServe members for CPAC’s strategic initiatives, including policy advocacy and essential fundraising aimed at engaging Members of Congress. We are requesting more members join the ITServe Capitol Hill Day in our nation’s Capital.”

DC Day 2Anju Vallabhaneni, President of ITServe, while emphasizing the importance of Capitol Hill Day,  said, “ITServe Alliance’s Capitol Hill Day will serve as a powerful platform in educating policymakers on the issues that are important to our members and the business community, ensuring our needs and views are reflected in policy debates and outcomes.”

ITServe Alliance has been consistently working to protect the needs of its members. To that end, ITServe Alliance has been collaborating with the lawmakers on behalf of its members on Capitol Hill and within the US Administration.  Capitol Hill Day is the perfect way for ITServe Alliance to use its collective voice to communicate with policymakers on the issues that are important to our members.

Urging ITServe members to be active and work collaboratively in making this important event successful, Raghu Chittimalla, ITServe Governing Board Chair said, “It’s our collective voice. I call upon every member to be part of this important event, advocate for ITServe, and make our voices heard in the corridors of power. Also, if you have a relationship with a member of Congress or their staff, please enter that information too.  Through your help we will be able to accomplish our goals through grassroots and advocacy.”

“In order to achieve the goals that benefit the IT Sector companies, the labor force, and the larger US economy, our process hinges on our 3 fundamental pillars of the ITServe PAC: education, advocacy, and strategic legal initiatives,” Nagilla added.

ITServe supports the HIRE Act (High Skilled Immigration Reform for Employment), introduced in Congress in 2024. Innovation, STEM education, and avoiding brain drain are the highlights of the Bill. It has advocated to have the STEM graduates with U.S master’s Degrees and/or Ph.D. holders from the H1-B CAP quota removed and make it unlimited to retain the top talent & innovation in the Country.

ITServe Alliance comprises of small and medium-sized businesses that fulfill the growing demand for highly skilled professionals in America. Its members play a crucial role in developing and maintaining essential IT systems for corporations, governments, and various organizations.

ITServe’s vision has been to empower local communities by creating, retaining, and fostering employment opportunities within the United States. Moreover, ITServe is committed to corporate social responsibility (CSR) and actively contributes to local communities nationwide, particularly in the realm of STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) education.

Siva Moopanar, President-Elect of ITServe, while summarizing the importance of Capitol Hill Day said, “ITServe Alliance is consistently working to protect its members’ needs. To that end, ITServe Alliance, through its PAC team, is advocating on Capitol Hill and with the Administration.  ITServe Alliance will use its collective voice to communicate with policymakers on important issues impacting our members.”

For information on ITServe and its many noble initiatives, please visit www.itserve.org

India and U.S. Set Stage for Initial Bilateral Trade Deal Talks, Targeting Breakthrough in 90 Days

India and the United States have agreed on a framework for launching discussions on the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement, according to a trade official who made the announcement on Friday. The talks, which are set to begin soon, come with an optimistic outlook from both sides and a hope that a mutually beneficial agreement could take shape within the next three months.

Speaking on the condition of anonymity due to the delicate nature of the negotiations, the official said, “We are far ahead in trade talks with the U.S compared to other countries… there are lots of possibilities in 90 days.” This suggests a significant advancement in discussions, indicating that both countries are close to narrowing down common areas of interest and potential compromise.

This development comes at a crucial time as trade between India and the United States continues to grow. The U.S. remains India’s largest trading partner, with bilateral trade exceeding $118 billion in the 2023-24 financial year. This upward trajectory underscores the increasing importance of the relationship between the two economies, especially at a time when both are seeking to recalibrate their global trade strategies.

Just a day before the announcement, Reuters had reported that India was eager to accelerate its push for a trade deal with the United States, particularly in light of a recent policy shift from President Donald Trump. His administration decided to pause reciprocal tariff arrangements for several countries, including India. This move by Trump has opened up a new window of opportunity for New Delhi to seek favorable terms in a direct trade agreement with Washington.

President Trump’s recent tariff policy has created a new urgency in India’s trade diplomacy. Last week, his administration imposed a 26% tariff on Indian goods entering the U.S. market. Despite this, India has opted not to retaliate with its own tariffs on American products, a decision that is likely to keep the environment conducive for dialogue and cooperation.

The trade official noted that ongoing negotiations between the two countries would not be limited to physical meetings. “Trade engagements between the countries will continue virtually and regularly,” the official said, highlighting the commitment to maintaining momentum in the dialogue even in the absence of face-to-face discussions.

India’s decision not to retaliate against the steep U.S. tariffs appears to be a strategic one, aimed at keeping the larger goal of a bilateral trade agreement on track. The choice to avoid immediate countermeasures demonstrates a willingness to prioritize long-term economic partnership over short-term trade tensions.

According to the same official, the finalized terms of reference between the two sides have laid the foundation for substantive discussions. These terms will guide the upcoming engagements and serve as the basis for identifying key issues, sectoral interests, and areas where mutual concessions can be made.

The notion of a “win-win shape and form” to the agreement over the next 90 days reflects optimism that the first segment of the trade deal could yield benefits for both countries. Although specific details of the potential deal were not disclosed, the positive tone suggests that discussions may center around areas of shared interest, including tariffs, market access, regulatory alignment, and trade facilitation.

India and the U.S. have had a complicated trade relationship over the years, with both collaboration and conflict defining their interactions. From disputes at the World Trade Organization to negotiations over digital taxes, agricultural subsidies, and intellectual property, the two countries have seen their share of disagreements. However, the strategic partnership between them continues to strengthen, particularly in areas such as defense, technology, and energy, laying the groundwork for a closer economic relationship as well.

The finalization of the terms of reference and the commitment to regular, virtual trade engagements signal a desire to shift the tone of the relationship from reactive to proactive. Both nations seem to recognize the importance of building stable, predictable trade ties, especially in a global environment marked by economic uncertainty and shifting geopolitical alliances.

India’s willingness to move swiftly is partly driven by its desire to secure preferential market access for its exports while also seeking to reduce dependence on other markets. Meanwhile, the U.S. is likely to see India as a key partner in diversifying its trade portfolio and countering supply chain vulnerabilities, especially in the wake of disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing tensions with China.

Although the announcement of the finalized terms marks only the beginning of what could be a complex and lengthy negotiation process, it represents a significant step forward. If both sides manage to stick to the timeline and navigate political and economic sensitivities carefully, the result could be a landmark agreement that reshapes the trade landscape between the world’s largest and fifth-largest economies.

The next three months will be crucial as both governments attempt to hammer out specifics and address sensitive issues without triggering domestic opposition or trade blowback. Given the high stakes involved and the current political context, including the upcoming U.S. presidential elections, the pace and content of negotiations could be influenced by broader strategic considerations.

Still, the readiness to engage, the positive language from officials, and the absence of immediate retaliatory actions are encouraging signs. The coming weeks are likely to witness intensive virtual discussions involving a wide range of stakeholders, including ministries, trade representatives, industry leaders, and policy experts from both countries.

While trade negotiations are never easy, the fact that both India and the U.S. are expressing strong interest in reaching a preliminary deal in the near term is an indication of the importance both attach to this relationship. For India, deeper integration with the U.S. economy could bring in new investments, access to cutting-edge technology, and expanded markets for its goods and services. For the U.S., strengthening economic ties with India offers a strategic counterweight in the Indo-Pacific region and a reliable partner in securing resilient supply chains.

As negotiations continue, much will depend on the ability of both sides to manage expectations, make politically viable compromises, and maintain trust. But if the initial optimism holds and the projected timeline of 90 days is met, the two countries could be on the verge of formalizing a partnership that is as economically significant as it is strategically meaningful.

In the words of the trade official, “There are lots of possibilities in 90 days.” Whether those possibilities translate into a signed agreement remains to be seen, but the foundations have now been laid for what could be one of the most important trade developments in recent years.

Trump Administration Plans to Revoke Social Security Access for Certain Immigrants to Encourage Self-Deportation

The Trump administration is pursuing a strategy designed to prompt certain immigrants without legal status to voluntarily leave the United States. According to an official who spoke to Reuters on condition of anonymity, the government intends to classify these individuals as deceased in federal databases, thereby deactivating their Social Security numbers.

The focus of this effort is on immigrants who were initially granted legal entry under the Biden administration but have since lost their temporary protected status. These individuals would be added to the Social Security Administration’s “death master list,” a federal record typically used to prevent deceased individuals from receiving Social Security payments. “Immigrants who were legally admitted to the U.S. under the Biden administration but have since had their temporary status revoked would be added to the Social Security Administration’s ‘death master list,’” the anonymous official told Reuters.

In the U.S., a Social Security number is essential not just for employment and tax purposes but also for obtaining government benefits and performing routine financial tasks. These numbers serve as tax identifiers and are necessary for opening bank accounts, applying for credit cards, and conducting many other transactions. Without a valid Social Security number, individuals are effectively excluded from both public assistance and the financial system.

The plan was initially revealed by The New York Times, which reviewed internal documents and interviewed six individuals familiar with the proposal. The newspaper reported that the underlying strategy is to create enough financial pressure on the affected immigrants that they will opt to leave the country voluntarily. By invalidating their Social Security numbers, the administration hopes to cut them off from key financial and governmental services. “The goal is to pressure migrants to self-deport by effectively canceling their Social Security numbers and cutting them off from financial services,” the Times reported.

Although the administration has not publicly confirmed the plan in detail, Assistant Press Secretary Liz Huston issued a statement that hinted at the policy’s broader objectives. “President Trump promised mass deportations and by removing the monetary incentive for illegal aliens to come and stay, we will encourage them to self-deport,” Huston stated. However, she did not directly confirm or elaborate on the specifics of the Social Security deactivation plan.

The Times also reported that the government has already added over 6,300 names to a federal blacklist. These names reportedly belong to individuals convicted of crimes or identified as suspected terrorists.The Times, citing documents, reported that the names of more than 6,300 convicted criminals or ‘suspected terrorists’ have been added to the government blacklist.

Using the “death master list” in this way marks a significant expansion of the federal government’s use of sensitive personal data in immigration enforcement. President Trump has repeatedly emphasized his goal of significantly reducing the number of undocumented immigrants living in the U.S., and this effort is seen as another step in that direction.

Further highlighting this approach, the Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and the Department of Homeland Security recently finalized an agreement to share taxpayer information with immigration enforcement agencies. This agreement will allow immigration officials access to sensitive tax records that can be used to locate undocumented individuals more efficiently. “On Monday, the Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Homeland Security finalized an agreement under which taxpayer data will be provided to federal immigration authorities to help them locate migrants,” Reuters reported.

This move has already triggered internal consequences. Following the finalization of the agreement, the acting head of the IRS, along with several other senior officials, resigned from their positions. Their resignations signal the potential controversy and ethical concerns surrounding the sharing of confidential taxpayer information with immigration authorities.

The administration’s broader immigration enforcement plans also include significant financial penalties for those who defy deportation orders. Reuters reported on Tuesday that migrants who remain in the United States despite being under deportation orders could face daily fines of up to $998. In cases where individuals fail to pay these fines, the government may seize their property. Reuters on Tuesday reported that the Trump administration plans to fine migrants under deportation orders up to $998 a day if they fail to leave the United States and to seize their property if they do not pay.

These combined efforts represent a multi-pronged strategy aimed at deterring unauthorized immigration and encouraging self-deportation by eliminating access to financial and social infrastructure. By cutting off Social Security numbers, imposing heavy financial penalties, and using taxpayer data for enforcement purposes, the administration is making it increasingly difficult for individuals without legal status to remain in the country.

While critics are likely to challenge the legality and ethics of these measures, the administration appears committed to using every tool at its disposal to reduce the undocumented population. The classification of living individuals as deceased for enforcement purposes is particularly controversial and could lead to legal challenges if implemented.

The proposal also raises significant concerns about due process, accuracy, and the potential for mistaken identity. Critics warn that such a plan could result in legal immigrants or even U.S. citizens being wrongly targeted, especially if the data used to compile the lists is flawed or outdated.

Nevertheless, the Trump administration continues to defend its immigration policies as necessary to uphold the rule of law and national security. “By removing the monetary incentive for illegal aliens to come and stay, we will encourage them to self-deport,” said Huston, reaffirming the administration’s belief that economic deterrence is a viable enforcement strategy.

As the 2024 presidential election approaches, immigration policy is expected to remain a key issue for the Trump campaign, with promises of stricter enforcement and reduced immigration taking center stage. The recent steps taken by the administration reflect a growing focus on administrative and bureaucratic tools to achieve policy objectives without requiring new legislation.

In summary, the Trump administration’s latest immigration policy involves adding certain immigrants who have lost their temporary legal status to a list meant for deceased individuals. This effectively renders their Social Security numbers useless and prevents them from accessing essential services, in an effort to drive self-deportation. This initiative, along with new agreements to share tax data with immigration authorities and impose substantial daily fines, underscores the administration’s aggressive approach to curbing unauthorized immigration through both legal and financial pressures.

Indian-Origin Council Member Among Dozens Charged in Illegal Gambling Operation Tied to Lucchese Crime Family

Anand Shah, a council member from Prospect Park, New Jersey, and a local business owner of Indian origin, has been accused of overseeing illegal poker games and operating an online sportsbook in coordination with the notorious Lucchese crime family. The announcement came in a statement issued on Friday by New Jersey Attorney General Matthew Platkin, as reported by PTI.

Shah is one of 39 individuals who now face charges that include racketeering, illegal gambling, money laundering, and various other criminal offenses. These charges follow an extensive law enforcement operation during which search warrants were executed at 12 different sites across northern New Jersey earlier this week.

Also implicated in the case is Samir Nadkarni, another Indian-origin individual. Nadkarni, aged 48 and a resident of Longwood, Florida, is alleged to have acted as a sportsbook sub-agent and poker host as part of the illegal enterprise.

Authorities have described this crackdown as the result of a two-year investigation focused on unlawful gambling operations linked to the Lucchese organized crime family. The operation culminated in coordinated searches on April 9 at multiple poker clubs, including four located in Totowa, Garfield, and Woodland Park. Notably, two of these poker clubs were concealed behind operational restaurants. In addition to these clubs, law enforcement also raided a business site in Paterson where gambling machines were stored, along with seven residences believed to belong to individuals managing the illicit gambling network.

The investigation revealed the existence of additional underground poker clubs and a wide network of people who allegedly hosted and worked at these venues. Authorities also uncovered involvement in managing bettors through an unlawful online sportsbook. These findings indicate the operation had a much broader reach than initially suspected.

It is believed that the higher levels of management within this gambling syndicate not only supervised the activities but also took a cut of the illegal profits. The operation is said to have generated over $3 million in suspected criminal proceeds, according to the investigation’s findings.

To hide the origins of their illicit earnings, members of the organization reportedly used various shell companies and legitimate-looking businesses. These were intended to disguise the source of funds and provide cover for their operations.

Commenting on the significance of this case, Superintendent of the New Jersey State Police Colonel Patrick Callahan stated, “Criminal enterprises like this pose a serious threat to the safety and well-being of our communities, driving illegal gambling, money laundering, and racketeering operations that value profit over people.”

The complaint outlines that the gambling operation relied heavily on social clubs that hosted live poker games and contained gambling machines. Additionally, the operation featured a complex and wide-reaching online sportsbook. This component was facilitated through several websites hosted in foreign countries and allowed bets to be placed from within the United States.

Each poker club reportedly had its own management structure, with high-level overseers assigning day-to-day responsibilities to floor managers who were present during the games. These managers ensured the smooth running of poker sessions and compliance with the group’s internal rules.

The online sportsbook, a key pillar of the criminal enterprise, was operated by individuals known as “agents.” These agents functioned as modern-day equivalents of traditional bookies, setting up user accounts and facilitating bets through the overseas websites. The agents played a central role in enabling illegal sports betting activities across northern New Jersey and possibly even beyond.

Authorities claim that the upper echelon of the group handled major decisions, intervened in disputes, and were involved in using threats and intimidation to recover unpaid gambling debts. According to the charges, these leaders did not hesitate to employ coercive tactics to ensure payment and maintain control over the operations.

The use of the internet and offshore servers significantly expanded the reach of the group’s gambling activities. These websites became the backbone of the operation, enabling traditional organized crime to adapt to modern technology. Despite being based in the digital realm, the crimes committed mirrored the age-old activities of organized crime families.

The official statement described how these websites empowered members and affiliates of traditional organized crime to continue engaging in illicit acts with greater efficiency. “The websites allowed traditional organized crime members and associates to use the internet and current technology to engage in the same criminal acts that traditional organized crime has engaged in since the 19th century,” the statement noted.

While the investigation is still ongoing, the arrests mark a significant blow to illegal gambling networks operating in the region. The authorities believe that dismantling such a vast and deeply entrenched operation will not only help curb unlawful gambling but also reduce the broader impact of organized crime on local communities.

The sweep conducted by law enforcement targeted key areas where the gambling activities were believed to be centered. The poker clubs raided were not openly visible to the public and often disguised themselves as ordinary businesses, such as restaurants or social clubs, to evade detection. This tactic allowed the operation to function under the radar for an extended period.

The complexity of the operation and the use of both physical locations and digital platforms highlight how traditional organized crime groups have evolved. The use of offshore sports betting websites, coupled with old-school poker games hosted in concealed back rooms, demonstrates the hybrid nature of contemporary criminal enterprises.

In total, 39 individuals now face serious charges that could lead to lengthy prison sentences if convicted. These individuals are believed to have played various roles in the network, ranging from direct involvement in hosting games to managing bettors and collecting debts. Each participant contributed to what investigators are calling one of the more sophisticated illegal gambling rings discovered in recent years.

The outcome of this case could have broader implications for how law enforcement addresses organized crime in the digital age. With the increasing use of technology in criminal activities, agencies may need to adapt their strategies and tools to keep pace with such operations.

As for Anand Shah and Samir Nadkarni, their alleged involvement in this criminal scheme has not only brought them into the legal spotlight but also raised questions about how deeply embedded such operations can become in seemingly respectable segments of society.

The charges and investigation underscore the ongoing challenge of combating organized crime, especially when it intersects with both public institutions and the digital world.

Florida Girl Disqualified After Winning Spelling Bee, Family Challenges Fairness of System

A Florida family is raising serious concerns about the fairness and transparency of the spelling bee system after their 12-year-old daughter, Amara Chepuri, was disqualified from the Tampa Bay regional spelling bee, even though she was initially named the winner.

Amara had taken first place in the regional contest by successfully spelling the word “sashay,” a moment that should have secured her both a trophy and a place in the prestigious Scripps National Spelling Bee. However, in an unexpected reversal, competition officials later rescinded her win. The title and the highly sought-after spot in the national bee were instead given to Vlada Kozhevnikova, the contestant who had originally placed second.

The explanation given for this sudden disqualification traces back to an earlier stage of the competition, at the school level. During that round, Amara had misspelled the word “pallbearer” and was eliminated. Her family, however, insists that the decision was deeply flawed and should never have impacted her regional and national eligibility. They argue that “pallbearer” had not been included in the official study list shared with participants prior to the contest. As such, they claim that it was unfair to use that word in judging Amara’s performance or eliminating her from the competition.

According to the Chepuri family, spelling bee rules state that contestants should only be quizzed on words from the pre-approved list until that list is exhausted. In Amara’s case, they contend that this guideline was not followed. They allege that words not on the original list were introduced prematurely, before all the approved words had been used. This departure from protocol, they say, created confusion among participants and led to unfair eliminations—Amara’s being one of them.

Despite this early setback, Amara continued to pursue her passion for spelling. She managed to re-enter the competition through a homeschool co-operative and eventually advanced to the Tampa Bay regional spelling bee. There, she outperformed all her peers and was officially declared the winner after correctly spelling “sashay.” For a short time, it appeared that Amara would be representing her region in the national bee.

That victory, however, was short-lived. Shortly after her win, Amara was informed that she had been disqualified once more. This time, the disqualification was tied directly to the controversy at the school-level bee. The Scripps National Spelling Bee organization upheld the decision, stating that because she had been eliminated earlier in the process, she was not eligible to advance—even though she had subsequently qualified and won at the regional level.

The Chepuri family strongly disagrees with this interpretation and has taken steps to challenge it. They have filed formal complaints and requested due process hearings from various educational and spelling bee authorities. Their goal is to call attention to what they see as flaws in the system and to push for greater accountability and fairness in how such competitions are run. They want to ensure that other students don’t face similar setbacks due to what they believe were procedural errors.

“Amara is one of the top spellers in Florida,” her father told reporters. “She prepared diligently and won fair and square. She deserves to compete on the national stage.”

The situation has sparked a wider debate about the integrity of the spelling bee system and the importance of following clear and consistent procedures, especially when young students invest months of preparation into these contests. According to the family, Amara had put in significant time and effort preparing for each level of competition and was unfairly punished for an error that was not hers.

They also claim that communication from the organizers has been lacking. After her initial elimination, they were not given a clear explanation or a chance to appeal the decision in a timely manner. Only after Amara had re-qualified through a separate channel and won again did the prior disqualification reemerge, ultimately preventing her from advancing to the national level. This, they argue, demonstrates a lack of transparency and fairness in the overall process.

While Scripps has maintained that their decision to disqualify Amara was consistent with their rules and guidelines, the Chepuri family continues to advocate for change. They are asking for a review of the rules that govern qualification and disqualification, especially when those rules intersect with local and regional competition decisions. Their case has drawn attention from other parents and educators, many of whom believe that students should not be penalized for procedural inconsistencies outside of their control.

The family’s call for due process is also part of a larger conversation about how educational competitions are structured and monitored. They believe that students’ rights need to be protected and that more clarity is needed about how decisions are made at each level of the competition. They also want assurances that future contests will follow the guidelines exactly, without deviation, and with opportunities for review if disputes arise.

Despite the disappointment, Amara and her family remain hopeful. They say they are not only fighting for Amara’s rightful place in the national bee but also for all students who might face similar issues in the future. Their efforts are aimed at making the process more equitable for everyone, regardless of whether they are attending traditional schools, homeschool co-operatives, or other educational setups.

“Amara is one of the top spellers in Florida,” her father reiterated. “She prepared diligently and won fair and square. She deserves to compete on the national stage.”

As of now, it remains uncertain whether Amara will be allowed to compete at the national level or if any changes will be made to the current rules. However, her case has clearly brought attention to how spelling bees are managed and the need for a more consistent and transparent approach—especially when children’s achievements are at stake.

Delhi Airport Faces Second Day of Disruptions with Over 350 Flights Delayed Due to Weather and Congestion

Flight operations at Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport (IGIA) faced major disruption for the second consecutive day on Saturday, as more than 350 flights were delayed, according to a report by the Press Trust of India (PTI). The delays stemmed from ongoing air traffic congestion that started Friday evening, triggered by adverse weather conditions, and spilled into Saturday’s schedule, significantly impacting passengers and flight schedules alike.

With the chaos unfolding, numerous frustrated passengers turned to social media to vent their grievances and document their experiences. Images and video clips circulated widely online showed long lines of travelers snaking through the airport, with terminals packed to capacity. Many travelers posted updates about missed connections and hours of waiting, underscoring the mounting distress as the situation dragged on without resolution.

PTI’s report indicated that the original cause of the disruptions was poor weather on Friday evening, which affected inbound and outbound flights. These weather-related delays created a domino effect that continued into Saturday, with air traffic flow hampered and ground operations stretched thin. As the day progressed, little relief was in sight for passengers already grappling with missed schedules and overcrowded terminals.

Despite the continuing impact, there were signs of gradual improvement. Delhi International Airport Ltd (DIAL), which operates IGIA, posted an update on X (formerly known as Twitter) around 2:07 PM on Saturday, acknowledging the disruptions but suggesting that the worst might be over. “Flight operations at Delhi Airport are improving; however, a few flights are still impacted due to last night’s weather conditions,” DIAL stated in its post. While the message offered some reassurance, the mention of ongoing effects indicated that normal operations were yet to be fully restored.

Flight tracking data reinforced the scale of the problem. According to Flightradar24.com, a real-time global flight tracking website, more than 350 flights were delayed as of Saturday. The data also revealed that average departure delays had risen to more than 40 minutes, further frustrating both domestic and international travelers attempting to stick to their itineraries. With the airport being one of the busiest in the region, even a short delay can snowball quickly, especially when compounded by factors like inclement weather and limited runway availability.

India’s largest airline, IndiGo, also confirmed the delays and their wide-reaching implications across its network. In a post on X at 1:32 PM, the airline addressed the issue publicly and acknowledged the cascading effect. “Ongoing air traffic congestion in Delhi is causing flights to be held for takeoff and landing clearance. Due to the consequential impact, a few flights across the network are impacted too,” the airline wrote. The message suggested that the delays were not just localized to Delhi but were affecting schedules across the country due to aircraft and crew being out of rotation.

The operational capacity of the airport also added to the strain. PTI reported that IGIA is currently functioning with only three runways, as one of its four runways is temporarily closed for scheduled maintenance. This reduction in capacity has made it more difficult for the airport to handle a high volume of traffic during peak hours, especially when dealing with backup from prior delays. The closure has further restricted the airport’s ability to absorb disruptions and recover quickly, making delays more severe and recovery slower than usual.

The situation has brought to light several long-standing concerns regarding the infrastructure and operational resilience of major airports like IGIA. With Delhi serving as a central hub for both domestic and international air travel, any disruption has wide-ranging implications across the broader aviation ecosystem in India. The maintenance closure of a single runway, combined with adverse weather and air traffic congestion, was enough to throw the system off balance, indicating limited buffer capacity during high-stress scenarios.

As the delays continued through Saturday, there were calls from some quarters for better communication and contingency planning by both airlines and airport authorities. Passengers on social media complained about a lack of timely updates regarding the status of their flights, gate changes, and rescheduling options. Many said they only found out about delays after arriving at the airport, adding to their frustration. Clearer communication and real-time alerts could have helped ease the strain for many travelers, particularly those with tight connections or urgent travel needs.

Airline staff and airport personnel were seen doing their best to manage the crowds, but the scale of the disruption left many overwhelmed. Videos on social media showed passengers sitting on the floor in crowded waiting areas, while others queued up at help desks hoping for updates or alternate arrangements. Some travelers said they were left waiting for hours without food or water, adding to their discomfort and exhaustion.

The incident also prompted some travel experts to emphasize the need for a more robust emergency response protocol for India’s major airports. Suggestions included better weather forecasting integration with scheduling systems, dynamic air traffic management tools to reroute or delay flights more efficiently, and a clearer set of guidelines for informing passengers. These measures, they argued, could reduce the cascading effect of initial disruptions and speed up the recovery of regular services.

Saturday’s situation also highlighted the interconnectedness of airline operations in a country where passenger demand is steadily rising year after year. A disruption in one airport—especially a major hub like IGIA—can have ripple effects across the entire national air travel network. With the number of air travelers in India projected to continue growing in the coming years, experts say that boosting capacity, modernizing systems, and building redundancy into airport infrastructure is no longer optional—it’s essential.

As Saturday came to a close, efforts were still underway to return flight schedules to normal. Airport and airline officials continued to monitor the situation closely, while passengers waited anxiously for updates and hoped for smoother travel ahead. Though the worst of the delays appeared to be easing, full recovery was expected to take more time, especially with the runway maintenance continuing.

In summary, the disruptions at Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport affected hundreds of flights and thousands of passengers over two days, sparked by bad weather and worsened by air traffic congestion and runway limitations. The experience exposed vulnerabilities in airport operations and pointed to a need for improved coordination, communication, and infrastructure upgrades to better handle such crises in the future.

Brisk Walking and Short Bursts of Intensity Can Significantly Boost Your Health

For those new to exercising, improving fitness doesn’t have to mean enduring intense high-intensity interval training (HIIT) classes or running sprints. Even a simple adjustment like walking at a slightly faster pace can lead to notable health benefits.

According to Dr Aguiar, “Accumulating a high volume of walking throughout the day, then focussing on doing at least 30 minutes of faster walking or jogging, would be a way to lower your metrics for each of the progressive risk factors.” This advice highlights that just increasing your walking speed can help manage or even reduce risk factors associated with metabolic syndrome.

Interestingly, even very brief periods of more intense movement appear to be effective. “One of the really interesting findings from our paper was that, if you look at people’s highest one minute of activity across each day, averaged across the monitoring period, that was a very strong signal for whether they had one or more of the metabolic syndrome risk factors present,” Dr Aguiar explains. “Even something as little as one minute of high-intensity activity could be beneficial.”

Applying this in real life could mean continuing your regular walking habits but including a short, brisk segment when you’re running errands or on your lunch break. Increasing your walking cadence — the number of steps taken per minute — has also been connected to better health markers. A slightly faster pace during regular walks might be all it takes to start seeing results.

While goals like weight loss or getting stronger tend to dominate the average person’s fitness resolutions, improving metabolic syndrome risk factors is a goal worth considering. Though it may sound clinical or distant, it directly links to common and relatable outcomes like weight loss, reduced abdominal fat, and improved energy levels.

“Exercise is one part of a behavioural strategy to lose weight, which would reduce visceral adiposity,” Dr Aguiar explains. Visceral adiposity refers to fat stored deep in the abdomen, around essential organs. This type of fat is especially concerning because it doesn’t just sit inert — it interferes with the body’s natural metabolic functions.

“We know that if you store fat mass around your abdominal area, that’s more dangerous than storing fat mass in your lower body or subcutaneously [just under the skin]. Visceral fat around your vital organs wreaks a lot of havoc in terms of the metabolic signalling that goes on there. Essentially, it’s dangerous to store a lot of abdominal fat because it changes the way our vital organs in that area function,” says Dr Aguiar.

Engaging in greater amounts of physical activity at a higher intensity can aid in reducing both body weight and abdominal fat. Exercise alone, even without dietary changes, can be a strong ally in the fight against metabolic syndrome. “Especially for individuals who are overweight and obese, and may have metabolic syndrome, exercise and behavioural strategies can minimise and reverse risk factors when they are in their early stages,” Dr Aguiar adds.

Blood pressure is another crucial metric that benefits from increased physical activity. Systolic and diastolic blood pressure are both impacted positively by movement. “Exercise is already well-known to reduce systolic and diastolic blood pressure; that’s called post-exercise hypotension,” Dr Aguiar says. “Within as little as 15 or 20 minutes post-exercise, you can see a decrease in blood pressure from one bout of walking, for example.”

He adds, “Just going out for a walk at a brisk pace, faster than you would usually, will drop your blood pressure down for up to about 24 hours post-exercise.”

That’s not all — this kind of moderate activity can also help control blood sugar levels for nearly two days. “A quick trot is also capable of dropping your blood glucose levels for up to 48 hours,” Dr Aguiar notes.

Metabolic syndrome involves five key risk factors, and according to Dr Aguiar, “Each of those metabolic syndrome five risk factors, on a small timescale of hours to days, can benefit from going out for a brisk walk, a slow jog, or something like that. By consistently meeting physical activity guidelines, all five risk factors will improve over time too.”

So how can someone increase their activity levels in a sustainable way? Dr Aguiar points to the World Health Organisation’s physical activity recommendations as a helpful reference point. These guidelines suggest that all movement adds up and that adults should aim for at least 150 minutes of moderate-intensity activity, 75 minutes of vigorous-intensity activity, or some mix of both each week.

“Some people might choose to get most of their activity on the weekend, and some people might choose to break their activity up into smaller periods throughout the day,” Dr Aguiar says.

Importantly, the WHO now includes “incidental movement” as part of overall activity, validating even the small actions you do during the day as beneficial. “The new WHO messaging says that all movement counts, so if that means walking a little bit more quickly to your car or the train station, just to elevate your heart rate and your metabolic rate a little bit for brief periods you can accumulate throughout the day, those things count in terms of exercise.”

That means you don’t need to rely solely on structured workouts. Everyday activities — like walking to the bathroom at the office or heading to a café — can be beneficial when done with a little more energy. “And they’re incidental. We all walk, to some degree; from your office to the bathroom, or to a local cafe. If you can focus on walking a little bit faster than you normally do, that’s going to be beneficial for a lot of these risk factors, especially the blood glucose and blood pressure side of things.”

All in all, the message is clear: consistency and intention matter more than complexity. You don’t have to commit to lengthy, exhausting sessions. Just moving more, and moving with a little more intensity, can dramatically impact your health over time. Whether it’s a minute of high-energy walking or a few brisk stretches during your daily routine, these simple changes can lead to measurable health improvements.

Gratitude’s Hidden Power: How Thankfulness May Heal Us at the Cellular Level

Gratitude is widely praised in positive psychology as a life-enhancing practice, known for shifting our mindset and boosting well-being. However, new research indicates its impact may reach much deeper—possibly reshaping the very makeup of our cellular memory and fostering healing not just mentally, but physically.

We tend to think of gratitude as a tool to improve attitude or mental health. But what if its influence extends into the biological foundation of who we are? Scientists are now exploring the idea that gratitude not only helps reframe our experiences but may also change how our bodies store and process those experiences at the cellular level.

We live through stories. The ways we narrate our lives determine not only how we remember the past but also how we anticipate the future. In the face of hardship, these internal narratives can either lift us up or hold us down. Gratitude plays a crucial role in reshaping these personal stories. This shift goes far beyond a fleeting positive thought. It alters how memories are embedded, recorded, and ultimately woven into our identity. Practicing gratitude prompts a shift in attention—from what’s missing to what is present—causing a mental realignment that resonates throughout our psychological and biological systems.

Traditionally, memory is linked to pathways in the brain, but new findings challenge this limited view. A more complex picture is forming, one in which memory may also exist throughout the body, embedded in individual cells. This developing perspective aligns with insights from trauma research, which observes that physical bodies store the imprint of traumatic experiences—a view captured in the phrase, “the body keeps the score.”

If traumatic memories are held in the body, then could uplifting emotions, like gratitude, also become part of our cellular memory? This is the heart of what makes gratitude so compelling from a healing perspective.

Gratitude may serve as a method of cellular reprogramming. As we intentionally practice thankfulness, we may be rewriting the biological data stored within our cells. This process is connected to a concept called epigenetics, which studies how behavior and environment influence the way genes are expressed.Epigenetic changes are stored in cells in a way that facilitates rapid adaptation to environmental changes.. These adaptations create what scientists refer to as “epigenetic memory,” which functions like a biological journal of our environmental and emotional history.

When we repeatedly experience gratitude, it induces consistent positive emotional states that activate specific biochemical processes. Studies reveal that gratitude triggers brain regions tied to morality, reward systems, and social fairness. These areas release chemicals like dopamine, serotonin, and oxytocin—known not just for elevating mood but for their ability to affect how our cells function throughout the body. In this way, consistent gratitude could form positive cellular memories that balance out past stress responses. Through intentional gratitude, we may quite literally be encoding new information into the epigenome—an archive of our life experiences stored at the cellular level.

Some researchers also highlight the special role of the heart. More than a metaphor for emotion, the heart houses about 40,000 sensory neurites—nerve cells that can encode and transmit information. Often called the “heart-brain,” this system appears to play a unique role in our biological response to gratitude.

This discovery supports why heart-focused gratitude exercises, like those developed by the HeartMath Institute, have proven especially effective in reducing anxiety and aiding recovery. “When we focus on feeling gratitude in the heart area, we may be directly influencing this ‘intracardiac nervous system’ and its ability to store and transmit information throughout the body” .

The implications of this knowledge are profound. Rather than simply thinking grateful thoughts, one can harness gratitude as a healing tool by engaging in intentional and embodied practices. For example, “feel the sensation of appreciation in your body, particularly in your heart area. Notice where gratitude creates physical sensations of warmth, expansion, or relaxation.” This approach transforms gratitude into a full-body experience, anchoring it more deeply into both emotion and physiology.

Another method involves rewriting our own stories through a lens of thankfulness. This is called narrative reconstruction—viewing painful events from a perspective of growth and strength. When you ask how adversity shaped you for the better, it provides an opportunity to create “new cellular memories in areas holding physical tension or dysfunction.”

Express gratitude toward one’s own body—especially parts that are unwell or in pain. This simple act may create fresh positive cellular imprints that replace negative, stress-laden ones. As the piece puts it, “express appreciation for your body’s functions and capabilities, particularly those parts experiencing illness or pain.”

Crucially, these changes don’t depend on long or dramatic rituals. Consistency is more powerful than intensity. The article notes, “Brief daily gratitude practices create more sustained biochemical changes than occasional intense sessions. Even three minutes daily can shift your cellular responses over time.”

Science supports several mechanisms through which gratitude might produce these effects. One of the most striking findings in the field of epigenetics is that epigenetic memory can be inherited. This means your gratitude practice may not just benefit you—it could influence your descendants as well.

Additionally, recent studies show that memory isn’t solely stored in the brain’s synapses. Instead, the peripheral nervous system—which stretches through the body—can serve as a memory backup. Gratitude may more easily tap into and revise these widespread memory systems than purely intellectual approaches.

Perhaps most provocatively, cells across the body seem capable of remembering by encoding and storing experience-based information. Gratitude activates a full-body experience that could be influencing this complex memory system. As such, healing may not be top-down—from the brain to the body—but also inside out, from the cell to the system.

Ultimately, the intersection of gratitude science and cellular biology introduces a groundbreaking approach to wellness. We often think of gratitude as a fleeting feeling or attitude adjustment, but it might be far more than that. As the article concludes, “When we cultivate gratitude, we’re not simply adopting a positive attitude—we’re potentially rewriting information stored within our cells, creating conditions for transformation at the most fundamental biological level.”

This research reframes our understanding of healing, showing that deep change can come not only from mental shifts but also from cellular evolution. In gratitude, we may have one of the most accessible and profound tools for rewriting the way our bodies remember—and the way we heal.

China Raises Tariffs in Response to U.S. Hike as Trade War Escalates with No Signs of Resolution

China took retaliatory action on Friday in response to President Donald Trump’s decision to impose higher, country-specific tariffs by significantly increasing its own tariffs on American goods. The Chinese Finance Ministry announced that the new levies would rise to 125 percent from the previous 84 percent. This move marks a sharp escalation in the ongoing trade conflict between the two global economic powers.

In a statement shared by the ministry and translated by CNBC, Chinese officials emphasized that the tariff increases by the United States had reached a point of economic absurdity. “Even if the U.S. continues to impose higher tariffs, it will no longer make economic sense and will become a joke in the history of world economy,” the ministry said. The statement added that American goods had effectively lost their place in the Chinese market due to the current tariff levels. “With tariff rates at the current level, there is no longer a market for U.S. goods imported into China,” the ministry said, warning further that “if the U.S. government continues to increase tariffs on China, Beijing will ignore.”

The Trump administration had confirmed on Thursday, a day before China’s announcement, that the effective tariff rate on Chinese imports into the U.S. now stands at 145 percent. This included the latest executive order that increased tariffs on Chinese goods to 125 percent, which was added on top of a previous 20 percent tariff related to fentanyl imposed earlier in February and March.

According to Zhiwei Zhang, president and chief economist at Pinpoint Asset Management, this move may mark the final stage of tariff hikes between the two nations. “This is the end of the escalation in terms of bilateral tariff rates. Both China and the US have sent clear messages, there is no point of raising tariffs further,” Zhang said. He pointed out that the focus now needs to shift toward assessing how these policies are impacting economic activities in both the U.S. and China. He also noted the absence of any indication that either side was ready to begin negotiations or take steps to prevent further disruption to global supply chains.

Notably, China’s response in this latest round has differed from its previous retaliatory tactics. While the country has raised tariffs, it has stopped short of introducing new export controls or adding American companies to its unreliable entity list—a move that would subject those firms to additional operational restrictions within China.

Despite the mounting tensions, China’s Commerce Ministry maintained that Beijing is still open to dialogue. In a separate statement released on Friday, a ministry spokesperson reaffirmed the country’s willingness to negotiate with the U.S. on equal terms, indicating that diplomatic channels have not been entirely closed off.

However, hopes for any significant breakthrough in U.S.-China trade talks have diminished rapidly. Over the past week, Beijing has responded to Washington’s measures with its own set of retaliatory duties on American imports, along with broad restrictions targeting U.S. companies. These tit-for-tat moves have only further strained relations between the two economic superpowers.

U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent expressed frustration over what he described as China’s unwillingness to engage in meaningful negotiations. In an interview with Fox Business on Wednesday, Bessent criticized the Chinese approach. “It’s unfortunate that the Chinese actually don’t want to come and negotiate, because they are the worst offenders in the international trading system,” he said. He further accused China of maintaining a severely lopsided economic structure, stating, “They have the most imbalanced economy in the history of the modern world, and I can tell you that this escalation is a loser for them.”

The economic impact of this ongoing trade war is already being felt. Investment bank Goldman Sachs revised its forecast for China’s economic growth, cutting the expected GDP rate to 4 percent. The downgrade is attributed to the intensifying trade tensions with the U.S. and broader concerns over a slowdown in global economic growth. According to Goldman Sachs analysts, Chinese exports to the U.S. contribute roughly 3 percentage points to China’s overall GDP. While this may not appear substantial in percentage terms, it carries significant employment implications. The analysts estimated that between 10 million and 20 million Chinese workers are employed in sectors directly tied to goods destined for the American market.

China’s stance remained firm in its latest statements. The country reiterated its commitment to push back if Washington continues actions perceived as harmful to Chinese interests. “Resolutely counter-attack and fight to the end,” China declared on Friday, vowing continued resistance in the face of what it considers economic aggression from the U.S.

Chinese President Xi Jinping echoed this sentiment during a meeting with Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez on the same day. According to a government readout translated by CNBC, Xi emphasized the futility of trade conflicts. “There is no winner in a tariff war and going against the world will only isolate itself,” Xi said. The Chinese leader and Sánchez agreed to strengthen their nations’ relationship in a variety of areas, including trade, investment, and technological innovation.

While the international community watches closely, the White House has yet to issue any formal response to these recent developments. CNBC noted that the administration did not immediately respond to a request for comment regarding China’s latest tariff increases and statements.

With tensions now at their highest point in months, the likelihood of a quick or easy resolution seems remote. The global economic ramifications are increasingly apparent as both nations dig in, showing few signs of compromise. Businesses in both countries—and worldwide—are bracing for continued uncertainty, potentially prompting a reevaluation of trade strategies and supply chain structures moving forward.

As both Washington and Beijing double down on their positions, economists warn that further escalation could have lasting consequences far beyond their respective borders. For now, the world’s two largest economies remain locked in a standoff that shows no immediate signs of cooling down.

India Stresses Patience in Trade Talks as US Tariff Pause Sparks Strategic Responses

Following the temporary suspension of tariffs on India by US President Donald Trump, Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal emphasized that India would not rush into any decisions and would continue to negotiate in alignment with the nation’s best interests. Goyal underlined that the country’s trade discussions are being steered with a careful and deliberate approach, focused solely on the welfare of its citizens.

Addressing attendees at the Italy-India Business, Science and Technology Forum, Goyal stressed the importance of mutual understanding in trade talks. “Trade talks proceed when both sides are sensitive to each other’s concerns and requirements. All our trade talks are progressing well, in the spirit of India First, and to ensure our pathway to Viksit Bharat @ 2047 in the Amrit Kaal…” he remarked, alluding to India’s long-term developmental goals.

Goyal also made it clear that India would never succumb to external pressure or artificial urgency in any negotiation. “We never negotiate at gunpoint. Favourable time constraints motivate us for quicker talks, but till the time we are not able to secure the interest of our country and our people, we do not hurry,” he stated.

While the Commerce Minister projected a steady and measured approach, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar expressed a more proactive stance in response to developments in global trade dynamics, particularly with the United States. Speaking at the Carnegie Global Technology Summit, Jaishankar acknowledged the pressing need to conclude trade agreements swiftly, especially with nations like the US, which he said has undergone a significant shift in how it engages globally.

Jaishankar pointed out that trade negotiations with the US have grown more complex due to heightened expectations and the transformed global environment compared to the previous year. “This time around, we are certainly geared up for a very high degree of urgency. I mean, we see a window. We want to see stuff. So our trade deals are really challenging. And we are really, when I look at the trade deals, I mean it’s not my direct credit, but we have a lot to do with each other. I mean, these are people very much on top of their game, very ambitious about what they want to achieve,” he commented.

The minister further emphasized the importance of having a realistic understanding of the intentions and perceptions of trade partners. According to Jaishankar, both India and the US have long-standing opinions about each other’s trade policies, which have not always aligned seamlessly. “We talked for four years during the first Trump administration. They have their view of us, and frankly, we have our view of them. The bottom line is that they didn’t get that,” he said, referencing the limited progress made during earlier talks.

Drawing a parallel with India’s trade negotiations with the European Union, Jaishankar pointed out that international trade talks often face delays and stagnation. He mentioned that although negotiations with the EU are often cited as spanning three decades, this portrayal isn’t entirely accurate. “So if you look at the EU, often people say we’ve been negotiating for 30 years, which is not entirely true because we had big blocks of time and nobody was even talking to each other. But they have tended to be very protracted processes,” he clarified.

Jaishankar also touched on the broader geopolitical implications of trade and technology, especially concerning the dynamic between the US and China. He highlighted how decisions made by both countries significantly shape global trade and strategic alignments. According to him, the influence wielded by both the US and China in shaping the future of international trade cannot be underestimated.

Even as India balances its trade strategy with the US, tensions escalated between the US and China in the same domain. In a retaliatory move, China announced steep tariff hikes on a wide range of US imports. The decision was made public on Friday, when Beijing revealed plans to increase tariffs on all goods imported from the United States to a staggering 125 percent. This marked a considerable rise from the previous tariff rate of 84 percent.

The announcement, reported by China’s official news agency Xinhua, attributed the decision to the Customs Tariff Commission of the State Council. According to the report, the new tariff structure will be implemented starting April 12, sending a strong signal of Beijing’s unwillingness to back down in the face of American trade measures.

In addition to increasing tariffs, China has also taken formal steps through international legal mechanisms. The Chinese commerce ministry, as reported by Xinhua, disclosed that it had lodged a complaint with the World Trade Organization in response to the latest round of US tariff increases. This legal move underlines Beijing’s intention to contest the US actions on global platforms and to seek redress through established institutions.

These developments come amid rising trade friction worldwide, with countries increasingly asserting their sovereignty and strategic priorities through economic means. India, while affected by the broader shifts in the global order, is positioning itself carefully, using a blend of urgency and caution to navigate the evolving landscape.

The Indian government’s dual approach—combining Goyal’s emphasis on patient and interest-based negotiation with Jaishankar’s sense of urgency—reflects a nuanced response to the rapidly changing global trade environment. On one hand, there is a firm resolve not to be rushed or pressured into unfavorable agreements. On the other, there is a recognition that strategic opportunities must be seized when available, particularly when dealing with major economic powers like the United States.

Both ministers’ remarks highlight the careful balancing act India must perform to maximize its trade benefits without compromising national interests. As global trade dynamics become increasingly influenced by geopolitics, especially with rivalries intensifying between major powers such as the US and China, India is likely to continue pursuing deals that are mutually beneficial but not rushed.

While China’s aggressive countermeasures demonstrate a confrontational stance, India’s response underscores a commitment to thoughtful and calculated policymaking. With the goal of achieving a developed India by 2047, policymakers appear determined to prioritize sustainable and strategic trade partnerships rather than reactive ones.

As negotiations with global partners continue, it remains to be seen how India will shape its agreements amid external pressures and internal developmental ambitions. The coming months are likely to test the Indian leadership’s ability to balance diplomacy, economics, and long-term vision in an increasingly complex world trade order.

Senators Debate Ending Daylight Saving Time Amid Health, Economic Concerns

In 1957, rockabilly artist Bob Ehret sang, “We’ve got to stop the clock, baby; to spend more time with you.” Decades later, that sentiment echoed through the halls of Congress, as senators from both parties gathered at a Senate Commerce Committee hearing to examine the implications of continuing or ending Daylight Saving Time (DST).

Senator Ted Cruz, a Republican from Texas and the committee’s chairman, explained that Daylight Saving Time was originally introduced with good intentions, primarily to cut energy consumption. However, he argued that over time, it has caused more problems than it solved, including a rise in traffic accidents during darker mornings, disruptions in workplace productivity, and resistance from farmers who depend on early-morning sunlight.

“We find ourselves adjusting our clocks… springing forward and falling back in the fall. For many Americans, this biannual ritual is a minor inconvenience… But when we take a closer look at the implications of changing the clocks, its impact on our economy, our health and our everyday lives, we can see that this practice is more than an annoyance,” Cruz said.

He emphasized that the original idea behind DST was straightforward: more daylight in the evening would reduce the need for artificial lighting and heating. “The idea was simple. Fewer hours of darkness meant less electricity consumption for lighting and heating,” Cruz added.

But Cruz pointed out that the energy-saving benefits that may have made sense in the early 1900s are now negligible. As he put it, sunrise and sunset timings today have “de minimis” effects on the current economy, which is far less dependent on daylight than it once was.

During the hearing, Cruz was joined by Dr. Karin Johnson, a neurology expert from Massachusetts. Both highlighted the health consequences of resetting clocks twice a year. Cruz particularly noted the dangers of the spring time change when people lose an hour of sleep. Johnson further elaborated on how these abrupt shifts can negatively impact people’s circadian rhythms, vascular health, and sleep quality.

The panel also heard from an official representing the National Golf Course Owners Association. This testimony highlighted the economic boost provided by later daylight hours, which allow for extended evening recreation such as golf and other tourist-friendly activities. Lawmakers sympathetic to business interests saw these benefits as compelling arguments in favor of maintaining DST.

On the Democratic side, Senator Lisa Blunt-Rochester of Delaware voiced her support for ending the twice-yearly clock changes. She emphasized the need for a “permanent time for our country” and referred to a bill once introduced by Senator Marco Rubio, a Republican from Florida, that proposed eliminating DST. That bill, however, eventually stalled in the House of Representatives.

“This body [then] took a harder look at how time changes work state-by-state,” Blunt-Rochester said. She acknowledged the challenges of creating a uniform time policy that works for every region. “What works in my home state of Delaware may not work in Washington state, but I know I speak for many Americans when I say it’s time. It’s time to figure this out.”

Experts and lawmakers at the hearing acknowledged that southern states like Florida and Texas would likely feel the drawbacks of a permanent DST more than others. These states already experience significant heat and sun exposure, and extending evening daylight could increase health risks and disrupt established routines.

Senator Edward Markey, a Democrat from Massachusetts, discussed his past efforts to modify DST. He shared how he helped extend the daylight period to better accommodate events like Halloween, ensuring children could go trick-or-treating during twilight hours rather than in full darkness. Markey even joked about his long-standing involvement with DST reform. “The Sun King” is the nickname he’s earned for his efforts, he said with a smile.

Senator Blunt-Rochester echoed Markey’s concerns about the harmful consequences of frequent time changes. “We need to stop the clock,” she said. “We know that changing the clock disrupts sleep, which can lead to negative health outcomes. Several studies have noted issues with mood disturbances, increased hospital admissions, and even heart attacks and strokes.”

Scott Yates, founder of the Lock the Clock movement, also testified. He delved into the history of DST and discussed how it was briefly made permanent during the 1970s energy crisis under President Richard Nixon’s administration. Yates recalled how unpopular the change became, particularly because it robbed people of an hour of sleep just as the school year resumed after winter break.

“So you can imagine, the worst Monday of the year already is the one after the holiday break where you have to go back to school and everything — to have an extra hour of sleep robbed away right before that. You can understand why it was so unpopular and why it was repealed,” Yates explained. He noted that the decision to reverse permanent DST came just months before Nixon’s resignation.

Yates added a historical footnote, reminding the committee that the infamous Watergate break-in by the Nixon administration’s so-called “Plumbers” team occurred during nighttime hours. Cruz responded to this anecdote with a quip of his own: “So maybe — if we had more daylight, the Watergate break-in doesn’t happen.”

With input ranging from public health to tourism revenue, and from historical experiments to bipartisan support, the hearing revealed a deepening consensus in Congress: the time may be right to reconsider how the nation keeps time.

Eight Countries That Make Work-Life Balance a Way of Life

Sometimes it seems like we’re so consumed by work that we forget what it means to really live.

I’ve definitely experienced it myself—managing several tasks, logging countless hours, and suddenly realizing it had been far too long since I’d taken an actual break.

It’s not surprising that many of us fantasize about relocating to a place where the work-life balance is healthier—where you can fulfill your professional duties without feeling chained to your desk.

That’s what we’re focusing on at DM News today: eight nations that make it easier to work less, enjoy life more, and embrace a lifestyle that prioritizes personal well-being.

Let’s explore.

Denmark

I first came across Denmark’s famous work-life balance through a friend who accepted a teaching position in Copenhagen.

She often joked that for the first time, she understood what it meant to have “free time” that was truly her own.

Danish workplaces typically support flexible hours—some employees begin early and leave early, while others opt for later shifts if that suits them better.

According to the World Economic Forum, Denmark ranks highest globally for work-life balance.

Most Danes dedicate around two-thirds of their day—roughly 16 hours—to eating, sleeping, and enjoying leisure activities.

This approach is rooted in a national philosophy known as “hygge,” centered around comfort, simplicity, and savoring life’s small joys.

Combined with progressive parental leave and an emphasis on family life, it’s easy to see why stress is comparatively low.

This balance extends beyond work. People in Denmark take time to enjoy a coffee or relax at a park instead of racing from one task to the next.

If you’re used to a hectic lifestyle, adopting the Danish mindset could transform how you view your career.

Netherlands

The Netherlands is widely known for its bicycle culture, but another key trait stands out: it champions part-time employment.

Many Dutch workers hold part-time roles yet still earn enough for a comfortable lifestyle.

One study revealed that Dutch employees average just 32.2 working hours per week—the shortest in Europe.

And yet, they maintain high productivity levels. It’s not about reducing effort—it’s about making the most of your work hours and reserving time for life outside the job.

When I attended a marketing conference in Amsterdam, I noticed that offices and stores closed at sensible times.

A colleague there told me, “We believe in working to live, not living to work.” That mindset explains why the Netherlands ranks high in life satisfaction.

You won’t hear people boasting about all-nighters. Instead, efficiency and balance are what matter.

It’s a smart approach for those looking to enjoy life while still advancing professionally.

Norway

Norway offers more than just breathtaking landscapes—it also promotes a culture that genuinely values personal time.

If you’ve met Norwegians, you’ve likely seen how laid-back they are about scheduling, thanks in part to their shorter workweeks.

The average workweek is around 37.5 hours, and employees typically receive five weeks of paid vacation annually.

That’s what real downtime looks like—no emails from the beach or guilt over time away from your desk.

What stands out is the high level of trust in workplaces. Employees are given autonomy, which cultivates loyalty and responsibility.

When people feel appreciated and are allowed to recharge, they tend to be more efficient during work hours.

It’s a win for both workers and businesses.

Germany

Germany may be known for its precision and discipline, but it also respects the boundary between work and personal life.

In many German workplaces, once your workday ends, you’re not expected to respond to messages or calls.

That might seem unusual for those accustomed to constant phone alerts from colleagues or clients.

Additionally, German labor laws protect the right to rest. By law, full-time employees are entitled to at least 24 days of paid vacation annually, along with strict limits on working hours.

Living in a country where free time is seen as essential to well-being can be a game-changer.

If you’ve ever lounged in a German beer garden on a sunny afternoon, you’ve probably witnessed how they truly embrace downtime.

Sweden

The Swedish term “lagom” roughly means “just enough,” and it influences everything from food servings to work routines.

Some Swedish companies even experimented with a six-hour workday in recent years.

Though it wasn’t widely implemented, the experiment sparked conversation about whether more hours actually lead to better results.

During my visit to Stockholm, I observed that coffee breaks—or “fika”—are almost sacred. Workers are encouraged to pause, socialize, and refresh themselves during the day.

It’s more than just a break—it’s a reflection of Sweden’s belief in meaningful connection and mental well-being.

If taking a short coffee break has ever made you feel guilty, Sweden’s culture might offer a refreshing change.

France

France’s 35-hour workweek, introduced in the early 2000s, helped shape a national attitude that values leisure.

The French take pride in enjoying good meals, conversations, and extended time off.

Stroll through Paris in the late afternoon, and you’ll find cafés bustling with people already off the clock or taking long breaks.

When I studied in Lyon one summer, businesses would often shut down for a couple of hours mid-day.

Lunch was a serious affair, and this rhythm was widely accepted as part of life.

Even though larger companies may operate more flexibly now, the overall ethos remains one of not letting work dominate every waking hour.

The idea that life should be relished—not rushed—is deeply ingrained in French culture and supported by labor laws.

Australia

Australia’s easygoing vibe extends to its approach to employment, with a standard full-time workweek of about 38 hours.

But what’s even more telling is how seriously Australians take their time off.

While working remotely with an Australian team during my marketing career, it was standard practice to unplug completely while on leave.

One of our managers even recommended deleting email apps from our phones during vacations.

Australians also have access to flexible arrangements such as extended unpaid leave for travel, study, or personal reasons.

That kind of flexibility reflects a national understanding that people are more than just their job titles.

New Zealand

New Zealand is another country embracing the idea that work should fit around life—not the other way around.

Many Kiwis take “gap years” or extended time off to travel and explore themselves.

Some companies have even tried four-day workweeks, finding that shorter schedules can improve both productivity and employee happiness.

Though it’s not standard everywhere, it signals an openness to rethink traditional work models.

The country’s natural beauty, from Queenstown to Fiordland, encourages people to disconnect and enjoy their surroundings.

Even in cities like Auckland, it’s common to see people leaving work in time to watch the sunset.

You get the impression that New Zealanders aim to live well every day, not just on weekends.

In Conclusion

A well-balanced life isn’t a fantasy in these eight countries—it’s part of the norm. They show that it’s possible to work efficiently while still having time to rest and enjoy life.

Each country has its own unique lifestyle, but they all embrace the belief that work is just one part of a fulfilling existence.

Relocating may not be realistic for everyone, but we can still take inspiration from these examples: respect your personal time, create boundaries, and remember that you’re not a machine.

As we always say at DM News, staying informed and inspired starts with recognizing that a “less work, more life” philosophy isn’t just possible—it’s already real elsewhere.

Rupee Emerges as Second Weakest Asian Currency Amid Global Tariff Turmoil

The Indian rupee found itself as the second worst-performing currency in Asia on April 11, largely due to global turbulence resulting from the announcement of reciprocal tariffs by U.S. President Donald Trump on April 2. Despite a notable decline in the U.S. dollar index, the Indian currency failed to gain strength, weighed down by weak foreign investor flows and declining domestic equities, according to market analysts.

Bloomberg data revealed that the rupee had depreciated by 0.73 percent between April 1 and April 11. Only the Indonesian rupiah performed worse, sliding by 1.40 percent in the same period. While the rupee struggled among Asian currencies, it did manage to fare better than some global peers. The South African rand fell 4.31 percent, the Brazilian real dropped 3.45 percent, the Norwegian krone lost 1.60 percent, the Australian dollar slipped 0.92 percent, and the Mexican peso declined 0.85 percent against the U.S. dollar over the same timeframe.

Dilip Parmar, a senior research analyst at HDFC Securities, pointed out that although the rupee was relatively less volatile among Asian currencies, it still underperformed in April due to capital outflows and overall risk aversion in global markets. “The Indian rupee remained least volatile among the Asian peers but underperformed so far this month amid foreign fund outflows amid volatile risk assets. The upbeat economic data and RBI’s (Reserve Bank of India) interest rate cut fell short in attracting foreign institutions to invest in domestic equity amid global trade worries,” Parmar explained.

The pressure on the rupee was significantly tied to President Trump’s tariff announcement on April 2. During a White House event, Trump unveiled a global reciprocal tariff plan, using a chart to illustrate the new tax measures. The chart showed that the United States would impose a 34 percent tariff on goods from China, 20 percent on the European Union, 25 percent on South Korea, 26 percent on India, 24 percent on Japan, and 32 percent on Taiwan.

In contrast, the chart presented by Trump suggested that India was already levying a 52 percent tariff on U.S. imports. These charges were said to include issues such as “currency manipulation and trade barriers.” In response, the U.S. would impose “discounted reciprocal tariffs” of 26 percent on imports from India.

The market reaction was swift and negative. Stock markets around the globe suffered steep losses following the announcement, with foreign investors pulling significant funds out of Indian equities. This capital flight exerted downward pressure on the rupee. However, the concurrent decline in the dollar index helped limit the rupee’s depreciation to some extent. The index, which gauges the dollar’s strength against a basket of six major currencies, dropped to 99.460—its lowest level since July 18, 2023, when it had reached 99.941.

Adding another twist to the story, Trump declared a 90-day pause on April 10 for the reciprocal tariffs, sparing all countries except China from the full brunt of the levy for the time being. As part of this new adjustment, a baseline 10 percent tariff was retained for all nations except China, which saw its rate soar to 125 percent. This partial rollback came amid mounting political and economic pressure from within the United States.

Over the past few days, Trump had come under fire from fellow Republicans and business leaders who voiced concerns about the consequences of his tariff policy. With markets experiencing sharp selloffs, the fear of igniting a global trade war loomed large. Investors and economists warned that these measures might tip the world economy into a recession. The panic in financial markets forced Trump to reconsider his aggressive tariff strategy.

“People are getting a little bit afraid,” Trump acknowledged when speaking about the broader response to his policy. He added, “I thought that people were jumping a little bit out of line. They were getting yippy.”

A major factor behind Trump’s partial reversal was the dramatic selloff in the U.S. government bond market. According to reports, this development had raised alarms within the administration. U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent and other White House officials expressed concerns over the implications for the broader financial system.

Despite the tariff pause, uncertainty remains high in global markets. Investors remain cautious, closely monitoring future decisions from the U.S. administration and their ripple effects on emerging markets, including India. The rupee, caught in this maelstrom of global financial anxiety, is unlikely to see immediate relief unless foreign investment flows resume and geopolitical tensions ease.

The volatility highlights the precarious position of emerging market currencies, which are increasingly sensitive to global trade developments. While India’s economic fundamentals remain relatively strong, factors beyond its control—such as U.S. trade policy and global risk sentiment—continue to dictate the rupee’s direction in the near term.

Although the Reserve Bank of India had recently cut interest rates and released positive economic data, these moves were not enough to entice foreign institutional investors to return. With sentiment soured by the possibility of further escalation in trade tensions, the Indian rupee faces an uphill battle.

Ultimately, the rupee’s performance in the coming weeks will hinge on a delicate balance of global risk appetite, foreign capital inflows, and any additional policy signals from both the Reserve Bank of India and the U.S. Federal Reserve. For now, its status as one of the weakest Asian currencies underlines the interconnectedness of national economies and the disproportionate impact of global political decisions on domestic financial markets.

As long as reciprocal tariffs remain a credible threat and foreign investors remain wary, the rupee may continue to struggle to regain its footing despite relatively stable domestic economic indicators.

India’s Consul General in New York Warns Public About Ongoing Scam Calls

India’s Consul General in New York, Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, has issued a fresh warning to the public about an ongoing wave of scam calls being made under the guise of the Indian Embassy and Consulates. The advisory, released on April 11, 2025, serves as a stern reminder that these fraudulent callers are posing as officials in an attempt to extract personal and sensitive information from unsuspecting individuals.

In his message, Pradhan emphasized the serious nature of the issue and expressed concern that despite previous public notices, the scam calls have persisted. These deceptive communications are reportedly being used to solicit details such as passport information and even monetary payments from those who believe the calls are legitimate.

“I want to draw your attention to a serious issue of scam calls being made in the name of Consulate or Embassy,” said Pradhan, underscoring the urgency of the matter. He made it clear that neither the Indian Consulate nor the Embassy initiates calls to request personal details, passport numbers, or financial information from members of the public.

In fact, Pradhan was firm in stating that there are no circumstances under which legitimate Indian diplomatic missions would demand such information over the phone. “Let me reiterate, the Consulate or Embassy never issues such calls asking for personal information, passport details, or money,” he said, urging people not to fall victim to these malicious attempts.

The Consul General stressed that individuals should refrain from disclosing any sensitive personal data or making any payments in response to such calls. These fraudulent efforts are part of a broader pattern seen in recent years, where scammers target people with official-sounding calls or emails that appear to come from trusted institutions, only to use the obtained information for illegal activities such as identity theft or extortion.

“Please do not share any personal details or any money,” Pradhan cautioned, reinforcing the point that no matter how convincing the caller may sound, people must not give out confidential information. He also addressed another concern facing members of the Indian community in the U.S.—the growing presence of deceitful agents or intermediaries who charge exorbitant amounts for routine services related to visas, passports, or other consular affairs.

“Also beware of unscrupulous agents charging exhorbitant fees,” he said, highlighting the need for people to approach official channels directly, rather than relying on unofficial or unauthorized individuals for assistance. These agents often prey on those who are unfamiliar with the official process or who believe that paying extra might expedite services.

Pradhan encouraged anyone who encounters such fraudulent calls or suspicious individuals to report the issue promptly. He provided clear directions for victims or concerned citizens to reach out and share their experiences or queries. “If you face such issues, contact us on social media or write to us at cons.newyork@mea.gov.in,” he said.

By providing direct contact options, the Consul General aims to ensure that affected individuals can seek support without falling further victim to scams. He also urged members of the community to stay vigilant and share this message widely so that others are made aware of the tactics being used by scammers and the correct way to respond.

“Stay Alert. Stay Safe. Thank you,” Pradhan concluded, delivering a concise but powerful message that emphasizes both caution and community responsibility.

This latest advisory is not the first time the Indian Consulate in New York has addressed the issue of fraudulent calls. Over the past few years, several public warnings have been issued, often in response to waves of scam activity that specifically target members of the Indian diaspora in the United States. Scammers have frequently used fake caller IDs and spoofed email addresses to appear as though they are contacting individuals from official government sources. In some cases, the callers have threatened deportation or legal consequences unless the victim complies with their demands.

Despite repeated campaigns to educate the public about these tactics, many people—especially those unfamiliar with the procedures followed by diplomatic missions—continue to fall prey to these hoaxes. These scam calls tend to peak during key periods such as visa renewal seasons, holiday travel months, or after significant announcements from the government of India.

The Consulate’s renewed focus on this issue is in line with its broader effort to improve outreach and communication with the Indian community in the United States. In addition to responding to individual queries, the Consulate regularly updates its website and social media platforms with important advisories, policy updates, and procedural changes. It also frequently collaborates with community organizations to host outreach programs, information sessions, and town halls designed to educate and assist the diaspora.

By continuing to draw attention to the persistent threat of scam calls, the Consulate hopes to reduce the number of victims and build a better-informed community. The advisory comes at a time when digital scams and impersonation tactics are becoming more sophisticated, often making it difficult for people to distinguish between genuine and fraudulent messages.

The message from Consul General Binaya Srikanta Pradhan serves as a timely alert and a reminder of the importance of verifying the source of any official-sounding communication. As digital connectivity increases and personal data becomes more vulnerable to exploitation, the role of awareness in protecting individuals from fraud is more crucial than ever.

The Consulate’s advice is simple yet essential: Never share personal or financial information with unverified callers. Always double-check the authenticity of any message claiming to be from an official source. Use only official websites and email addresses when communicating with the Embassy or Consulate. If something feels suspicious, it probably is—and it’s better to report and verify than to risk becoming a victim.

The Consul General’s advisory on April 11, 2025, reflects a proactive approach to tackling the persistent and evolving threat of scam calls. His clear and candid message warns against falling for fake requests for money or personal data and encourages victims to reach out for help using official channels. As Pradhan put it, “Stay Alert. Stay Safe.”

Indian Man Arrested at Delhi Airport for Smuggling Cocaine Worth Rs 46.44 Crore

A 23-year-old Indian man was taken into custody on Wednesday at the Indira Gandhi International (IGI) Airport in Delhi after customs officials discovered that he was carrying cocaine hidden inside his luggage. The total quantity of the illicit drug found was 3.32 kilograms, and its estimated value on the international market stands at Rs 46.44 crore.

The man had arrived in India from Entebbe, a city in Uganda, after transiting through Sharjah. His suspicious behavior and travel route drew the attention of customs officials who had received a tip-off through a specific intelligence input. This piece of intelligence prompted authorities to monitor and eventually intercept him for a thorough check upon his arrival.

Following the man’s landing in Delhi, customs officials conducted a comprehensive screening of his baggage. During the routine X-ray examination, they noticed irregularities that indicated potential concealment of suspicious material. It was this anomaly that led the officials to investigate further.

Upon physically inspecting his trolley bag, officials discovered that something had been concealed within the edges and lining of the suitcase. One of the customs officers, while explaining the situation, said, “Six packets containing a white powder were discovered hidden in the periphery of his trolley bag.” The discovery of these packets raised immediate red flags.

To ascertain the nature of the white powder, authorities employed an NDPS (Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances) field testing kit, which is routinely used to identify narcotics in such situations. Upon conducting the test, it was confirmed that the substance was cocaine. With this confirmation, the material was classified as a narcotic drug under Indian law.

Following the positive identification, the customs department officially seized the cocaine. The total weight of the drug was measured at 3.32 kilograms. Due to the severity of the offense and the value of the narcotics, the passenger was taken into custody immediately. The valuation of the confiscated cocaine was determined based on prevailing international rates, which placed the worth of the seizure at approximately Rs 46.44 crore.

With the drug confirmed and the passenger detained, legal proceedings were set in motion. Authorities stated that action has been initiated under both the NDPS Act and the Customs Act, which govern narcotic-related offenses and violations related to smuggling or illegal import of goods in India. These laws carry strict penalties, including long-term imprisonment and heavy fines for individuals found guilty of drug trafficking.

This incident underscores the ongoing efforts by Indian customs and law enforcement agencies to clamp down on international drug trafficking operations. Delhi’s IGI Airport, being one of the busiest international airports in the country, has frequently been used as a transit point by smugglers attempting to bring narcotics into India or route them through the country to other destinations. The vigilance and swift action by customs officials in this case prevented a significant amount of drugs from making its way into potential circulation.

The use of field test kits has proven effective in identifying such contraband swiftly, enabling officers to take immediate action. The successful interception in this instance highlights the importance of continued intelligence sharing and surveillance at key international transit points.

An official familiar with the case reiterated the details, saying, “Six packets containing a white powder were discovered hidden in the periphery of his trolley bag.” The white powder, once tested, confirmed suspicions of drug smuggling. The arrest and the seizure point to a highly organized method of concealment, often used by international drug syndicates, where illegal substances are embedded in unsuspecting parts of luggage or even clothing to avoid detection by airport scanners.

This latest arrest brings renewed attention to the routes being exploited by drug traffickers to move illegal substances into India. Entebbe, the city from which the man boarded his flight, has increasingly been observed as a departure point in recent drug-related arrests. This route, through Sharjah and into India, is now likely to face intensified scrutiny from customs and narcotics control authorities.

Officials have not yet revealed whether the man was acting alone or as part of a larger international drug trafficking network. Investigations are currently underway to determine the source of the cocaine, the intended recipients, and whether others may have been involved in facilitating the smuggling attempt. The interrogation of the arrested individual may yield more information about how the drugs were obtained, who they were meant for, and whether this incident is connected to a broader smuggling operation.

Given the seriousness of the crime, legal action under the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act is expected to proceed swiftly. The NDPS Act includes stringent provisions for offenses involving commercial quantities of narcotic drugs. In cases involving large-scale smuggling, the punishment can extend to 20 years of rigorous imprisonment and a fine that can go up to Rs 2 lakh or more. Additionally, action under the Customs Act may include prosecution for attempting to smuggle prohibited goods, which also attracts severe penalties.

This case serves as a cautionary tale for individuals who might be lured into smuggling operations by drug trafficking rings, often with promises of easy money. The consequences, as demonstrated by this arrest, are grave and carry long-term implications for the accused. Authorities continue to warn travelers to avoid getting involved in any illegal activities and to remain aware of the serious legal ramifications of transporting narcotics.

Officials praised the vigilance and efficiency of the customs staff in intercepting the contraband before it could leave the airport premises. This seizure, valued at Rs 46.44 crore, adds to the growing list of narcotic drug recoveries at Indian airports and reaffirms the necessity of tight airport security and thorough baggage screening procedures.

In the ongoing crackdown against drug trafficking, such arrests highlight both the risks that smugglers take and the diligence required by law enforcement agencies to counter these threats. The proactive work of the customs team at IGI Airport has helped prevent a significant drug consignment from potentially entering illegal distribution networks.

As the investigation progresses, authorities are expected to gather more details and possibly identify more suspects or networks linked to this case. In the meantime, the 23-year-old Indian man remains in custody, and legal proceedings will continue as per the relevant provisions of Indian law.

The swift identification of the drugs and the immediate detention of the suspect represent a coordinated and effective response to a serious threat. The operation once again highlights the vital role of intelligence inputs and rapid action by customs officials in curbing the smuggling of narcotic substances through international airports.

Majority of Americans Now View Israel Unfavorably, With Younger Voters Driving Shift

More than half of adults in the United States now hold an unfavorable view of Israel, and this shift is especially pronounced among younger generations across both political parties. These findings come from a new Pew Research Center survey released on April 8, highlighting a growing change in how Americans perceive the U.S. ally.

According to the survey, 53% of Americans now say they have a “somewhat” or “very unfavorable” opinion of Israel. This marks a significant 11-point rise in negative views since Pew last asked the same question in March 2022.

The increasing dissatisfaction comes after a period of intense conflict in the Middle East. In response to the October 7, 2023, Hamas attack that killed 1,200 Israelis, Israel launched a powerful military operation in Gaza, resulting in the deaths of an estimated 50,000 Palestinians, most of whom were women and children.

The poll also shows a stark rise in those expressing “very unfavorable” views of Israel, with that number nearly doubling from 10% in 2022 to 19% in 2025. The political divide remains clear: 69% of Democrats now express unfavorable opinions of Israel compared to 37% of Republicans.

“In some sense this marks the culmination of a process by which Israel is no longer perceived as David, but as Goliath,” said David Myers, a professor of history at the University of California, Los Angeles. “There’s been a shift in the perception of who’s the powerful and who’s the powerless, who’s the oppressor and who’s the oppressed.”

The survey, conducted between March 24 and March 30 and based on interviews with 3,605 adults, could represent a turning point in U.S. public opinion regarding Israel.

Ian Lustick, a retired political scientist from the University of Pennsylvania and an expert on the Middle East, emphasized how this data signals that the U.S. may be shifting closer to international perspectives on Israel. “Now we’re seeing that the United States is more in alignment with the rest of the world on this issue,” he said.

The generational divide is particularly striking. Among Republicans aged 18 to 49, 50% now hold negative views of Israel—up from 35% in 2022. Just three years ago, younger Republicans viewed Israel much more positively, with a 63% to 35% margin in favor. That has now reversed.

Young Democrats are even more critical. In 2022, 62% of Democrats under 50 expressed unfavorable views of Israel. By 2025, that number had risen to 71%.

“What is most interesting about these numbers is that it’s no longer a shift that’s happening on only one side of the political spectrum,” said Yousef Munayyer, director of the Palestine/Israel Program at the Arab Center, a Washington-based think tank focused on U.S. policy in the Arab world.

“What younger voters are seeing happening in Gaza — and they have been seeing it for some time now — they don’t want to be associated with that,” Munayyer added. “It’s not just something that they don’t want to be associated with as Republicans, but something that they don’t want to be associated with as Americans.”

Views also vary sharply along religious lines. Jewish Americans and white evangelical Christians show the most favorable opinions of Israel, at 73% and 72% respectively. On the other end of the spectrum, Muslim Americans hold the most negative views, with 81% expressing disapproval. Other groups showing strong disapproval include the religiously unaffiliated (69%) and Catholics (53%). White mainline Protestants are almost evenly split in their views of Israel.

On the topic of Israeli leadership, 52% of Americans say they have little or no confidence in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s ability to “do the right thing regarding world affairs.”

When it comes to resolving the Israel-Palestine conflict, Americans are divided along political and religious lines. Democrats are more optimistic than Republicans about the feasibility of a two-state solution, with 56% of Democrats saying it is possible compared to only 36% of Republicans. Just under half (47%) of American Jews believe in the viability of a two-state solution. Interestingly, Muslim Americans are slightly more hopeful, with 56% expressing belief that such a solution could be achieved.

The war in Gaza is of significant personal importance to 93% of Jewish Americans and 68% of Muslim Americans, according to the poll.

However, American Jews remain divided on the question of President Donald Trump’s stance toward Israel. Among them, 36% believe Trump favors Israelis too much, while 43% say he is maintaining the right balance. Unsurprisingly, a vast majority—70%—of Muslim Americans think Trump favors Israelis excessively.

Two months ago, Trump floated a controversial idea that the U.S. could take over Gaza, relocate about 2 million Palestinians, and transform the war-torn territory into a resort area. However, public reception to this proposal has been largely skeptical: 38% of Americans say they do not believe the president will seriously pursue such a plan. Trump appeared to backtrack on the idea during a recent White House meeting with Netanyahu, referring to it as “a concept that I had.”

Ian Lustick emphasized that the growing divergence between public opinion and U.S. foreign policy on Israel is evident. “Policies toward Israel by the government have actually gone in the other direction, of almost obsequious support for an extreme far-right government in Israel,” Lustick noted. He added that this trend is unlikely to shift anytime soon. “American foreign policy on this issue is not driven by public opinion. It’s driven by domestic political calculations, meaning money, not votes.”

The margin of error for the Pew poll is plus or minus two percentage points.

This recent survey paints a picture of a changing America, where public sentiment about Israel is evolving rapidly and becoming more polarized. The widening generational and political divides suggest that future U.S. policy decisions regarding Israel may face increasing scrutiny, especially from younger and more diverse segments of the population.

US Tourism Declines Sharply as Global Visitors Turn Away Amid Political Tensions

The tourism industry in the United States is undergoing a major slump, as travelers from key international markets—including Canada, the UK, Mexico, China, Brazil, France, Japan, and South Korea—are cancelling or rethinking their plans to visit. This downturn is being attributed to a combination of growing geopolitical strains, controversial domestic policies, and evolving global dynamics. A mix of trade conflicts, divisive political narratives, and rising anxiety around border policies is causing many global tourists to reconsider, potentially marking a lasting change in global travel patterns away from the US.

The US, once one of the world’s most popular travel destinations, is now experiencing diminishing interest from countries that historically sent large numbers of tourists. Nations such as Canada, the UK, and Mexico are seeing declines in traveler numbers, while enthusiasm from markets like China, Brazil, France, Japan, and South Korea is also waning. Analysts suggest this may not be a temporary dip, but the onset of a prolonged retreat in the US tourism landscape.

For some, the effects are personal. Olja Ivanic had eagerly planned to welcome her cousins from Sweden for an American vacation involving hikes in the Rocky Mountains and visits to Los Angeles and San Francisco. However, following a controversial meeting in February between President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, her relatives decided against visiting the US, opting for a European trip instead. Their change of plans reflects a trend echoed by many others across the globe.

According to the most recent statistics from the National Travel and Tourism Office (NTTO), the US experienced an 11.6% drop in international arrivals in March 2025 compared to the same month the previous year. Cumulatively, overseas visitors declined by 3.3% during the first quarter of 2025. A particularly sharp decline of 23% in air travel from Mexico adds to the industry’s concerns. Although Canada remains the leading source of international tourists to the US, even this traditionally strong market is now weakening.

Tourism Economics, a research firm that had once predicted a 9% rise in international tourism to the US for 2025, has revised its projection significantly. Instead of growth, it now anticipates a 9.4% decline. This stark change in outlook highlights the growing impact of America’s political and diplomatic tensions on international travel decisions.

Canada’s once-reliable flow of tourists to the US is showing signs of serious dissatisfaction, largely due to recent American policies and rhetoric. President Trump’s repeated remarks implying that Canada should become the 51st state, along with the introduction of tariffs, have left many Canadians frustrated. This discontent is being reflected in their travel habits. As reported by Flight Centre Travel Group Canada, bookings for leisure travel to the US fell by 40% in March 2025 when compared to the same month in 2024. Air Canada, responding to the reduced interest, has scaled back flights to popular US destinations including Florida, Arizona, and Las Vegas.

Meanwhile, interest from Europe is also fading. Countries such as Germany, France, and Italy have shown declining enthusiasm for US travel in early 2025. While the UK saw a slight increase in interest during March, the broader trend across Europe remains negative. Tourism from France and Germany is visibly down, and Italy has experienced a mild decrease as well.

The downturn extends across Asian markets, too. Between February and March 2025, bookings from Brazil dropped by 15%. Japan, a traditionally strong contributor to US tourism, is also seeing reduced interest. South Korea stands as a partial exception, having reported a rise in flight searches and bookings to the US. However, this modest growth has not been sufficient to compensate for the broader declines across other Asian nations.

Economic factors are compounding these trends. The Canadian dollar’s low exchange rate against the US dollar has made cross-border travel more expensive, encouraging Canadians to explore local travel options instead. Canadian airports have seen a decline in passengers heading to the US, a trend that mirrors similar behavior in other parts of the world where travelers are choosing domestic alternatives over American destinations.

In China, there are early signs of renewed curiosity among travelers, with some booking data pointing to a slight uptick in demand for US travel. Still, whether this momentum will be sustained is unclear, as changing global conditions could quickly reverse these gains.

From January through March 2025, the total number of international visitors to the US was 7.1 million—representing a 3.3% decline compared to the same period in 2024. The figures for March 2025 alone are more concerning, showing an 11.6% year-over-year drop in overseas visits.

Several factors are at play in this continued decline. Heightened geopolitical conflict and shifts in US policy have created a sense of unpredictability that discourages travelers. As global instability increases, tourists are gravitating toward countries perceived as more stable and welcoming.

Reduced interest is particularly noticeable among European countries such as Germany, France, and the UK. Similarly, traveler engagement from Brazil, Japan, and South Korea has decreased significantly. Although South Korea has shown some recent interest, it has not been enough to offset broader regional declines.

Much of the pushback from foreign travelers is being tied to President Trump’s aggressive political messaging and protectionist policies. The enforcement of tariffs, increased border scrutiny, and reports of tourists facing complications at US entry points have heightened concerns. “From President Trump’s frequent calls for Canada to become the 51st state to the imposition of tariffs, Canadian travelers are becoming increasingly disillusioned with visiting the U.S.,” the article notes.

As summer approaches, the US tourism industry is entering a period of deep uncertainty. With fewer international visitors on the horizon, the impact on hotels, airlines, and local economies dependent on tourism could be severe. A combination of diplomatic missteps, political volatility, and unfavorable economic factors is pushing tourists to choose destinations that offer greater reassurance and hospitality.

Travelers today are prioritizing safety and stability—qualities that many currently feel are lacking in the US. What appears to be a temporary dip could in fact represent a more fundamental shift in how the world views American travel. If this trend continues, the consequences could be long-lasting.

The tourism report bluntly states, “U.S. tourism is in freefall as travelers from key markets, including Canada, the UK, and Mexico, abandon plans due to rising political tensions, trade disputes, and concerns over U.S. leadership and border security.”

Going forward, the US travel industry will need more than marketing to reverse this trend. A broader reevaluation of diplomatic and political messaging may be required. While economic perks could draw back some tourists, the real challenge lies in restoring international goodwill and trust.

Whether the US can reestablish itself as a top travel choice is uncertain. For now, the sector is facing a difficult path, marked by declining interest, damaged reputation, and increasing competition from more stable and inviting destinations.

-+=